diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
index 1424411..77614aa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
   <pre>Retrieves a list of activities for a specific customer&#x27;s account and application such as the Admin console application or the Google Drive application. For more information, see the guides for administrator and Google Drive activity reports. For more information about the activity report&#x27;s parameters, see the activity parameters reference guides. 
 
 Args:
-  userKey: string, Represents the profile ID or the user email for which the data should be filtered. Can be `all` for all information, or `userKey` for a user&#x27;s unique Google Workspace profile ID or their primary email address. (required)
+  userKey: string, Represents the profile ID or the user email for which the data should be filtered. Can be `all` for all information, or `userKey` for a user&#x27;s unique Google Workspace profile ID or their primary email address. Must not be a deleted user. For a deleted user, call `users.list` in Directory API with `showDeleted=true`, then use the returned `ID` as the `userKey`. (required)
   applicationName: string, Application name for which the events are to be retrieved. (required)
     Allowed values
       access_transparency - The Google Workspace Access Transparency activity reports return information about different types of Access Transparency activity events.
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
   endTime: string, Sets the end of the range of time shown in the report. The date is in the RFC 3339 format, for example 2010-10-28T10:26:35.000Z. The default value is the approximate time of the API request. An API report has three basic time concepts: - *Date of the API&#x27;s request for a report*: When the API created and retrieved the report. - *Report&#x27;s start time*: The beginning of the timespan shown in the report. The `startTime` must be before the `endTime` (if specified) and the current time when the request is made, or the API returns an error. - *Report&#x27;s end time*: The end of the timespan shown in the report. For example, the timespan of events summarized in a report can start in April and end in May. The report itself can be requested in August. If the `endTime` is not specified, the report returns all activities from the `startTime` until the current time or the most recent 180 days if the `startTime` is more than 180 days in the past.
   eventName: string, The name of the event being queried by the API. Each `eventName` is related to a specific Google Workspace service or feature which the API organizes into types of events. An example is the Google Calendar events in the Admin console application&#x27;s reports. The Calendar Settings `type` structure has all of the Calendar `eventName` activities reported by the API. When an administrator changes a Calendar setting, the API reports this activity in the Calendar Settings `type` and `eventName` parameters. For more information about `eventName` query strings and parameters, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`.
   filters: string, The `filters` query string is a comma-separated list. The list is composed of event parameters that are manipulated by relational operators. Event parameters are in the form `parameter1 name[parameter1 value],parameter2 name[parameter2 value],...` These event parameters are associated with a specific `eventName`. An empty report is returned if the filtered request&#x27;s parameter does not belong to the `eventName`. For more information about `eventName` parameters, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`. In the following Admin Activity example, the &lt;&gt; operator is URL-encoded in the request&#x27;s query string (%3C%3E): GET...&amp;eventName=CHANGE_CALENDAR_SETTING &amp;filters=NEW_VALUE%3C%3EREAD_ONLY_ACCESS In the following Drive example, the list can be a view or edit event&#x27;s `doc_id` parameter with a value that is manipulated by an &#x27;equal to&#x27; (==) or &#x27;not equal to&#x27; (&lt;&gt;) relational operator. In the first example, the report returns each edited document&#x27;s `doc_id`. In the second example, the report returns each viewed document&#x27;s `doc_id` that equals the value 12345 and does not return any viewed document&#x27;s which have a `doc_id` value of 98765. The &lt;&gt; operator is URL-encoded in the request&#x27;s query string (%3C%3E): GET...&amp;eventName=edit&amp;filters=doc_id GET...&amp;eventName=view&amp;filters=doc_id==12345,doc_id%3C%3E98765 The relational operators include: - `==` - &#x27;equal to&#x27;. - `&lt;&gt;` - &#x27;not equal to&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3C%3E). - `&lt;` - &#x27;less than&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3C). - `&lt;=` - &#x27;less than or equal to&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3C=). - `&gt;` - &#x27;greater than&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3E). - `&gt;=` - &#x27;greater than or equal to&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3E=). *Note:* The API doesn&#x27;t accept multiple values of a parameter. If a particular parameter is supplied more than once in the API request, the API only accepts the last value of that request parameter. In addition, if an invalid request parameter is supplied in the API request, the API ignores that request parameter and returns the response corresponding to the remaining valid request parameters. If no parameters are requested, all parameters are returned. 
-  groupIdFilter: string, Comma separated group ids (obfuscated) on which user activities are filtered, i.e, the response will contain activities for only those users that are a part of at least one of the group ids mentioned here. Format: &quot;id:abc123,id:xyz456&quot;
+  groupIdFilter: string, Comma separated group ids (obfuscated) on which user activities are filtered, i.e. the response will contain activities for only those users that are a part of at least one of the group ids mentioned here. Format: &quot;id:abc123,id:xyz456&quot;
   maxResults: integer, Determines how many activity records are shown on each response page. For example, if the request sets `maxResults=1` and the report has two activities, the report has two pages. The response&#x27;s `nextPageToken` property has the token to the second page. The `maxResults` query string is optional in the request. The default value is 1000.
   orgUnitID: string, ID of the organizational unit to report on. Activity records will be shown only for users who belong to the specified organizational unit. Data before Dec 17, 2018 doesn&#x27;t appear in the filtered results.
   pageToken: string, The token to specify next page. A report with multiple pages has a `nextPageToken` property in the response. In your follow-on request getting the next page of the report, enter the `nextPageToken` value in the `pageToken` query string.
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@
   <pre>Start receiving notifications for account activities. For more information, see Receiving Push Notifications.
 
 Args:
-  userKey: string, Represents the profile ID or the user email for which the data should be filtered. Can be `all` for all information, or `userKey` for a user&#x27;s unique Google Workspace profile ID or their primary email address. (required)
+  userKey: string, Represents the profile ID or the user email for which the data should be filtered. Can be `all` for all information, or `userKey` for a user&#x27;s unique Google Workspace profile ID or their primary email address. Must not be a deleted user. For a deleted user, call `users.list` in Directory API with `showDeleted=true`, then use the returned `ID` as the `userKey`. (required)
   applicationName: string, Application name for which the events are to be retrieved. (required)
     Allowed values
       access_transparency - The Google Workspace Access Transparency activity reports return information about different types of Access Transparency activity events.
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
   endTime: string, Sets the end of the range of time shown in the report. The date is in the RFC 3339 format, for example 2010-10-28T10:26:35.000Z. The default value is the approximate time of the API request. An API report has three basic time concepts: - *Date of the API&#x27;s request for a report*: When the API created and retrieved the report. - *Report&#x27;s start time*: The beginning of the timespan shown in the report. The `startTime` must be before the `endTime` (if specified) and the current time when the request is made, or the API returns an error. - *Report&#x27;s end time*: The end of the timespan shown in the report. For example, the timespan of events summarized in a report can start in April and end in May. The report itself can be requested in August. If the `endTime` is not specified, the report returns all activities from the `startTime` until the current time or the most recent 180 days if the `startTime` is more than 180 days in the past.
   eventName: string, The name of the event being queried by the API. Each `eventName` is related to a specific Google Workspace service or feature which the API organizes into types of events. An example is the Google Calendar events in the Admin console application&#x27;s reports. The Calendar Settings `type` structure has all of the Calendar `eventName` activities reported by the API. When an administrator changes a Calendar setting, the API reports this activity in the Calendar Settings `type` and `eventName` parameters. For more information about `eventName` query strings and parameters, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`.
   filters: string, The `filters` query string is a comma-separated list. The list is composed of event parameters that are manipulated by relational operators. Event parameters are in the form `parameter1 name[parameter1 value],parameter2 name[parameter2 value],...` These event parameters are associated with a specific `eventName`. An empty report is returned if the filtered request&#x27;s parameter does not belong to the `eventName`. For more information about `eventName` parameters, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`. In the following Admin Activity example, the &lt;&gt; operator is URL-encoded in the request&#x27;s query string (%3C%3E): GET...&amp;eventName=CHANGE_CALENDAR_SETTING &amp;filters=NEW_VALUE%3C%3EREAD_ONLY_ACCESS In the following Drive example, the list can be a view or edit event&#x27;s `doc_id` parameter with a value that is manipulated by an &#x27;equal to&#x27; (==) or &#x27;not equal to&#x27; (&lt;&gt;) relational operator. In the first example, the report returns each edited document&#x27;s `doc_id`. In the second example, the report returns each viewed document&#x27;s `doc_id` that equals the value 12345 and does not return any viewed document&#x27;s which have a `doc_id` value of 98765. The &lt;&gt; operator is URL-encoded in the request&#x27;s query string (%3C%3E): GET...&amp;eventName=edit&amp;filters=doc_id GET...&amp;eventName=view&amp;filters=doc_id==12345,doc_id%3C%3E98765 The relational operators include: - `==` - &#x27;equal to&#x27;. - `&lt;&gt;` - &#x27;not equal to&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3C%3E). - `&lt;` - &#x27;less than&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3C). - `&lt;=` - &#x27;less than or equal to&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3C=). - `&gt;` - &#x27;greater than&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3E). - `&gt;=` - &#x27;greater than or equal to&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3E=). *Note:* The API doesn&#x27;t accept multiple values of a parameter. If a particular parameter is supplied more than once in the API request, the API only accepts the last value of that request parameter. In addition, if an invalid request parameter is supplied in the API request, the API ignores that request parameter and returns the response corresponding to the remaining valid request parameters. If no parameters are requested, all parameters are returned. 
-  groupIdFilter: string, Comma separated group ids (obfuscated) on which user activities are filtered, i.e, the response will contain activities for only those users that are a part of at least one of the group ids mentioned here. Format: &quot;id:abc123,id:xyz456&quot;
+  groupIdFilter: string, Comma separated group ids (obfuscated) on which user activities are filtered, i.e. the response will contain activities for only those users that are a part of at least one of the group ids mentioned here. Format: &quot;id:abc123,id:xyz456&quot;
   maxResults: integer, Determines how many activity records are shown on each response page. For example, if the request sets `maxResults=1` and the report has two activities, the report has two pages. The response&#x27;s `nextPageToken` property has the token to the second page. The `maxResults` query string is optional in the request. The default value is 1000.
   orgUnitID: string, ID of the organizational unit to report on. Activity records will be shown only for users who belong to the specified organizational unit. Data before Dec 17, 2018 doesn&#x27;t appear in the filtered results.
   pageToken: string, The token to specify next page. A report with multiple pages has a `nextPageToken` property in the response. In your follow-on request getting the next page of the report, enter the `nextPageToken` value in the `pageToken` query string.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.userUsageReport.html b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.userUsageReport.html
index 4d5339c..3a631f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.userUsageReport.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.userUsageReport.html
@@ -94,11 +94,11 @@
   <pre>Retrieves a report which is a collection of properties and statistics for a set of users with the account. For more information, see the User Usage Report guide. For more information about the user report&#x27;s parameters, see the Users Usage parameters reference guides.
 
 Args:
-  userKey: string, Represents the profile ID or the user email for which the data should be filtered. Can be `all` for all information, or `userKey` for a user&#x27;s unique Google Workspace profile ID or their primary email address. (required)
+  userKey: string, Represents the profile ID or the user email for which the data should be filtered. Can be `all` for all information, or `userKey` for a user&#x27;s unique Google Workspace profile ID or their primary email address. Must not be a deleted user. For a deleted user, call `users.list` in Directory API with `showDeleted=true`, then use the returned `ID` as the `userKey`. (required)
   date: string, Represents the date the usage occurred. The timestamp is in the ISO 8601 format, yyyy-mm-dd. We recommend you use your account&#x27;s time zone for this. (required)
   customerId: string, The unique ID of the customer to retrieve data for.
   filters: string, The `filters` query string is a comma-separated list of an application&#x27;s event parameters where the parameter&#x27;s value is manipulated by a relational operator. The `filters` query string includes the name of the application whose usage is returned in the report. The application values for the Users Usage Report include `accounts`, `docs`, and `gmail`. Filters are in the form `[application name]:parameter name[parameter value],...`. In this example, the `&lt;&gt;` &#x27;not equal to&#x27; operator is URL-encoded in the request&#x27;s query string (%3C%3E): GET https://www.googleapis.com/admin/reports/v1/usage/users/all/dates/2013-03-03 ?parameters=accounts:last_login_time &amp;filters=accounts:last_login_time%3C%3E2010-10-28T10:26:35.000Z The relational operators include: - `==` - &#x27;equal to&#x27;. - `&lt;&gt;` - &#x27;not equal to&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3C%3E). - `&lt;` - &#x27;less than&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3C). - `&lt;=` - &#x27;less than or equal to&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3C=). - `&gt;` - &#x27;greater than&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3E). - `&gt;=` - &#x27;greater than or equal to&#x27;. It is URL-encoded (%3E=). 
-  groupIdFilter: string, Comma separated group ids (obfuscated) on which user activities are filtered, i.e, the response will contain activities for only those users that are a part of at least one of the group ids mentioned here. Format: &quot;id:abc123,id:xyz456&quot;
+  groupIdFilter: string, Comma separated group ids (obfuscated) on which user activities are filtered, i.e. the response will contain activities for only those users that are a part of at least one of the group ids mentioned here. Format: &quot;id:abc123,id:xyz456&quot;
   maxResults: integer, Determines how many activity records are shown on each response page. For example, if the request sets `maxResults=1` and the report has two activities, the report has two pages. The response&#x27;s `nextPageToken` property has the token to the second page. The `maxResults` query string is optional.
   orgUnitID: string, ID of the organizational unit to report on. User activity will be shown only for users who belong to the specified organizational unit. Data before Dec 17, 2018 doesn&#x27;t appear in the filtered results.
   pageToken: string, Token to specify next page. A report with multiple pages has a `nextPageToken` property in the response. In your follow-on request getting the next page of the report, enter the `nextPageToken` value in the `pageToken` query string.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.mediationReport.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.mediationReport.html
index 64b0090..359d952 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.mediationReport.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.mediationReport.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request to generate an AdMob Mediation report.
-  &quot;reportSpec&quot;: { # The specification for generating an AdMob Mediation report. For example, the specification to get observed ECPM sliced by ad source and app for the &#x27;US&#x27; and &#x27;CN&#x27; countries can look like the following example: { &quot;date_range&quot;: { &quot;start_date&quot;: {&quot;year&quot;: 2018, &quot;month&quot;: 9, &quot;day&quot;: 1}, &quot;end_date&quot;: {&quot;year&quot;: 2018, &quot;month&quot;: 9, &quot;day&quot;: 30} }, &quot;dimensions&quot;: [&quot;AD_SOURCE&quot;, &quot;APP&quot;, &quot;COUNTRY&quot;], &quot;metrics&quot;: [&quot;OBSERVED_ECPM&quot;], &quot;dimension_filters&quot;: [ { &quot;dimension&quot;: &quot;COUNTRY&quot;, &quot;matches_any&quot;: {&quot;values&quot;: [{&quot;value&quot;: &quot;US&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;CN&quot;}]} } ], &quot;sort_conditions&quot;: [ {&quot;dimension&quot;:&quot;APP&quot;, order: &quot;ASCENDING&quot;} ], &quot;localization_settings&quot;: { &quot;currency_code&quot;: &quot;USD&quot;, &quot;language_code&quot;: &quot;en-US&quot; } } For a better understanding, you can treat the preceding specification like the following pseudo SQL: SELECT AD_SOURCE, APP, COUNTRY, OBSERVED_ECPM FROM MEDIATION_REPORT WHERE DATE &gt;= &#x27;2018-09-01&#x27; AND DATE &lt;= &#x27;2018-09-30&#x27; AND COUNTRY IN (&#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;CN&#x27;) GROUP BY AD_SOURCE, APP, COUNTRY ORDER BY APP ASC; # Network report specification.
+  &quot;reportSpec&quot;: { # The specification for generating an AdMob Mediation report. For example, the specification to get observed ECPM sliced by ad source and app for the &#x27;US&#x27; and &#x27;CN&#x27; countries can look like the following example: { &quot;date_range&quot;: { &quot;start_date&quot;: {&quot;year&quot;: 2021, &quot;month&quot;: 9, &quot;day&quot;: 1}, &quot;end_date&quot;: {&quot;year&quot;: 2021, &quot;month&quot;: 9, &quot;day&quot;: 30} }, &quot;dimensions&quot;: [&quot;AD_SOURCE&quot;, &quot;APP&quot;, &quot;COUNTRY&quot;], &quot;metrics&quot;: [&quot;OBSERVED_ECPM&quot;], &quot;dimension_filters&quot;: [ { &quot;dimension&quot;: &quot;COUNTRY&quot;, &quot;matches_any&quot;: {&quot;values&quot;: [{&quot;value&quot;: &quot;US&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;CN&quot;}]} } ], &quot;sort_conditions&quot;: [ {&quot;dimension&quot;:&quot;APP&quot;, order: &quot;ASCENDING&quot;} ], &quot;localization_settings&quot;: { &quot;currency_code&quot;: &quot;USD&quot;, &quot;language_code&quot;: &quot;en-US&quot; } } For a better understanding, you can treat the preceding specification like the following pseudo SQL: SELECT AD_SOURCE, APP, COUNTRY, OBSERVED_ECPM FROM MEDIATION_REPORT WHERE DATE &gt;= &#x27;2021-09-01&#x27; AND DATE &lt;= &#x27;2021-09-30&#x27; AND COUNTRY IN (&#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;CN&#x27;) GROUP BY AD_SOURCE, APP, COUNTRY ORDER BY APP ASC; # Network report specification.
     &quot;dateRange&quot;: { # Specification of a single date range. Both dates are inclusive. # The date range for which the report is generated.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # End date of the date range, inclusive. Must be greater than or equal to the start date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.networkReport.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.networkReport.html
index b98088f..e392522 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.networkReport.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1.accounts.networkReport.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request to generate an AdMob Network report.
-  &quot;reportSpec&quot;: { # The specification for generating an AdMob Network report. For example, the specification to get clicks and estimated earnings for only the &#x27;US&#x27; and &#x27;CN&#x27; countries can look like the following example: { &#x27;date_range&#x27;: { &#x27;start_date&#x27;: {&#x27;year&#x27;: 2018, &#x27;month&#x27;: 9, &#x27;day&#x27;: 1}, &#x27;end_date&#x27;: {&#x27;year&#x27;: 2018, &#x27;month&#x27;: 9, &#x27;day&#x27;: 30} }, &#x27;dimensions&#x27;: [&#x27;DATE&#x27;, &#x27;APP&#x27;, &#x27;COUNTRY&#x27;], &#x27;metrics&#x27;: [&#x27;CLICKS&#x27;, &#x27;ESTIMATED_EARNINGS&#x27;], &#x27;dimension_filters&#x27;: [ { &#x27;dimension&#x27;: &#x27;COUNTRY&#x27;, &#x27;matches_any&#x27;: {&#x27;values&#x27;: [{&#x27;value&#x27;: &#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;value&#x27;: &#x27;CN&#x27;}]} } ], &#x27;sort_conditions&#x27;: [ {&#x27;dimension&#x27;:&#x27;APP&#x27;, order: &#x27;ASCENDING&#x27;}, {&#x27;metric&#x27;:&#x27;CLICKS&#x27;, order: &#x27;DESCENDING&#x27;} ], &#x27;localization_settings&#x27;: { &#x27;currency_code&#x27;: &#x27;USD&#x27;, &#x27;language_code&#x27;: &#x27;en-US&#x27; } } For a better understanding, you can treat the preceding specification like the following pseudo SQL: SELECT DATE, APP, COUNTRY, CLICKS, ESTIMATED_EARNINGS FROM NETWORK_REPORT WHERE DATE &gt;= &#x27;2018-09-01&#x27; AND DATE &lt;= &#x27;2018-09-30&#x27; AND COUNTRY IN (&#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;CN&#x27;) GROUP BY DATE, APP, COUNTRY ORDER BY APP ASC, CLICKS DESC; # Network report specification.
+  &quot;reportSpec&quot;: { # The specification for generating an AdMob Network report. For example, the specification to get clicks and estimated earnings for only the &#x27;US&#x27; and &#x27;CN&#x27; countries can look like the following example: { &#x27;date_range&#x27;: { &#x27;start_date&#x27;: {&#x27;year&#x27;: 2021, &#x27;month&#x27;: 9, &#x27;day&#x27;: 1}, &#x27;end_date&#x27;: {&#x27;year&#x27;: 2021, &#x27;month&#x27;: 9, &#x27;day&#x27;: 30} }, &#x27;dimensions&#x27;: [&#x27;DATE&#x27;, &#x27;APP&#x27;, &#x27;COUNTRY&#x27;], &#x27;metrics&#x27;: [&#x27;CLICKS&#x27;, &#x27;ESTIMATED_EARNINGS&#x27;], &#x27;dimension_filters&#x27;: [ { &#x27;dimension&#x27;: &#x27;COUNTRY&#x27;, &#x27;matches_any&#x27;: {&#x27;values&#x27;: [{&#x27;value&#x27;: &#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;value&#x27;: &#x27;CN&#x27;}]} } ], &#x27;sort_conditions&#x27;: [ {&#x27;dimension&#x27;:&#x27;APP&#x27;, order: &#x27;ASCENDING&#x27;}, {&#x27;metric&#x27;:&#x27;CLICKS&#x27;, order: &#x27;DESCENDING&#x27;} ], &#x27;localization_settings&#x27;: { &#x27;currency_code&#x27;: &#x27;USD&#x27;, &#x27;language_code&#x27;: &#x27;en-US&#x27; } } For a better understanding, you can treat the preceding specification like the following pseudo SQL: SELECT DATE, APP, COUNTRY, CLICKS, ESTIMATED_EARNINGS FROM NETWORK_REPORT WHERE DATE &gt;= &#x27;2021-09-01&#x27; AND DATE &lt;= &#x27;2021-09-30&#x27; AND COUNTRY IN (&#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;CN&#x27;) GROUP BY DATE, APP, COUNTRY ORDER BY APP ASC, CLICKS DESC; # Network report specification.
     &quot;dateRange&quot;: { # Specification of a single date range. Both dates are inclusive. # The date range for which the report is generated.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # End date of the date range, inclusive. Must be greater than or equal to the start date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.mediationReport.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.mediationReport.html
index ed41cd5..a9f6623 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.mediationReport.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.mediationReport.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request to generate an AdMob Mediation report.
-  &quot;reportSpec&quot;: { # The specification for generating an AdMob Mediation report. For example, the specification to get observed ECPM sliced by ad source and app for the &#x27;US&#x27; and &#x27;CN&#x27; countries can look like the following example: { &quot;date_range&quot;: { &quot;start_date&quot;: {&quot;year&quot;: 2018, &quot;month&quot;: 9, &quot;day&quot;: 1}, &quot;end_date&quot;: {&quot;year&quot;: 2018, &quot;month&quot;: 9, &quot;day&quot;: 30} }, &quot;dimensions&quot;: [&quot;AD_SOURCE&quot;, &quot;APP&quot;, &quot;COUNTRY&quot;], &quot;metrics&quot;: [&quot;OBSERVED_ECPM&quot;], &quot;dimension_filters&quot;: [ { &quot;dimension&quot;: &quot;COUNTRY&quot;, &quot;matches_any&quot;: {&quot;values&quot;: [{&quot;value&quot;: &quot;US&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;CN&quot;}]} } ], &quot;sort_conditions&quot;: [ {&quot;dimension&quot;:&quot;APP&quot;, order: &quot;ASCENDING&quot;} ], &quot;localization_settings&quot;: { &quot;currency_code&quot;: &quot;USD&quot;, &quot;language_code&quot;: &quot;en-US&quot; } } For a better understanding, you can treat the preceding specification like the following pseudo SQL: SELECT AD_SOURCE, APP, COUNTRY, OBSERVED_ECPM FROM MEDIATION_REPORT WHERE DATE &gt;= &#x27;2018-09-01&#x27; AND DATE &lt;= &#x27;2018-09-30&#x27; AND COUNTRY IN (&#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;CN&#x27;) GROUP BY AD_SOURCE, APP, COUNTRY ORDER BY APP ASC; # Network report specification.
+  &quot;reportSpec&quot;: { # The specification for generating an AdMob Mediation report. For example, the specification to get observed ECPM sliced by ad source and app for the &#x27;US&#x27; and &#x27;CN&#x27; countries can look like the following example: { &quot;date_range&quot;: { &quot;start_date&quot;: {&quot;year&quot;: 2021, &quot;month&quot;: 9, &quot;day&quot;: 1}, &quot;end_date&quot;: {&quot;year&quot;: 2021, &quot;month&quot;: 9, &quot;day&quot;: 30} }, &quot;dimensions&quot;: [&quot;AD_SOURCE&quot;, &quot;APP&quot;, &quot;COUNTRY&quot;], &quot;metrics&quot;: [&quot;OBSERVED_ECPM&quot;], &quot;dimension_filters&quot;: [ { &quot;dimension&quot;: &quot;COUNTRY&quot;, &quot;matches_any&quot;: {&quot;values&quot;: [{&quot;value&quot;: &quot;US&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;CN&quot;}]} } ], &quot;sort_conditions&quot;: [ {&quot;dimension&quot;:&quot;APP&quot;, order: &quot;ASCENDING&quot;} ], &quot;localization_settings&quot;: { &quot;currency_code&quot;: &quot;USD&quot;, &quot;language_code&quot;: &quot;en-US&quot; } } For a better understanding, you can treat the preceding specification like the following pseudo SQL: SELECT AD_SOURCE, APP, COUNTRY, OBSERVED_ECPM FROM MEDIATION_REPORT WHERE DATE &gt;= &#x27;2021-09-01&#x27; AND DATE &lt;= &#x27;2021-09-30&#x27; AND COUNTRY IN (&#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;CN&#x27;) GROUP BY AD_SOURCE, APP, COUNTRY ORDER BY APP ASC; # Network report specification.
     &quot;dateRange&quot;: { # Specification of a single date range. Both dates are inclusive. # The date range for which the report is generated.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # End date of the date range, inclusive. Must be greater than or equal to the start date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.networkReport.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.networkReport.html
index 4a6d7fa..a572a98 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.networkReport.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.networkReport.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request to generate an AdMob Network report.
-  &quot;reportSpec&quot;: { # The specification for generating an AdMob Network report. For example, the specification to get clicks and estimated earnings for only the &#x27;US&#x27; and &#x27;CN&#x27; countries can look like the following example: { &#x27;date_range&#x27;: { &#x27;start_date&#x27;: {&#x27;year&#x27;: 2018, &#x27;month&#x27;: 9, &#x27;day&#x27;: 1}, &#x27;end_date&#x27;: {&#x27;year&#x27;: 2018, &#x27;month&#x27;: 9, &#x27;day&#x27;: 30} }, &#x27;dimensions&#x27;: [&#x27;DATE&#x27;, &#x27;APP&#x27;, &#x27;COUNTRY&#x27;], &#x27;metrics&#x27;: [&#x27;CLICKS&#x27;, &#x27;ESTIMATED_EARNINGS&#x27;], &#x27;dimension_filters&#x27;: [ { &#x27;dimension&#x27;: &#x27;COUNTRY&#x27;, &#x27;matches_any&#x27;: {&#x27;values&#x27;: [{&#x27;value&#x27;: &#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;value&#x27;: &#x27;CN&#x27;}]} } ], &#x27;sort_conditions&#x27;: [ {&#x27;dimension&#x27;:&#x27;APP&#x27;, order: &#x27;ASCENDING&#x27;}, {&#x27;metric&#x27;:&#x27;CLICKS&#x27;, order: &#x27;DESCENDING&#x27;} ], &#x27;localization_settings&#x27;: { &#x27;currency_code&#x27;: &#x27;USD&#x27;, &#x27;language_code&#x27;: &#x27;en-US&#x27; } } For a better understanding, you can treat the preceding specification like the following pseudo SQL: SELECT DATE, APP, COUNTRY, CLICKS, ESTIMATED_EARNINGS FROM NETWORK_REPORT WHERE DATE &gt;= &#x27;2018-09-01&#x27; AND DATE &lt;= &#x27;2018-09-30&#x27; AND COUNTRY IN (&#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;CN&#x27;) GROUP BY DATE, APP, COUNTRY ORDER BY APP ASC, CLICKS DESC; # Network report specification.
+  &quot;reportSpec&quot;: { # The specification for generating an AdMob Network report. For example, the specification to get clicks and estimated earnings for only the &#x27;US&#x27; and &#x27;CN&#x27; countries can look like the following example: { &#x27;date_range&#x27;: { &#x27;start_date&#x27;: {&#x27;year&#x27;: 2021, &#x27;month&#x27;: 9, &#x27;day&#x27;: 1}, &#x27;end_date&#x27;: {&#x27;year&#x27;: 2021, &#x27;month&#x27;: 9, &#x27;day&#x27;: 30} }, &#x27;dimensions&#x27;: [&#x27;DATE&#x27;, &#x27;APP&#x27;, &#x27;COUNTRY&#x27;], &#x27;metrics&#x27;: [&#x27;CLICKS&#x27;, &#x27;ESTIMATED_EARNINGS&#x27;], &#x27;dimension_filters&#x27;: [ { &#x27;dimension&#x27;: &#x27;COUNTRY&#x27;, &#x27;matches_any&#x27;: {&#x27;values&#x27;: [{&#x27;value&#x27;: &#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;value&#x27;: &#x27;CN&#x27;}]} } ], &#x27;sort_conditions&#x27;: [ {&#x27;dimension&#x27;:&#x27;APP&#x27;, order: &#x27;ASCENDING&#x27;}, {&#x27;metric&#x27;:&#x27;CLICKS&#x27;, order: &#x27;DESCENDING&#x27;} ], &#x27;localization_settings&#x27;: { &#x27;currency_code&#x27;: &#x27;USD&#x27;, &#x27;language_code&#x27;: &#x27;en-US&#x27; } } For a better understanding, you can treat the preceding specification like the following pseudo SQL: SELECT DATE, APP, COUNTRY, CLICKS, ESTIMATED_EARNINGS FROM NETWORK_REPORT WHERE DATE &gt;= &#x27;2021-09-01&#x27; AND DATE &lt;= &#x27;2021-09-30&#x27; AND COUNTRY IN (&#x27;US&#x27;, &#x27;CN&#x27;) GROUP BY DATE, APP, COUNTRY ORDER BY APP ASC, CLICKS DESC; # Network report specification.
     &quot;dateRange&quot;: { # Specification of a single date range. Both dates are inclusive. # The date range for which the report is generated.
       &quot;endDate&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # End date of the date range, inclusive. Must be greater than or equal to the start date.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
index 781473f..deae014 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html
@@ -379,6 +379,28 @@
               &quot;parameterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
               &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
             },
+            &quot;displayVideo360AdvertiserLink&quot;: { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. # A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource in change history.
+              &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
+              &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+              &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+            },
+            &quot;displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal&quot;: { # A proposal for a link between an GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. A proposal is converted to a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink once approved. Google Analytics admins approve inbound proposals while Display &amp; Video 360 admins approve outbound proposals. # A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource in change history.
+              &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video Advertiser. Only populated for proposals that originated from Display &amp; Video 360.
+              &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+              &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;linkProposalStatusDetails&quot;: { # Status information for a link proposal. # Output only. The status information for this link proposal.
+                &quot;linkProposalInitiatingProduct&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The source of this proposal.
+                &quot;linkProposalState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this proposal.
+                &quot;requestorEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage.
+              },
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+              &quot;validationEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display &amp; Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal.
+            },
             &quot;firebaseLink&quot;: { # A link between an GA4 property and a Firebase project. # A snapshot of a FirebaseLink resource in change history.
               &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678
@@ -474,6 +496,28 @@
               &quot;parameterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. Tagging name for this custom metric. If this is an event-scoped metric, then this is the event parameter name. May only contain alphanumeric and underscore charactes, starting with a letter. Max length of 40 characters for event-scoped metrics.
               &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The scope of this custom metric.
             },
+            &quot;displayVideo360AdvertiserLink&quot;: { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. # A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource in change history.
+              &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
+              &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+              &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+            },
+            &quot;displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal&quot;: { # A proposal for a link between an GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. A proposal is converted to a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink once approved. Google Analytics admins approve inbound proposals while Display &amp; Video 360 admins approve outbound proposals. # A snapshot of a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource in change history.
+              &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video Advertiser. Only populated for proposals that originated from Display &amp; Video 360.
+              &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+              &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+              &quot;linkProposalStatusDetails&quot;: { # Status information for a link proposal. # Output only. The status information for this link proposal.
+                &quot;linkProposalInitiatingProduct&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The source of this proposal.
+                &quot;linkProposalState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this proposal.
+                &quot;requestorEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage.
+              },
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+              &quot;validationEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display &amp; Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal.
+            },
             &quot;firebaseLink&quot;: { # A link between an GA4 property and a Firebase project. # A snapshot of a FirebaseLink resource in change history.
               &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when this FirebaseLink was originally created.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Example format: properties/1234/firebaseLinks/5678
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf231dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.html
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="analyticsadmin_v1alpha.html">Google Analytics Admin API</a> . <a href="analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html">properties</a> . <a href="analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.html">displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#approve">approve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Approves a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal. The DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal will be deleted and a new DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink will be created.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Cancels a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal. Cancelling can mean either: - Declining a proposal initiated from Display & Video 360 - Withdrawing a proposal initiated from Google Analytics After being cancelled, a proposal will eventually be deleted automatically.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal on a property. This can only be used on cancelled proposals.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lookup for a single DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals on a property.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="approve">approve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Approves a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal. The DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal will be deleted and a new DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink will be created.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal to approve. Example format: properties/1234/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/5678 (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ApproveDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal RPC.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ApproveDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal RPC.
+  &quot;displayVideo360AdvertiserLink&quot;: { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. # The DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink created as a result of approving the proposal.
+    &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
+    &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
+    &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+    &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+    &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Cancels a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal. Cancelling can mean either: - Declining a proposal initiated from Display &amp; Video 360 - Withdrawing a proposal initiated from Google Analytics After being cancelled, a proposal will eventually be deleted automatically.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal to cancel. Example format: properties/1234/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/5678 (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for CancelDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal RPC.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A proposal for a link between an GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. A proposal is converted to a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink once approved. Google Analytics admins approve inbound proposals while Display &amp; Video 360 admins approve outbound proposals.
+  &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video Advertiser. Only populated for proposals that originated from Display &amp; Video 360.
+  &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+  &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;linkProposalStatusDetails&quot;: { # Status information for a link proposal. # Output only. The status information for this link proposal.
+    &quot;linkProposalInitiatingProduct&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The source of this proposal.
+    &quot;linkProposalState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this proposal.
+    &quot;requestorEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+  &quot;validationEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display &amp; Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A proposal for a link between an GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. A proposal is converted to a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink once approved. Google Analytics admins approve inbound proposals while Display &amp; Video 360 admins approve outbound proposals.
+  &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video Advertiser. Only populated for proposals that originated from Display &amp; Video 360.
+  &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+  &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;linkProposalStatusDetails&quot;: { # Status information for a link proposal. # Output only. The status information for this link proposal.
+    &quot;linkProposalInitiatingProduct&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The source of this proposal.
+    &quot;linkProposalState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this proposal.
+    &quot;requestorEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+  &quot;validationEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display &amp; Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A proposal for a link between an GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. A proposal is converted to a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink once approved. Google Analytics admins approve inbound proposals while Display &amp; Video 360 admins approve outbound proposals.
+  &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video Advertiser. Only populated for proposals that originated from Display &amp; Video 360.
+  &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+  &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;linkProposalStatusDetails&quot;: { # Status information for a link proposal. # Output only. The status information for this link proposal.
+    &quot;linkProposalInitiatingProduct&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The source of this proposal.
+    &quot;linkProposalState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this proposal.
+    &quot;requestorEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+  &quot;validationEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display &amp; Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal on a property. This can only be used on cancelled proposals.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal to delete. Example format: properties/1234/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/5678 (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lookup for a single DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal to get. Example format: properties/1234/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/5678 (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A proposal for a link between an GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. A proposal is converted to a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink once approved. Google Analytics admins approve inbound proposals while Display &amp; Video 360 admins approve outbound proposals.
+  &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video Advertiser. Only populated for proposals that originated from Display &amp; Video 360.
+  &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+  &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;linkProposalStatusDetails&quot;: { # Status information for a link proposal. # Output only. The status information for this link proposal.
+    &quot;linkProposalInitiatingProduct&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The source of this proposal.
+    &quot;linkProposalState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this proposal.
+    &quot;requestorEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+  &quot;validationEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display &amp; Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals on a property.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals RPC.
+  &quot;displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals&quot;: [ # List of DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.
+    { # A proposal for a link between an GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. A proposal is converted to a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink once approved. Google Analytics admins approve inbound proposals while Display &amp; Video 360 admins approve outbound proposals.
+      &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+      &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video Advertiser. Only populated for proposals that originated from Display &amp; Video 360.
+      &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+      &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+      &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+      &quot;linkProposalStatusDetails&quot;: { # Status information for a link proposal. # Output only. The status information for this link proposal.
+        &quot;linkProposalInitiatingProduct&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The source of this proposal.
+        &quot;linkProposalState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of this proposal.
+        &quot;requestorEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The email address of the user that proposed this linkage.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposal resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals/{proposalId} Note: proposalId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+      &quot;validationEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. On a proposal being sent to Display &amp; Video 360, this field must be set to the email address of an admin on the target advertiser. This is used to verify that the Google Analytics admin is aware of at least one admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser. This does not restrict approval of the proposal to a single user. Any admin on the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser may approve the proposal.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18fd44f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks.html
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="analyticsadmin_v1alpha.html">Google Analytics Admin API</a> . <a href="analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html">properties</a> . <a href="analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks.html">displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink. This can only be utilized by users who have proper authorization both on the Google Analytics property and on the Display & Video 360 advertiser. Users who do not have access to the Display & Video 360 advertiser should instead seek to create a DisplayVideo360LinkProposal.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink on a property.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Look up a single DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinks on a property.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink on a property.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink. This can only be utilized by users who have proper authorization both on the Google Analytics property and on the Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser. Users who do not have access to the Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser should instead seek to create a DisplayVideo360LinkProposal.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser.
+  &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
+  &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+  &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser.
+  &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
+  &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+  &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink on a property.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink to delete. Example format: properties/1234/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/5678 (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Look up a single DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink to get. Example format: properties/1234/displayVideo360AdvertiserLink/5678 (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser.
+  &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
+  &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+  &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinks on a property.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Example format: properties/1234 (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200 (higher values will be coerced to the maximum).
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListDisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinks RPC.
+  &quot;displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks&quot;: [ # List of DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLinks.
+    { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser.
+      &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
+      &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
+      &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+      &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+      &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates a DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink on a property.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser.
+  &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
+  &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+  &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated. To replace the entire entity, use one path with the string &quot;*&quot; to match all fields.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A link between a GA4 property and a Display &amp; Video 360 advertiser.
+  &quot;adsPersonalizationEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables personalized advertising features with this integration. If this field is not set on create/update, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;advertiserDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The display name of the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser.
+  &quot;advertiserId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser&#x27;s advertiser ID.
+  &quot;campaignDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of campaign data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;costDataSharingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Enables the import of cost data from Display &amp; Video 360 into the GA4 property. This can only be enabled if campaign_data_import_enabled is enabled. After link creation, this can only be updated from the Display &amp; Video 360 product. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name for this DisplayVideo360AdvertiserLink resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Display &amp; Video 360 Advertiser ID
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
index a3b587a..20105d0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
@@ -95,6 +95,16 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the customMetrics Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals.html">displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the displayVideo360AdvertiserLinkProposals Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks.html">displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the displayVideo360AdvertiserLinks Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.firebaseLinks.html">firebaseLinks()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the firebaseLinks Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.devices.html b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.devices.html
index 3522c03..1bebfb7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.customers.devices.html
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@
     { # An Android device registered for zero-touch enrollment.
   &quot;claims&quot;: [ # Output only. The provisioning claims for a device. Devices claimed for zero-touch enrollment have a claim with the type `SECTION_TYPE_ZERO_TOUCH`. Call `partners.devices.unclaim` or `partners.devices.unclaimAsync` to remove the device from zero-touch enrollment.
     { # A record of a device claimed by a reseller for a customer. Devices claimed for zero-touch enrollment have a claim with the type `SECTION_TYPE_ZERO_TOUCH`. To learn more, read [Claim devices for customers](/zero-touch/guides/how-it-works#claim).
+      &quot;additionalService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Additional service registered for the device.
       &quot;ownerCompanyId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the Customer that purchased the device.
       &quot;resellerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the reseller that claimed the device.
       &quot;sectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of claim made on the device.
@@ -199,6 +200,7 @@
     { # An Android device registered for zero-touch enrollment.
       &quot;claims&quot;: [ # Output only. The provisioning claims for a device. Devices claimed for zero-touch enrollment have a claim with the type `SECTION_TYPE_ZERO_TOUCH`. Call `partners.devices.unclaim` or `partners.devices.unclaimAsync` to remove the device from zero-touch enrollment.
         { # A record of a device claimed by a reseller for a customer. Devices claimed for zero-touch enrollment have a claim with the type `SECTION_TYPE_ZERO_TOUCH`. To learn more, read [Claim devices for customers](/zero-touch/guides/how-it-works#claim).
+          &quot;additionalService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Additional service registered for the device.
           &quot;ownerCompanyId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the Customer that purchased the device.
           &quot;resellerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the reseller that claimed the device.
           &quot;sectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of claim made on the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.devices.html b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.devices.html
index 6eedf45..a1b82d9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.devices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androiddeviceprovisioning_v1.partners.devices.html
@@ -249,6 +249,7 @@
     { # An Android device registered for zero-touch enrollment.
       &quot;claims&quot;: [ # Output only. The provisioning claims for a device. Devices claimed for zero-touch enrollment have a claim with the type `SECTION_TYPE_ZERO_TOUCH`. Call `partners.devices.unclaim` or `partners.devices.unclaimAsync` to remove the device from zero-touch enrollment.
         { # A record of a device claimed by a reseller for a customer. Devices claimed for zero-touch enrollment have a claim with the type `SECTION_TYPE_ZERO_TOUCH`. To learn more, read [Claim devices for customers](/zero-touch/guides/how-it-works#claim).
+          &quot;additionalService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Additional service registered for the device.
           &quot;ownerCompanyId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the Customer that purchased the device.
           &quot;resellerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the reseller that claimed the device.
           &quot;sectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of claim made on the device.
@@ -323,6 +324,7 @@
     { # An Android device registered for zero-touch enrollment.
       &quot;claims&quot;: [ # Output only. The provisioning claims for a device. Devices claimed for zero-touch enrollment have a claim with the type `SECTION_TYPE_ZERO_TOUCH`. Call `partners.devices.unclaim` or `partners.devices.unclaimAsync` to remove the device from zero-touch enrollment.
         { # A record of a device claimed by a reseller for a customer. Devices claimed for zero-touch enrollment have a claim with the type `SECTION_TYPE_ZERO_TOUCH`. To learn more, read [Claim devices for customers](/zero-touch/guides/how-it-works#claim).
+          &quot;additionalService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Additional service registered for the device.
           &quot;ownerCompanyId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the Customer that purchased the device.
           &quot;resellerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the reseller that claimed the device.
           &quot;sectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of claim made on the device.
@@ -383,6 +385,7 @@
     { # An Android device registered for zero-touch enrollment.
   &quot;claims&quot;: [ # Output only. The provisioning claims for a device. Devices claimed for zero-touch enrollment have a claim with the type `SECTION_TYPE_ZERO_TOUCH`. Call `partners.devices.unclaim` or `partners.devices.unclaimAsync` to remove the device from zero-touch enrollment.
     { # A record of a device claimed by a reseller for a customer. Devices claimed for zero-touch enrollment have a claim with the type `SECTION_TYPE_ZERO_TOUCH`. To learn more, read [Claim devices for customers](/zero-touch/guides/how-it-works#claim).
+      &quot;additionalService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Additional service registered for the device.
       &quot;ownerCompanyId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the Customer that purchased the device.
       &quot;resellerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the reseller that claimed the device.
       &quot;sectionType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of claim made on the device.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.html
index ffacc36..b7bafa5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.html
@@ -112,13 +112,13 @@
 <p class="firstline">Creates an enterprise. This is the last step in the enterprise signup flow.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">This feature is not generally available yet. Deletes an enterprise.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes an enterprise. Only available for EMM-managed enterprises.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets an enterprise.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, projectId=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">This feature is not generally available yet. Lists enterprises that are managed by an EMM. Only partial views are returned.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists EMM-managed enterprises. Only BASIC fields are returned.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
 
 { # The configuration applied to an enterprise.
   &quot;appAutoApprovalEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Deprecated and unused.
-  &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # This feature is not generally available yet. The enterprise contact info of an EMM owned enterprise
+  &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # The enterprise contact info of an EMM-managed enterprise.
     &quot;contactEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for a point of contact, which will be used to send important announcements related to managed Google Play.
     &quot;dataProtectionOfficerEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email of the data protection officer. The email is validated but not verified.
     &quot;dataProtectionOfficerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the data protection officer.
@@ -187,10 +187,10 @@
   ],
 }
 
-  agreementAccepted: boolean, This feature is not generally available yet. Whether the managed Google Play Agreement is presented and agreed.
-  enterpriseToken: string, The enterprise token appended to the callback URL.
+  agreementAccepted: boolean, Whether the enterprise admin has seen and agreed to the managed Google Play Agreement (https://www.android.com/enterprise/terms/). Always set this to true when creating an EMM-managed enterprise. Do not create the enterprise until the admin has viewed and accepted the agreement.
+  enterpriseToken: string, The enterprise token appended to the callback URL. Only set this when creating a customer-managed enterprise.
   projectId: string, The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project which will own the enterprise.
-  signupUrlName: string, The name of the SignupUrl used to sign up for the enterprise.
+  signupUrlName: string, The name of the SignupUrl used to sign up for the enterprise. Only set this when creating a customer-managed enterprise.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 
     { # The configuration applied to an enterprise.
   &quot;appAutoApprovalEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Deprecated and unused.
-  &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # This feature is not generally available yet. The enterprise contact info of an EMM owned enterprise
+  &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # The enterprise contact info of an EMM-managed enterprise.
     &quot;contactEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for a point of contact, which will be used to send important announcements related to managed Google Play.
     &quot;dataProtectionOfficerEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email of the data protection officer. The email is validated but not verified.
     &quot;dataProtectionOfficerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the data protection officer.
@@ -250,10 +250,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>This feature is not generally available yet. Deletes an enterprise.
+  <pre>Deletes an enterprise. Only available for EMM-managed enterprises.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, This feature is not generally available yet. The name of the enterprise in the form enterprises/{enterpriseId}. (required)
+  name: string, The name of the enterprise in the form enterprises/{enterpriseId}. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
 
     { # The configuration applied to an enterprise.
   &quot;appAutoApprovalEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Deprecated and unused.
-  &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # This feature is not generally available yet. The enterprise contact info of an EMM owned enterprise
+  &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # The enterprise contact info of an EMM-managed enterprise.
     &quot;contactEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for a point of contact, which will be used to send important announcements related to managed Google Play.
     &quot;dataProtectionOfficerEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email of the data protection officer. The email is validated but not verified.
     &quot;dataProtectionOfficerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the data protection officer.
@@ -331,16 +331,16 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, projectId=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>This feature is not generally available yet. Lists enterprises that are managed by an EMM. Only partial views are returned.
+  <pre>Lists EMM-managed enterprises. Only BASIC fields are returned.
 
 Args:
-  pageSize: integer, This feature is not generally available yet. The requested page size. The actual page size may be fixed to a min or max value.
-  pageToken: string, This feature is not generally available yet. A token identifying a page of results returned by the server.
-  projectId: string, Required. This feature is not generally available yet. The ID of the Cloud project of the EMM the enterprises belongs to.
-  view: string, This feature is not generally available yet. View that specify that partial response should be returned.
+  pageSize: integer, The requested page size. The actual page size may be fixed to a min or max value.
+  pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results returned by the server.
+  projectId: string, Required. The Cloud project ID of the EMM managing the enterprises.
+  view: string, Specifies which Enterprise fields to return. This method only supports BASIC.
     Allowed values
-      ENTERPRISE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - This feature is not generally available yet. The API will default to the BASIC view for the List method.
-      BASIC - This feature is not generally available yet. Includes name and enterprise_display_name fields.
+      ENTERPRISE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The API will default to the BASIC view for the List method.
+      BASIC - Includes name and enterprise_display_name fields.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -349,11 +349,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # This feature is not generally available yet. Response to a request to list enterprises.
-  &quot;enterprises&quot;: [ # This feature is not generally available yet. The list of enterprises.
+    { # Response to a request to list enterprises.
+  &quot;enterprises&quot;: [ # The list of enterprises.
     { # The configuration applied to an enterprise.
       &quot;appAutoApprovalEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Deprecated and unused.
-      &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # This feature is not generally available yet. The enterprise contact info of an EMM owned enterprise
+      &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # The enterprise contact info of an EMM-managed enterprise.
         &quot;contactEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for a point of contact, which will be used to send important announcements related to managed Google Play.
         &quot;dataProtectionOfficerEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email of the data protection officer. The email is validated but not verified.
         &quot;dataProtectionOfficerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the data protection officer.
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This feature is not generally available yet. If there are more results, a token to retrieve next page of results.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there are more results, a token to retrieve next page of results.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
 
 { # The configuration applied to an enterprise.
   &quot;appAutoApprovalEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Deprecated and unused.
-  &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # This feature is not generally available yet. The enterprise contact info of an EMM owned enterprise
+  &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # The enterprise contact info of an EMM-managed enterprise.
     &quot;contactEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for a point of contact, which will be used to send important announcements related to managed Google Play.
     &quot;dataProtectionOfficerEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email of the data protection officer. The email is validated but not verified.
     &quot;dataProtectionOfficerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the data protection officer.
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
 
     { # The configuration applied to an enterprise.
   &quot;appAutoApprovalEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Deprecated and unused.
-  &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # This feature is not generally available yet. The enterprise contact info of an EMM owned enterprise
+  &quot;contactInfo&quot;: { # Contact details for LaForge enterprises. # The enterprise contact info of an EMM-managed enterprise.
     &quot;contactEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for a point of contact, which will be used to send important announcements related to managed Google Play.
     &quot;dataProtectionOfficerEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email of the data protection officer. The email is validated but not verified.
     &quot;dataProtectionOfficerName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the data protection officer.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.attributes.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.attributes.html
index 56081ea..09bedf5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.attributes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.attributes.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
   <pre>Returns a list of all developer attributes.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Email address of the developer for which attributes are being listed in the following format: `organizations/{org}/developers/{developer_email}` (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Email address of the developer for which attributes are being listed. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}/developers/{developer_email}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.html
index 87910f2..2f84191 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Lists all developers in an organization by email address. By default, the response does not include company developers. Set the `includeCompany` query parameter to `true` to include company developers. **Note**: A maximum of 1000 developers are returned in the response. You paginate the list of developers returned using the `startKey` and `count` query parameters.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setDeveloperStatus">setDeveloperStatus(name, action=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Sets the status of a developer. Valid values are `active` or `inactive`. A developer is `active` by default. If you set a developer's status to `inactive`, the API keys assigned to the developer apps are no longer valid even though the API keys are set to `approved`. Inactive developers can still sign in to the developer portal and create apps; however, any new API keys generated during app creation won't work. If successful, the API call returns the following HTTP status code: `204 No Content`</p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the status of a developer. A developer is `active` by default. If you set a developer's status to `inactive`, the API keys assigned to the developer apps are no longer valid even though the API keys are set to `approved`. Inactive developers can still sign in to the developer portal and create apps; however, any new API keys generated during app creation won't work. To set the status of a developer, set the `action` query parameter to `active` or `inactive`, and the `Content-Type` header to `application/octet-stream`. If successful, the API call returns the following HTTP status code: `204 No Content`</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#update">update(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates a developer. This API replaces the existing developer details with those specified in the request. Include or exclude any existing details that you want to retain or delete, respectively. The custom attribute limit is 18. **Note**: OAuth access tokens and Key Management Service (KMS) entities (apps, developers, and API products) are cached for 180 seconds (current default). Any custom attributes associated with these entities are cached for at least 180 seconds after the entity is accessed at runtime. Therefore, an `ExpiresIn` element on the OAuthV2 policy won't be able to expire an access token in less than 180 seconds.</p>
@@ -322,10 +322,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setDeveloperStatus">setDeveloperStatus(name, action=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Sets the status of a developer. Valid values are `active` or `inactive`. A developer is `active` by default. If you set a developer&#x27;s status to `inactive`, the API keys assigned to the developer apps are no longer valid even though the API keys are set to `approved`. Inactive developers can still sign in to the developer portal and create apps; however, any new API keys generated during app creation won&#x27;t work. If successful, the API call returns the following HTTP status code: `204 No Content`
+  <pre>Sets the status of a developer. A developer is `active` by default. If you set a developer&#x27;s status to `inactive`, the API keys assigned to the developer apps are no longer valid even though the API keys are set to `approved`. Inactive developers can still sign in to the developer portal and create apps; however, any new API keys generated during app creation won&#x27;t work. To set the status of a developer, set the `action` query parameter to `active` or `inactive`, and the `Content-Type` header to `application/octet-stream`. If successful, the API call returns the following HTTP status code: `204 No Content`
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Email address of the developer. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}/developers/{developer_email}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the developer. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}/developers/{developer_id}` (required)
   action: string, Status of the developer. Valid values are `active` and `inactive`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html b/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
index 2a37427..629831e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@
                 # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
                 # The possible values are:
                 # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
                 # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
                 # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
           },
@@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@
                 # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
                 # The possible values are:
                 # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
                 # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
                 # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
           },
@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@
                 # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
                 # The possible values are:
                 # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
                 # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
                 # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
           },
@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@
                 # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
                 # The possible values are:
                 # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+                # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
                 # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
                 # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
           },
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -2470,7 +2470,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -2754,7 +2754,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3016,7 +3016,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3029,7 +3029,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3282,7 +3282,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3295,7 +3295,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3553,7 +3553,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
@@ -3566,7 +3566,7 @@
             # If a client encounters an unfamiliar or empty type, it should still be able to display the entry points. However, it should disallow modifications.
             # The possible values are:
             # - &quot;eventHangout&quot; for Hangouts for consumers (http://hangouts.google.com)
-            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (http://hangouts.google.com)
+            # - &quot;eventNamedHangout&quot; for classic Hangouts for Google Workspace users (deprecated; http://hangouts.google.com)
             # - &quot;hangoutsMeet&quot; for Google Meet (http://meet.google.com)
             # - &quot;addOn&quot; for 3P conference providers
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
index 2b48a07..7ea2a8c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html
@@ -307,528 +307,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1077,528 +555,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
index eb1e4af..060f7d4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html
@@ -315,528 +315,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1085,528 +563,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1856,528 +812,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2626,528 +1060,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
index 8333179..835c915 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html
@@ -307,528 +307,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1077,528 +555,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
index 3df1083..d10eab5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html
@@ -315,528 +315,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1085,528 +563,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1856,528 +812,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2626,528 +1060,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
index c865391..d987d9d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html
@@ -392,528 +392,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1162,528 +640,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
index a247ed3..bd701f5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html
@@ -321,528 +321,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1091,528 +569,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1885,528 +841,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2656,528 +1090,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -3426,528 +1338,6 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;cardsV2&quot;: [ # Rich, formatted and interactive cards that can be used to display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: formatted text, buttons, clickable images, checkboxes, radio buttons. Cards are normally displayed below the plain-text body of the message. This v2 allows input widgets. The string key is a unique identifier among cards in the same message for identifying inputs.
-    { # Widgets for chatbots to specify.
-      &quot;card&quot;: { # A card is a UI element that can contain UI widgets such as text and images. For more information, see Cards . For example, the following JSON creates a card that has a header with the name, position, icons, and link for a contact, followed by a section with contact information like email and phone number. ``` { &quot;header&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;Heba Salam&quot;, &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;Software Engineer&quot;, &quot;imageStyle&quot;: &quot;ImageStyle.AVATAR&quot;, &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot;, &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; }, &quot;sections&quot; : [ { &quot;header&quot;: &quot;Contact Info&quot;, &quot;widgets&quot;: [ { &quot;decorated_text&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PERSON&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;Online&quot; } }, { &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;PHONE&quot; }, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;+1 (555) 555-1234&quot; } }, { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Share&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/share&quot; } } }, { &quot;textButton&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;function&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;EDIT&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } } ] } ], &quot;collapsible&quot;: true, &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 3 } ], &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ], &quot;name&quot;: &quot;contact-card-K3wB6arF2H9L&quot; } ``` # Card proto that allows chatbots to specify UI elements and editable widgets.
-        &quot;cardActions&quot;: [ # The actions of this card. They are added to a card&#x27;s generated toolbar menu. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with Settings and Send Feedback options: ``` &quot;card_actions&quot;: [ { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Setting&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;action&quot;: { &quot;functionName&quot;: &quot;goToView&quot;, &quot;parameters&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;viewType&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;SETTING&quot; } ], &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;LoadIndicator.SPINNER&quot; } } }, { &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;Send Feedback&quot;, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/feedback&quot; } } } ] ```
-          { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser.
-            &quot;actionLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label that displays as the action menu item.
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The onclick action for this action item.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-          },
-        ],
-        &quot;displayStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display style for peekCardHeader.
-        &quot;fixedFooter&quot;: { # A persistent (sticky) footer that is added to the bottom of the card. # The fixed footer shown at the bottom of this card.
-          &quot;primaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The primary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-          &quot;secondaryButton&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # The secondary button of the fixed footer. The button must be a text button with text and color set. `primaryButton` must be set if `secondaryButton` is set.
-            &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-            &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-              &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-            },
-            &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-            &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-              &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-              &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-              &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-              &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-            },
-            &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-              &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-              &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                  { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                  },
-                ],
-                &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-              },
-              &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-          },
-        },
-        &quot;header&quot;: { # The header of the card. A header usually contains a title and an image.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the card, which is used as a identifier for the card in card navigation.
-        &quot;peekCardHeader&quot;: { # When displaying contextual content, the peek card header acts as a placeholder so that the user can navigate forward between the homepage cards and the contextual cards.
-          &quot;imageAltText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image which is used for accessibility.
-          &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image&#x27;s type.
-          &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the image in the card header.
-          &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The subtitle of the card header.
-          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the card header. The title must be specified. The header has a fixed height: if both a title and subtitle are specified, each takes up one line. If only the title is specified, it takes up both lines.
-        },
-        &quot;sections&quot;: [ # Sections are separated by a line divider.
-          { # A section contains a collection of widgets that are rendered vertically in the order that they are specified. Across all platforms, cards have a narrow fixed width, so there is currently no need for layout properties, for example, float.
-            &quot;collapsible&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether this section is collapsible. If a section is collapsible, the description must be given.
-            &quot;header&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The header of the section. Formatted text is supported.
-            &quot;uncollapsibleWidgetsCount&quot;: 42, # The number of uncollapsible widgets. For example, when a section contains five widgets and the `numUncollapsibleWidget` is set to `2`, the first two widgets are always shown and the last three are collapsed as default. The `numUncollapsibleWidget` is taken into account only when collapsible is set to `true`.
-            &quot;widgets&quot;: [ # A section must contain at least 1 widget.
-              { # A widget is a UI element that presents texts, images, etc.
-                &quot;buttonList&quot;: { # A list of buttons layed out horizontally. # A list of buttons. For example, the following JSON creates two buttons. The first is a filled text button and the second is an image button that opens a link: ``` &quot;buttonList&quot;: { &quot;buttons&quot;: [ &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Edit&quot;, &quot;Color&quot;: { &quot;Red&quot;: 255 &quot;Green&quot;: 255 &quot;Blue&quot;: 255 } &quot;disabled&quot;: true }, &quot;button&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;INVITE&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;check calendar&quot; }, &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/calendar&quot; } } }, ] } ```
-                  &quot;buttons&quot;: [
-                    { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                        &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                        &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      },
-                      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                      &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                        &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                        &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                        &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                      },
-                      &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                        &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                        &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                          &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                          &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                            { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                            },
-                          ],
-                          &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                        },
-                        &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                          &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                          &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;dateTimePicker&quot;: { # The widget that lets users to specify a date and time. # Displays a selection/input widget for date/time. For example, the following JSON creates a date/time picker for an appointment time: ``` &quot;date_time_picker&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;appointment_time&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Book your appointment at:&quot;, &quot;type&quot;: &quot;DateTimePickerType.DATE_AND_TIME&quot;, &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;796435200000&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label for the field that displays to the user.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input that&#x27;s used in formInput, and uniquely identifies this input.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # Triggered when the user clicks Save or Clear from the date/time picker dialog. This is only triggered if the value changed as a result of the Save/Clear operation.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;timezoneOffsetDate&quot;: 42, # The number representing the time zone offset from UTC, in minutes. If set, the `value_ms_epoch` is displayed in the specified time zone. If not set, it uses the user&#x27;s time zone setting on the client side.
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the date/time picker.
-                  &quot;valueMsEpoch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value to display as the default value before user input or previous user input. It is represented in milliseconds (Epoch time). For `DATE_AND_TIME` type, the full epoch value is used. For `DATE_ONLY` type, only date of the epoch time is used. For `TIME_ONLY` type, only time of the epoch time is used. For example, you can set epoch time to `3 * 60 * 60 * 1000` to represent 3am.
-                },
-                &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { # A widget that displays text with optional decorations such as a label above or below the text, an icon in front of the text, a selection widget or a button after the text. # Displays a decorated text item in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a decorated text widget showing email address: ``` &quot;decoratedText&quot;: { &quot;icon&quot;: { &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;EMAIL&quot; }, &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;Email Address&quot;, &quot;content&quot;: &quot;heba.salam@example.com&quot;, &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;This is a new Email address!&quot;, &quot;switchWidget&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;has_send_welcome_email_to_heba_salam&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false, &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;ControlType.CHECKBOX&quot; } } ```
-                  &quot;bottomLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows below the main text.
-                  &quot;button&quot;: { # A button. Can be a text button or an image button. # A button that can be clicked to trigger an action.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text used for accessibility. Has no effect when an icon is set; use `icon.alt_text` instead.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # If set, the button is filled with a solid background.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If true, the button is displayed in a disabled state and doesn&#x27;t respond to user actions.
-                    &quot;icon&quot;: { # The icon image.
-                      &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                      &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                      &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                      &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                    },
-                    &quot;onClick&quot;: { # The action to perform when the button is clicked.
-                      &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                      &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                        &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                        &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                          { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                          },
-                        ],
-                        &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                      },
-                      &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                        &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the button.
-                  },
-                  &quot;endIcon&quot;: { # An icon displayed after the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;icon&quot;: { # Deprecated in favor of start_icon.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # Only the top and bottom label and content region are clickable.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;startIcon&quot;: { # The icon displayed in front of the text.
-                    &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the icon, used for accessibility. The default value is provided if you don&#x27;t specify one.
-                    &quot;iconUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by a URL.
-                    &quot;imageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop style applied to the image. In some cases, applying a `CIRCLE` crop causes the image to be drawn larger than a standard icon.
-                    &quot;knownIcon&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The icon specified by the string name of a list of known icons
-                  },
-                  &quot;switchControl&quot;: { # A switch widget can be clicked to change its state or trigger an action.
-                    &quot;controlType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The control type, either switch or checkbox.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the switch widget that&#x27;s used in formInput.
-                    &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The action when the switch state is changed.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If the switch is selected.
-                    &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value is what is passed back in the callback.
-                  },
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The main widget formatted text. See Text formatting for details.
-                  &quot;topLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The formatted text label that shows above the main text.
-                  &quot;wrapText&quot;: True or False, # The wrap text setting. If `true`, the text is wrapped and displayed in multiline. Otherwise, the text is truncated.
-                },
-                &quot;divider&quot;: { # A divider that appears in between widgets. # Displays a divider. For example, the following JSON creates a divider: ``` &quot;divider&quot;: { } ```
-                },
-                &quot;grid&quot;: { # Represents a Grid widget that displays items in a configurable grid layout. # Displays a grid with a collection of items. For example, the following JSON creates a 2 column grid with a single item: ``` &quot;grid&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A fine collection of items&quot;, &quot;numColumns&quot;: 2, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot;, &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 4.0 }, &quot;items&quot;: [ &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;https://www.example.com/image.png&quot;, &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SQUARE&quot; }, &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;STROKE&quot; } }, &quot;title&quot;: &quot;An item&quot;, &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;CENTER&quot; ], &quot;onClick&quot;: { &quot;openLink&quot;: { &quot;url&quot;:&quot;https://www.example.com&quot; } } } ```
-                  &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to each grid item.
-                    &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                    &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                  },
-                  &quot;columnCount&quot;: 42, # The number of columns to display in the grid. A default value is used if this field isn&#x27;t specified, and that default value is different depending on where the grid is shown (dialog versus companion).
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [ # The items to display in the grid.
-                    { # Represents a single item in the grid layout.
-                      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified identifier for this grid item. This identifier is returned in the parent Grid&#x27;s onClick callback parameters.
-                      &quot;image&quot;: { # The image that displays in the grid item.
-                        &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The accessibility label for the image.
-                        &quot;borderStyle&quot;: { # Represents the complete border style applied to widgets. # The border style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;cornerRadius&quot;: 42, # The corner radius for the border.
-                          &quot;strokeColor&quot;: { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor&#x27;s `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn&#x27;t carry information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value (e.g. sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, BT.2020, etc.). By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most 1e-5. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&amp;red green:&amp;green blue:&amp;blue alpha:&amp;alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha &lt;= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!(&#x27;alpha&#x27; in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(&#x27;,&#x27;); return [&#x27;rgba(&#x27;, rgbParams, &#x27;,&#x27;, alphaFrac, &#x27;)&#x27;].join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red &lt;&lt; 16) | (green &lt;&lt; 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = [&#x27;#&#x27;]; for (var i = 0; i &lt; missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push(&#x27;0&#x27;); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(&#x27;&#x27;); }; // ... # The colors to use when the type is `BORDER_TYPE_STROKE`.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0).
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The border type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;cropStyle&quot;: { # Represents the crop style applied to an image. # The crop style to apply to the image.
-                          &quot;aspectRatio&quot;: 3.14, # The aspect ratio to use if the crop type is `RECTANGLE_CUSTOM`.
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The crop type.
-                        },
-                        &quot;imageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The image URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;layout&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The layout to use for the grid item.
-                      &quot;subtitle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s subtitle.
-                      &quot;textAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of the grid item&#x27;s text.
-                      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The grid item&#x27;s title.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: { # This callback is reused by each individual grid item, but with the item&#x27;s identifier and index in the items list added to the callback&#x27;s parameters.
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that displays in the grid header.
-                },
-                &quot;horizontalAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The horizontal alignment of this widget.
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # An image that is specified by a URL and can have an onClick action. # Displays an image in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates an image with alternative text: ``` &quot;image&quot;: { &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;https://example.com/heba_salam.png&quot; &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;Avatar for Heba Salam&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;altText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternative text of this image, used for accessibility.
-                  &quot;imageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An image URL.
-                  &quot;onClick&quot;: {
-                    &quot;action&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, an action is triggered by this onClick.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;card&quot;: # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified.
-                    &quot;openDynamicLinkAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the open_link above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back.
-                      &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                      &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                        { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                    },
-                    &quot;openLink&quot;: { # If specified, this onClick triggers an open link action.
-                      &quot;onClose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;openAs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL to open.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;selectionInput&quot;: { # A widget that creates a UI item (for example, a drop-down list) with options for users to select. # Displays a switch control in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown selection for size: ``` &quot;switchControl&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;size&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Size&quot; &quot;type&quot;: &quot;SelectionType.DROPDOWN&quot;, &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;S&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;small&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;M&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;medium&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: true }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;L&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;XL&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;extra_large&quot;, &quot;selected&quot;: false } ] } ```
-                  &quot;items&quot;: [
-                    { # The item in the switch control. A radio button, at most one of the items is selected.
-                      &quot;selected&quot;: True or False, # If more than one item is selected for `RADIO_BUTTON` and `DROPDOWN`, the first selected item is treated as selected and the ones after are ignored.
-                      &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text to be displayed.
-                      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value associated with this item. The client should use this as a form input value.
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The label displayed ahead of the switch control.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # If specified, the form is submitted when the selection changes. If not specified, you must specify a separate button.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                },
-                &quot;textInput&quot;: { # A text input is a UI item where users can input text. A text input can also have an onChange action and suggestions. # Displays a text input in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for mail address: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;mailing_address&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Mailing Address&quot; } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for programming language with static suggestions: ``` &quot;textInput&quot;: { &quot;name&quot;: &quot;preferred_programing_language&quot;, &quot;label&quot;: &quot;Preferred Language&quot;, &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { &quot;items&quot;: [ { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;C++&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Java&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;JavaScript&quot; }, { &quot;text&quot;: &quot;Python&quot; } ] } } ```
-                  &quot;autoCompleteAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The refresh function that returns suggestions based on the user&#x27;s input text. If the callback is not specified, autocomplete is done in client side based on the initial suggestion items.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;hintText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hint text.
-                  &quot;initialSuggestions&quot;: { # A container wrapping elements necessary for showing suggestion items used in text input autocomplete. # The initial suggestions made before any user input.
-                    &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of suggestions items which will be used in are used in autocomplete.
-                      { # A suggestion item. Only supports text for now.
-                        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                  &quot;label&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # At least one of label and hintText must be specified.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the text input which is used in formInput.
-                  &quot;onChangeAction&quot;: { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, an Apps Script can be invoked to handle the form. # The onChange action, for example, invoke a function.
-                    &quot;function&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Apps Script function to invoke when the containing element is clicked/activated.
-                    &quot;loadIndicator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    &quot;parameters&quot;: [ # List of action parameters.
-                      { # List of string parameters to supply when the action method is invoked. For example, consider three snooze buttons: snooze now, snooze 1 day, snooze next week. You might use action method = snooze(), passing the snooze type and snooze time in the list of string parameters.
-                        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the parameter for the action script.
-                        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the parameter.
-                      },
-                    ],
-                    &quot;persistValues&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. When using [LoadIndicator.NONE](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for actions, `persist_values` = `true`is recommended, as it ensures that any changes made by the user after form or on change actions are sent to the server are not overwritten by the response. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. When `persist_values` is set to `false`, it is strongly recommended that the card use [LoadIndicator.SPINNER](workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) for all actions, as this locks the UI to ensure no changes are made by the user while the action is being processed.
-                  },
-                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the text, for example, a single line or multiple lines.
-                  &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default value when there is no input from the user.
-                },
-                &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { # A paragraph of text that supports formatting. See [Text formatting](workspace/add-ons/concepts/widgets#text_formatting&quot;) for details. # Displays a text paragraph in this widget. For example, the following JSON creates a bolded text: ``` &quot;textParagraph&quot;: { &quot;text&quot;: &quot; *bold text*&quot; } ```
-                  &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text that&#x27;s shown in the widget.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      &quot;cardId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Chatbot-specified identifier for this widget. Scoped within a message.
-    },
-  ],
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the message was created in Hangouts Chat server.
   &quot;fallbackText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A plain-text description of the message&#x27;s cards, used when the actual cards cannot be displayed (e.g. mobile notifications).
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
index ddec462..a3a7f9b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
@@ -1534,8 +1534,8 @@
   orderBy: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields specifying the sorting order of the results. The default order is ascending. Add &quot; DESC&quot; after the field name to indicate descending order. Redundant space characters are ignored. Example: &quot;location DESC, name&quot;. Only singular primitive fields in the response are sortable: * name * assetType * project * displayName * description * location * kmsKey * createTime * updateTime * state * parentFullResourceName * parentAssetType All the other fields such as repeated fields (e.g., `networkTags`), map fields (e.g., `labels`) and struct fields (e.g., `additionalAttributes`) are not supported.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The page size for search result pagination. Page size is capped at 500 even if a larger value is given. If set to zero, server will pick an appropriate default. Returned results may be fewer than requested. When this happens, there could be more results as long as `next_page_token` is returned.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. `page_token` must be the value of `next_page_token` from the previous response. The values of all other method parameters, must be identical to those in the previous call.
-  query: string, Optional. The query statement. See [how to construct a query](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/searching-resources#how_to_construct_a_query) for more information. If not specified or empty, it will search all the resources within the specified `scope`. Examples: * `name:Important` to find Cloud resources whose name contains &quot;Important&quot; as a word. * `name=Important` to find the Cloud resource whose name is exactly &quot;Important&quot;. * `displayName:Impor*` to find Cloud resources whose display name contains &quot;Impor&quot; as a prefix of any word in the field. * `location:us-west*` to find Cloud resources whose location contains both &quot;us&quot; and &quot;west&quot; as prefixes. * `labels:prod` to find Cloud resources whose labels contain &quot;prod&quot; as a key or value. * `labels.env:prod` to find Cloud resources that have a label &quot;env&quot; and its value is &quot;prod&quot;. * `labels.env:*` to find Cloud resources that have a label &quot;env&quot;. * `kmsKey:key` to find Cloud resources encrypted with a customer-managed encryption key whose name contains the word &quot;key&quot;. * `state:ACTIVE` to find Cloud resources whose state contains &quot;ACTIVE&quot; as a word. * `NOT state:ACTIVE` to find {{gcp_name}} resources whose state doesn&#x27;t contain &quot;ACTIVE&quot; as a word. * `createTime&lt;1609459200` to find Cloud resources that were created before &quot;2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC&quot;. 1609459200 is the epoch timestamp of &quot;2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC&quot; in seconds. * `updateTime&gt;1609459200` to find Cloud resources that were updated after &quot;2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC&quot;. 1609459200 is the epoch timestamp of &quot;2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC&quot; in seconds. * `Important` to find Cloud resources that contain &quot;Important&quot; as a word in any of the searchable fields. * `Impor*` to find Cloud resources that contain &quot;Impor&quot; as a prefix of any word in any of the searchable fields. * `Important location:(us-west1 OR global)` to find Cloud resources that contain &quot;Important&quot; as a word in any of the searchable fields and are also located in the &quot;us-west1&quot; region or the &quot;global&quot; location.
-  readMask: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields specifying which fields to be returned in ResourceSearchResult. Only &#x27;*&#x27; or combination of top level fields can be specified. Field names of both snake_case and camelCase are supported. Examples: `&quot;*&quot;`, `&quot;name,location&quot;`, `&quot;name,versionedResources&quot;`. The read_mask paths must be valid field paths listed but not limited to (both snake_case and camelCase are supported): * name * asset_type or assetType * project * display_name or displayName * description * location * labels * network_tags or networkTags * kms_key or kmsKey * create_time or createTime * update_time or updateTime * state * additional_attributes or additionalAttributes * versioned_resources or versionedResources If read_mask is not specified, all fields except versionedResources will be returned. If only &#x27;*&#x27; is specified, all fields including versionedResources will be returned. Any invalid field path will trigger INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  query: string, Optional. The query statement. See [how to construct a query](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/searching-resources#how_to_construct_a_query) for more information. If not specified or empty, it will search all the resources within the specified `scope`. Examples: * `name:Important` to find Cloud resources whose name contains &quot;Important&quot; as a word. * `name=Important` to find the Cloud resource whose name is exactly &quot;Important&quot;. * `displayName:Impor*` to find Cloud resources whose display name contains &quot;Impor&quot; as a prefix of any word in the field. * `location:us-west*` to find Cloud resources whose location contains both &quot;us&quot; and &quot;west&quot; as prefixes. * `labels:prod` to find Cloud resources whose labels contain &quot;prod&quot; as a key or value. * `labels.env:prod` to find Cloud resources that have a label &quot;env&quot; and its value is &quot;prod&quot;. * `labels.env:*` to find Cloud resources that have a label &quot;env&quot;. * `kmsKey:key` to find Cloud resources encrypted with a customer-managed encryption key whose name contains the word &quot;key&quot;. * `state:ACTIVE` to find Cloud resources whose state contains &quot;ACTIVE&quot; as a word. * `NOT state:ACTIVE` to find Cloud resources whose state doesn&#x27;t contain &quot;ACTIVE&quot; as a word. * `createTime&lt;1609459200` to find Cloud resources that were created before &quot;2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC&quot;. 1609459200 is the epoch timestamp of &quot;2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC&quot; in seconds. * `updateTime&gt;1609459200` to find Cloud resources that were updated after &quot;2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC&quot;. 1609459200 is the epoch timestamp of &quot;2021-01-01 00:00:00 UTC&quot; in seconds. * `Important` to find Cloud resources that contain &quot;Important&quot; as a word in any of the searchable fields. * `Impor*` to find Cloud resources that contain &quot;Impor&quot; as a prefix of any word in any of the searchable fields. * `Important location:(us-west1 OR global)` to find Cloud resources that contain &quot;Important&quot; as a word in any of the searchable fields and are also located in the &quot;us-west1&quot; region or the &quot;global&quot; location.
+  readMask: string, Optional. A comma-separated list of fields specifying which fields to be returned in ResourceSearchResult. Only &#x27;*&#x27; or combination of top level fields can be specified. Field names of both snake_case and camelCase are supported. Examples: `&quot;*&quot;`, `&quot;name,location&quot;`, `&quot;name,versionedResources&quot;`. The read_mask paths must be valid field paths listed but not limited to (both snake_case and camelCase are supported): * name * assetType * project * displayName * description * location * labels * networkTags * kmsKey * createTime * updateTime * state * additionalAttributes * versionedResources If read_mask is not specified, all fields except versionedResources will be returned. If only &#x27;*&#x27; is specified, all fields including versionedResources will be returned. Any invalid field path will trigger INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1552,6 +1552,19 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
       },
       &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this resource. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`. To search against the `asset_type`: * specify the `asset_type` field in your search request.
+      &quot;attachedResources&quot;: [ # Attached resources of this resource. For example, an OSConfig Inventory is an attached resource of a Compute Instance. This field is repeated because a resource could have multiple attached resources. This `attached_resources` field is not searchable. Some attributes of the attached resources are exposed in `additional_attributes` field, so as to allow users to search on them.
+        { # Attached resource representation, which is defined by the corresponding service provider. It represents an attached resource&#x27;s payload.
+          &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this attached resource. Example: `osconfig.googleapis.com/Inventory` You can find the supported attached asset types of each resource in this table: `https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types`
+          &quot;versionedResources&quot;: [ # Versioned resource representations of this attached resource. This is repeated because there could be multiple versions of the attached resource representations during version migration.
+            { # Resource representation as defined by the corresponding service providing the resource for a given API version.
+              &quot;resource&quot;: { # JSON representation of the resource as defined by the corresponding service providing this resource. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine, this field will contain the JSON representation of the instance as defined by Compute Engine: `https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances`. You can find the resource definition for each supported resource type in this table: `https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#searchable_asset_types`
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # API version of the resource. Example: If the resource is an instance provided by Compute Engine v1 API as defined in `https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/instances`, version will be &quot;v1&quot;.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The create timestamp of this resource, at which the resource was created. The granularity is in seconds. Timestamp.nanos will always be 0. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against `create_time`: * use a field query. - value in seconds since unix epoch. Example: `createTime &gt; 1609459200` - value in date string. Example: `createTime &gt; 2021-01-01` - value in date-time string (must be quoted). Example: `createTime &gt; &quot;2021-01-01T00:00:00&quot;`
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # One or more paragraphs of text description of this resource. Maximum length could be up to 1M bytes. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against the `description`: * use a field query. Example: `description:&quot;important instance&quot;` * use a free text query. Example: `&quot;important instance&quot;`
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of this resource. This field is available only when the resource&#x27;s proto contains it. To search against the `display_name`: * use a field query. Example: `displayName:&quot;My Instance&quot;` * use a free text query. Example: `&quot;My Instance&quot;`
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
index b96a413..6ed4772 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.builds.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
     &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
     &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
     &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
     },
     &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
     &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
     &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
     &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
     &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
     &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
     },
     &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
     &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@
     &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@
     &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
     &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
     &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
     },
     &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@
     &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@
     &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@
         &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
         &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-        &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+        &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
         },
         &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@
         &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
           &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
           &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
         },
         &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
           &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@
         &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
           &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
           &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
         },
         &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
           &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
index 156abdc..fb4b582 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.builds.html
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
     &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
     &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
     &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
     },
     &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
     &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
     &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
     &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
     &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
     &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
     },
     &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@
     &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
     &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@
     &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
     &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
     &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+    &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
     },
     &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@
     &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@
     &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
       &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+      &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
     },
     &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
       &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@
         &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
         &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-        &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+        &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
         },
         &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@
         &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
           &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
           &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
         },
         &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
           &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@
         &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
           &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
           &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
         },
         &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
           &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
index 3fcbeba..faec061 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
       &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
       },
       &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
       &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
       &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
       &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
       },
       &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
       &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@
       &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@
       &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
       },
       &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@
       &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@
       &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@
           &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
           &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
           &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-          &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+          &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
           },
           &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@
           &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
             &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
             &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-            &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+            &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
           },
           &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
             &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@
           &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
             &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
             &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-            &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+            &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
           },
           &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
             &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@
       &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
       },
       &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@
       &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@
       &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@
       &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
       },
       &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@
       &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@
       &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html
index 074e5bc..b154dfe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.workerPools.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Configuration for a `WorkerPool`. Cloud Build owns and maintains a pool of workers for general use and have no access to a project&#x27;s private network. By default, builds submitted to Cloud Build will use a worker from this pool. If your build needs access to resources on a private network, create and use a `WorkerPool` to run your builds. Private `WorkerPool`s give your builds access to any single VPC network that you administer, including any on-prem resources connected to that VPC network. For an overview of custom worker pools, see [Custom workers overview](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/custom-workers-overview).
+{ # Configuration for a `WorkerPool`. Cloud Build owns and maintains a pool of workers for general use and have no access to a project&#x27;s private network. By default, builds submitted to Cloud Build will use a worker from this pool. If your build needs access to resources on a private network, create and use a `WorkerPool` to run your builds. Private `WorkerPool`s give your builds access to any single VPC network that you administer, including any on-prem resources connected to that VPC network. For an overview of private pools, see [Private pools overview](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/private-pools-overview).
   &quot;annotations&quot;: { # User specified annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
@@ -122,11 +122,11 @@
   &quot;privatePoolV1Config&quot;: { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Private Pool using a v1 configuration.
     &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Defines the network configuration for the pool. # Network configuration for the pool.
       &quot;egressOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to configure network egress for the workers.
-      &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/set-up-custom-worker-pool-environment#understanding_the_network_configuration_options)
+      &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment)
     },
     &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # Defines the configuration to be used for creating workers in the pool. # Machine configuration for the workers in the pool.
-      &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/worker-pool-config-file). Specify a value of up to 1000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size.
-      &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/worker-pool-config-file). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default.
+      &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). Specify a value of up to 1000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size.
+      &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default.
     },
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. `WorkerPool` state.
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Configuration for a `WorkerPool`. Cloud Build owns and maintains a pool of workers for general use and have no access to a project&#x27;s private network. By default, builds submitted to Cloud Build will use a worker from this pool. If your build needs access to resources on a private network, create and use a `WorkerPool` to run your builds. Private `WorkerPool`s give your builds access to any single VPC network that you administer, including any on-prem resources connected to that VPC network. For an overview of custom worker pools, see [Custom workers overview](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/custom-workers-overview).
+    { # Configuration for a `WorkerPool`. Cloud Build owns and maintains a pool of workers for general use and have no access to a project&#x27;s private network. By default, builds submitted to Cloud Build will use a worker from this pool. If your build needs access to resources on a private network, create and use a `WorkerPool` to run your builds. Private `WorkerPool`s give your builds access to any single VPC network that you administer, including any on-prem resources connected to that VPC network. For an overview of private pools, see [Private pools overview](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/private-pools-overview).
   &quot;annotations&quot;: { # User specified annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
@@ -229,11 +229,11 @@
   &quot;privatePoolV1Config&quot;: { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Private Pool using a v1 configuration.
     &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Defines the network configuration for the pool. # Network configuration for the pool.
       &quot;egressOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to configure network egress for the workers.
-      &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/set-up-custom-worker-pool-environment#understanding_the_network_configuration_options)
+      &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment)
     },
     &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # Defines the configuration to be used for creating workers in the pool. # Machine configuration for the workers in the pool.
-      &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/worker-pool-config-file). Specify a value of up to 1000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size.
-      &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/worker-pool-config-file). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default.
+      &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). Specify a value of up to 1000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size.
+      &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default.
     },
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. `WorkerPool` state.
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
     { # Response containing existing `WorkerPools`.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token used to page through large result sets. Provide this value in a subsequent ListWorkerPoolsRequest to return the next page of results.
   &quot;workerPools&quot;: [ # `WorkerPools` for the specified project.
-    { # Configuration for a `WorkerPool`. Cloud Build owns and maintains a pool of workers for general use and have no access to a project&#x27;s private network. By default, builds submitted to Cloud Build will use a worker from this pool. If your build needs access to resources on a private network, create and use a `WorkerPool` to run your builds. Private `WorkerPool`s give your builds access to any single VPC network that you administer, including any on-prem resources connected to that VPC network. For an overview of custom worker pools, see [Custom workers overview](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/custom-workers-overview).
+    { # Configuration for a `WorkerPool`. Cloud Build owns and maintains a pool of workers for general use and have no access to a project&#x27;s private network. By default, builds submitted to Cloud Build will use a worker from this pool. If your build needs access to resources on a private network, create and use a `WorkerPool` to run your builds. Private `WorkerPool`s give your builds access to any single VPC network that you administer, including any on-prem resources connected to that VPC network. For an overview of private pools, see [Private pools overview](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/private-pools-overview).
       &quot;annotations&quot;: { # User specified annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
@@ -273,11 +273,11 @@
       &quot;privatePoolV1Config&quot;: { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Private Pool using a v1 configuration.
         &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Defines the network configuration for the pool. # Network configuration for the pool.
           &quot;egressOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to configure network egress for the workers.
-          &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/set-up-custom-worker-pool-environment#understanding_the_network_configuration_options)
+          &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment)
         },
         &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # Defines the configuration to be used for creating workers in the pool. # Machine configuration for the workers in the pool.
-          &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/worker-pool-config-file). Specify a value of up to 1000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size.
-          &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/worker-pool-config-file). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default.
+          &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). Specify a value of up to 1000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size.
+          &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default.
         },
       },
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. `WorkerPool` state.
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Configuration for a `WorkerPool`. Cloud Build owns and maintains a pool of workers for general use and have no access to a project&#x27;s private network. By default, builds submitted to Cloud Build will use a worker from this pool. If your build needs access to resources on a private network, create and use a `WorkerPool` to run your builds. Private `WorkerPool`s give your builds access to any single VPC network that you administer, including any on-prem resources connected to that VPC network. For an overview of custom worker pools, see [Custom workers overview](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/custom-workers-overview).
+{ # Configuration for a `WorkerPool`. Cloud Build owns and maintains a pool of workers for general use and have no access to a project&#x27;s private network. By default, builds submitted to Cloud Build will use a worker from this pool. If your build needs access to resources on a private network, create and use a `WorkerPool` to run your builds. Private `WorkerPool`s give your builds access to any single VPC network that you administer, including any on-prem resources connected to that VPC network. For an overview of private pools, see [Private pools overview](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/private-pools-overview).
   &quot;annotations&quot;: { # User specified annotations. See https://google.aip.dev/128#annotations for more details such as format and size limitations.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
@@ -323,11 +323,11 @@
   &quot;privatePoolV1Config&quot;: { # Configuration for a V1 `PrivatePool`. # Private Pool using a v1 configuration.
     &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Defines the network configuration for the pool. # Network configuration for the pool.
       &quot;egressOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to configure network egress for the workers.
-      &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/set-up-custom-worker-pool-environment#understanding_the_network_configuration_options)
+      &quot;peeredNetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The network definition that the workers are peered to. If this section is left empty, the workers will be peered to `WorkerPool.project_id` on the service producer network. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`, where `{project}` is a project number, such as `12345`, and `{network}` is the name of a VPC network in the project. See [Understanding network configuration options](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/set-up-private-pool-environment)
     },
     &quot;workerConfig&quot;: { # Defines the configuration to be used for creating workers in the pool. # Machine configuration for the workers in the pool.
-      &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/worker-pool-config-file). Specify a value of up to 1000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size.
-      &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/cloud-build/docs/custom-workers/worker-pool-config-file). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default.
+      &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the disk attached to the worker, in GB. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). Specify a value of up to 1000. If `0` is specified, Cloud Build will use a standard disk size.
+      &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Machine type of a worker, such as `e2-medium`. See [Worker pool config file](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/worker-pool-config-file-schema). If left blank, Cloud Build will use a sensible default.
     },
   },
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. `WorkerPool` state.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
index 757a911..0ae72e4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.triggers.html
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
       &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
       },
       &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
       &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
       &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
       &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
       },
       &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
       &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@
       &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@
       &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
       },
       &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@
       &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@
       &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@
           &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
           &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
           &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-          &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+          &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
           },
           &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@
           &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
             &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
             &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-            &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+            &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
           },
           &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
             &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@
           &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
             &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
             &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-            &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+            &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
           },
           &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
             &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@
       &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
       },
       &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@
       &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@
       &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@
       &quot;logStreamingOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to define build log streaming behavior to Google Cloud Storage.
       &quot;logging&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Option to specify the logging mode, which determines if and where build logs are stored.
       &quot;machineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Compute Engine machine type on which to run the build.
-      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a custom worker pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/custom-workers/run-builds-in-custom-worker-pool) for more information.
+      &quot;pool&quot;: { # Details about how a build should be executed on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information. # Optional. Specification for execution on a `WorkerPool`. See [running builds in a private pool](https://cloud.google.com/build/docs/private-pools/run-builds-in-private-pool) for more information.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The `WorkerPool` resource to execute the build on. You must have `cloudbuild.workerpools.use` on the project hosting the WorkerPool. Format projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}
       },
       &quot;requestedVerifyOption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Requested verifiability options.
@@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@
       &quot;storageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # If provided, get the source from this location in Google Cloud Storage.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;storageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # If provided, get the source from this manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher).
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
@@ -1790,7 +1790,7 @@
       &quot;resolvedStorageSource&quot;: { # Location of the source in an archive file in Google Cloud Storage. # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source`, if exists, with any generations resolved.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
         &quot;generation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage generation for the object. If the generation is omitted, the latest generation will be used.
-        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
+        &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage object containing the source. This object must be a zipped (`.zip`) or gzipped archive file (`.tar.gz`) containing source to build.
       },
       &quot;resolvedStorageSourceManifest&quot;: { # Location of the source manifest in Google Cloud Storage. This feature is in Preview; see description [here](https://github.com/GoogleCloudPlatform/cloud-builders/tree/master/gcs-fetcher). # A copy of the build&#x27;s `source.storage_source_manifest`, if exists, with any revisions resolved. This feature is in Preview.
         &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Google Cloud Storage bucket containing the source manifest (see [Bucket Name Requirements](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-naming#requirements)).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
index aaec5d8..5f0964a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -189,6 +189,27 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-defined name of the function. Function names must be unique globally and match pattern `projects/*/locations/*/functions/*`
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VPC Network that this cloud function can connect to. It can be either the fully-qualified URI, or the short name of the network resource. If the short network name is used, the network must belong to the same project. Otherwise, it must belong to a project within the same organization. The format of this field is either `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}` or `{network}`, where {project} is a project id where the network is defined, and {network} is the short name of the network. This field is mutually exclusive with `vpc_connector` and will be replaced by it. See [the VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) for more information on connecting Cloud projects.
   &quot;runtime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
+  &quot;secretEnvironmentVariables&quot;: [ # Secret environment variables configuration.
+    { # Configuration for a secret environment variable. It has the information necessary to fetch the secret value from secret manager and expose it as an environment variable. Secret value is not a part of the configuration. Secret values are only fetched when a new clone starts.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the environment variable.
+      &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Project whose secret manager data is being referenced. Cross project secrets are not supported.
+      &quot;secret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the secret in secret manager (not the full resource name).
+      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the secret (version number or the string &#x27;latest&#x27;). It is recommended to use a numeric version for secret environment variables as any updates to the secret value is not reflected until new clones start.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;secretVolumes&quot;: [ # Secret volumes configuration.
+    { # Configuration for a secret volume. It has the information necessary to fetch the secret value from secret manager and make it available as files mounted at the requested paths within the application container. Secret value is not a part of the configuration. Every filesystem read operation performs a lookup in secret manager to retrieve the secret value.
+      &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path within the container to mount the secret volume. For example, setting the mount_path as `/etc/secrets` would mount the secret value files under the `/etc/secrets` directory. This directory will also be completely shadowed and unavailable to mount any other secrets. Recommended mount paths: /etc/secrets Restricted mount paths: /cloudsql, /dev/log, /pod, /proc, /var/log
+      &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Project whose secret manager data is being referenced. Cross project secrets are not supported.
+      &quot;secret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the secret in secret manager (not the full resource name).
+      &quot;versions&quot;: [ # List of secret versions to mount for this secret. If empty, the `latest` version of the secret will be made available in a file named after the secret under the mount point.
+        { # Configuration for a single version.
+          &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Relative path of the file under the mount path where the secret value for this version will be fetched and made available. For example, setting the mount_path as &#x27;/etc/secrets&#x27; and path as `/secret_foo` would mount the secret value file at `/etc/secrets/secret_foo`.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the secret (version number or the string &#x27;latest&#x27;). It is preferrable to use `latest` version with secret volumes as secret value changes are reflected immediately.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;serviceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email of the function&#x27;s service account. If empty, defaults to `{project_id}@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
   &quot;sourceArchiveUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage URL, starting with gs://, pointing to the zip archive which contains the function.
   &quot;sourceRepository&quot;: { # Describes SourceRepository, used to represent parameters related to source repository where a function is hosted. # **Beta Feature** The source repository where a function is hosted.
@@ -367,6 +388,27 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-defined name of the function. Function names must be unique globally and match pattern `projects/*/locations/*/functions/*`
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VPC Network that this cloud function can connect to. It can be either the fully-qualified URI, or the short name of the network resource. If the short network name is used, the network must belong to the same project. Otherwise, it must belong to a project within the same organization. The format of this field is either `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}` or `{network}`, where {project} is a project id where the network is defined, and {network} is the short name of the network. This field is mutually exclusive with `vpc_connector` and will be replaced by it. See [the VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) for more information on connecting Cloud projects.
   &quot;runtime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
+  &quot;secretEnvironmentVariables&quot;: [ # Secret environment variables configuration.
+    { # Configuration for a secret environment variable. It has the information necessary to fetch the secret value from secret manager and expose it as an environment variable. Secret value is not a part of the configuration. Secret values are only fetched when a new clone starts.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the environment variable.
+      &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Project whose secret manager data is being referenced. Cross project secrets are not supported.
+      &quot;secret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the secret in secret manager (not the full resource name).
+      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the secret (version number or the string &#x27;latest&#x27;). It is recommended to use a numeric version for secret environment variables as any updates to the secret value is not reflected until new clones start.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;secretVolumes&quot;: [ # Secret volumes configuration.
+    { # Configuration for a secret volume. It has the information necessary to fetch the secret value from secret manager and make it available as files mounted at the requested paths within the application container. Secret value is not a part of the configuration. Every filesystem read operation performs a lookup in secret manager to retrieve the secret value.
+      &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path within the container to mount the secret volume. For example, setting the mount_path as `/etc/secrets` would mount the secret value files under the `/etc/secrets` directory. This directory will also be completely shadowed and unavailable to mount any other secrets. Recommended mount paths: /etc/secrets Restricted mount paths: /cloudsql, /dev/log, /pod, /proc, /var/log
+      &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Project whose secret manager data is being referenced. Cross project secrets are not supported.
+      &quot;secret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the secret in secret manager (not the full resource name).
+      &quot;versions&quot;: [ # List of secret versions to mount for this secret. If empty, the `latest` version of the secret will be made available in a file named after the secret under the mount point.
+        { # Configuration for a single version.
+          &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Relative path of the file under the mount path where the secret value for this version will be fetched and made available. For example, setting the mount_path as &#x27;/etc/secrets&#x27; and path as `/secret_foo` would mount the secret value file at `/etc/secrets/secret_foo`.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the secret (version number or the string &#x27;latest&#x27;). It is preferrable to use `latest` version with secret volumes as secret value changes are reflected immediately.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;serviceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email of the function&#x27;s service account. If empty, defaults to `{project_id}@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
   &quot;sourceArchiveUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage URL, starting with gs://, pointing to the zip archive which contains the function.
   &quot;sourceRepository&quot;: { # Describes SourceRepository, used to represent parameters related to source repository where a function is hosted. # **Beta Feature** The source repository where a function is hosted.
@@ -483,6 +525,27 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-defined name of the function. Function names must be unique globally and match pattern `projects/*/locations/*/functions/*`
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VPC Network that this cloud function can connect to. It can be either the fully-qualified URI, or the short name of the network resource. If the short network name is used, the network must belong to the same project. Otherwise, it must belong to a project within the same organization. The format of this field is either `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}` or `{network}`, where {project} is a project id where the network is defined, and {network} is the short name of the network. This field is mutually exclusive with `vpc_connector` and will be replaced by it. See [the VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) for more information on connecting Cloud projects.
       &quot;runtime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
+      &quot;secretEnvironmentVariables&quot;: [ # Secret environment variables configuration.
+        { # Configuration for a secret environment variable. It has the information necessary to fetch the secret value from secret manager and expose it as an environment variable. Secret value is not a part of the configuration. Secret values are only fetched when a new clone starts.
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the environment variable.
+          &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Project whose secret manager data is being referenced. Cross project secrets are not supported.
+          &quot;secret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the secret in secret manager (not the full resource name).
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the secret (version number or the string &#x27;latest&#x27;). It is recommended to use a numeric version for secret environment variables as any updates to the secret value is not reflected until new clones start.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;secretVolumes&quot;: [ # Secret volumes configuration.
+        { # Configuration for a secret volume. It has the information necessary to fetch the secret value from secret manager and make it available as files mounted at the requested paths within the application container. Secret value is not a part of the configuration. Every filesystem read operation performs a lookup in secret manager to retrieve the secret value.
+          &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path within the container to mount the secret volume. For example, setting the mount_path as `/etc/secrets` would mount the secret value files under the `/etc/secrets` directory. This directory will also be completely shadowed and unavailable to mount any other secrets. Recommended mount paths: /etc/secrets Restricted mount paths: /cloudsql, /dev/log, /pod, /proc, /var/log
+          &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Project whose secret manager data is being referenced. Cross project secrets are not supported.
+          &quot;secret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the secret in secret manager (not the full resource name).
+          &quot;versions&quot;: [ # List of secret versions to mount for this secret. If empty, the `latest` version of the secret will be made available in a file named after the secret under the mount point.
+            { # Configuration for a single version.
+              &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Relative path of the file under the mount path where the secret value for this version will be fetched and made available. For example, setting the mount_path as &#x27;/etc/secrets&#x27; and path as `/secret_foo` would mount the secret value file at `/etc/secrets/secret_foo`.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the secret (version number or the string &#x27;latest&#x27;). It is preferrable to use `latest` version with secret volumes as secret value changes are reflected immediately.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
       &quot;serviceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email of the function&#x27;s service account. If empty, defaults to `{project_id}@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
       &quot;sourceArchiveUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage URL, starting with gs://, pointing to the zip archive which contains the function.
       &quot;sourceRepository&quot;: { # Describes SourceRepository, used to represent parameters related to source repository where a function is hosted. # **Beta Feature** The source repository where a function is hosted.
@@ -562,6 +625,27 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-defined name of the function. Function names must be unique globally and match pattern `projects/*/locations/*/functions/*`
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VPC Network that this cloud function can connect to. It can be either the fully-qualified URI, or the short name of the network resource. If the short network name is used, the network must belong to the same project. Otherwise, it must belong to a project within the same organization. The format of this field is either `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}` or `{network}`, where {project} is a project id where the network is defined, and {network} is the short name of the network. This field is mutually exclusive with `vpc_connector` and will be replaced by it. See [the VPC documentation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) for more information on connecting Cloud projects.
   &quot;runtime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The runtime in which to run the function. Required when deploying a new function, optional when updating an existing function. For a complete list of possible choices, see the [`gcloud` command reference](/sdk/gcloud/reference/functions/deploy#--runtime).
+  &quot;secretEnvironmentVariables&quot;: [ # Secret environment variables configuration.
+    { # Configuration for a secret environment variable. It has the information necessary to fetch the secret value from secret manager and expose it as an environment variable. Secret value is not a part of the configuration. Secret values are only fetched when a new clone starts.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the environment variable.
+      &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Project whose secret manager data is being referenced. Cross project secrets are not supported.
+      &quot;secret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the secret in secret manager (not the full resource name).
+      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the secret (version number or the string &#x27;latest&#x27;). It is recommended to use a numeric version for secret environment variables as any updates to the secret value is not reflected until new clones start.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;secretVolumes&quot;: [ # Secret volumes configuration.
+    { # Configuration for a secret volume. It has the information necessary to fetch the secret value from secret manager and make it available as files mounted at the requested paths within the application container. Secret value is not a part of the configuration. Every filesystem read operation performs a lookup in secret manager to retrieve the secret value.
+      &quot;mountPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path within the container to mount the secret volume. For example, setting the mount_path as `/etc/secrets` would mount the secret value files under the `/etc/secrets` directory. This directory will also be completely shadowed and unavailable to mount any other secrets. Recommended mount paths: /etc/secrets Restricted mount paths: /cloudsql, /dev/log, /pod, /proc, /var/log
+      &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Project whose secret manager data is being referenced. Cross project secrets are not supported.
+      &quot;secret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the secret in secret manager (not the full resource name).
+      &quot;versions&quot;: [ # List of secret versions to mount for this secret. If empty, the `latest` version of the secret will be made available in a file named after the secret under the mount point.
+        { # Configuration for a single version.
+          &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Relative path of the file under the mount path where the secret value for this version will be fetched and made available. For example, setting the mount_path as &#x27;/etc/secrets&#x27; and path as `/secret_foo` would mount the secret value file at `/etc/secrets/secret_foo`.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Version of the secret (version number or the string &#x27;latest&#x27;). It is preferrable to use `latest` version with secret volumes as secret value changes are reflected immediately.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;serviceAccountEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email of the function&#x27;s service account. If empty, defaults to `{project_id}@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
   &quot;sourceArchiveUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google Cloud Storage URL, starting with gs://, pointing to the zip archive which contains the function.
   &quot;sourceRepository&quot;: { # Describes SourceRepository, used to represent parameters related to source repository where a function is hosted. # **Beta Feature** The source repository where a function is hosted.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.html
index ddec42d..8a8db06 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.groups.html
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the `Group` was last updated.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Required. The names of fields to update. May only contain the following fields: `display_name`, `description`, `labels`.
+  updateMask: string, Required. The names of fields to update. May only contain the following fields: `display_name`, `description`, `labels`, `dynamic_group_metadata`, `posix_groups`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
index 5c4e954..e598cda 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.query.html
@@ -159,6 +159,7 @@
   &quot;query&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The raw query string. See supported search operators in the [Cloud search Cheat Sheet](https://support.google.com/a/users/answer/9299929)
   &quot;queryInterpretationOptions&quot;: { # Options to interpret user query. # Options to interpret the user query.
     &quot;disableNlInterpretation&quot;: True or False, # Flag to disable natural language (NL) interpretation of queries. Default is false, Set to true to disable natural language interpretation. NL interpretation only applies to predefined datasources.
+    &quot;disableSupplementalResults&quot;: True or False, # Use this flag to disable supplemental results for a query. Supplemental results setting chosen at SearchApplication level will take precedence if set to True.
     &quot;enableVerbatimMode&quot;: True or False, # Enable this flag to turn off all internal optimizations like natural language (NL) interpretation of queries, supplemental result retrieval, and usage of synonyms including custom ones. Nl interpretation will be disabled if either one of the two flags is true.
   },
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Shared request options for all RPC methods. # Request options, such as the search application and user timezone.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.searchapplications.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.searchapplications.html
index dce0532..de864a0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.searchapplications.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.settings.searchapplications.html
@@ -167,6 +167,10 @@
   &quot;operationIds&quot;: [ # Output only. IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. Output only field.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;queryInterpretationConfig&quot;: { # Default options to interpret user query. # The default options for query interpretation
+    &quot;forceDisableSupplementalResults&quot;: True or False, # Set this flag to disable supplemental results retrieval, setting a flag here will not retrieve supplemental results for queries associated with a given search application. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for supplemental results.
+    &quot;forceVerbatimMode&quot;: True or False, # Enable this flag to turn off all internal optimizations like natural language (NL) interpretation of queries, supplemental results retrieval, and usage of synonyms including custom ones. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for verbatim mode.
+  },
   &quot;scoringConfig&quot;: { # Scoring configurations for a source while processing a Search or Suggest request. # Configuration for ranking results.
     &quot;disableFreshness&quot;: True or False, # Whether to use freshness as a ranking signal. By default, freshness is used as a ranking signal. Note that this setting is not available in the Admin UI.
     &quot;disablePersonalization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to personalize the results. By default, personal signals will be used to boost results.
@@ -323,6 +327,10 @@
   &quot;operationIds&quot;: [ # Output only. IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. Output only field.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;queryInterpretationConfig&quot;: { # Default options to interpret user query. # The default options for query interpretation
+    &quot;forceDisableSupplementalResults&quot;: True or False, # Set this flag to disable supplemental results retrieval, setting a flag here will not retrieve supplemental results for queries associated with a given search application. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for supplemental results.
+    &quot;forceVerbatimMode&quot;: True or False, # Enable this flag to turn off all internal optimizations like natural language (NL) interpretation of queries, supplemental results retrieval, and usage of synonyms including custom ones. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for verbatim mode.
+  },
   &quot;scoringConfig&quot;: { # Scoring configurations for a source while processing a Search or Suggest request. # Configuration for ranking results.
     &quot;disableFreshness&quot;: True or False, # Whether to use freshness as a ranking signal. By default, freshness is used as a ranking signal. Note that this setting is not available in the Admin UI.
     &quot;disablePersonalization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to personalize the results. By default, personal signals will be used to boost results.
@@ -419,6 +427,10 @@
       &quot;operationIds&quot;: [ # Output only. IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. Output only field.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;queryInterpretationConfig&quot;: { # Default options to interpret user query. # The default options for query interpretation
+        &quot;forceDisableSupplementalResults&quot;: True or False, # Set this flag to disable supplemental results retrieval, setting a flag here will not retrieve supplemental results for queries associated with a given search application. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for supplemental results.
+        &quot;forceVerbatimMode&quot;: True or False, # Enable this flag to turn off all internal optimizations like natural language (NL) interpretation of queries, supplemental results retrieval, and usage of synonyms including custom ones. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for verbatim mode.
+      },
       &quot;scoringConfig&quot;: { # Scoring configurations for a source while processing a Search or Suggest request. # Configuration for ranking results.
         &quot;disableFreshness&quot;: True or False, # Whether to use freshness as a ranking signal. By default, freshness is used as a ranking signal. Note that this setting is not available in the Admin UI.
         &quot;disablePersonalization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to personalize the results. By default, personal signals will be used to boost results.
@@ -565,6 +577,10 @@
   &quot;operationIds&quot;: [ # Output only. IDs of the Long Running Operations (LROs) currently running for this schema. Output only field.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;queryInterpretationConfig&quot;: { # Default options to interpret user query. # The default options for query interpretation
+    &quot;forceDisableSupplementalResults&quot;: True or False, # Set this flag to disable supplemental results retrieval, setting a flag here will not retrieve supplemental results for queries associated with a given search application. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for supplemental results.
+    &quot;forceVerbatimMode&quot;: True or False, # Enable this flag to turn off all internal optimizations like natural language (NL) interpretation of queries, supplemental results retrieval, and usage of synonyms including custom ones. If this flag is set to True, it will take precedence over the option set at Query level. For the default value of False, query level flag will set the correct interpretation for verbatim mode.
+  },
   &quot;scoringConfig&quot;: { # Scoring configurations for a source while processing a Search or Suggest request. # Configuration for ranking results.
     &quot;disableFreshness&quot;: True or False, # Whether to use freshness as a ranking signal. By default, freshness is used as a ranking signal. Note that this setting is not available in the Admin UI.
     &quot;disablePersonalization&quot;: True or False, # Whether to personalize the results. By default, personal signals will be used to boost results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.acceleratorTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.acceleratorTypes.html
index 02af0ef..7984580 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.acceleratorTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.acceleratorTypes.html
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
             &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
             &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
             &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
               &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
               &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
           &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
           &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
index bb3482e..4656556 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
           &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
index 311c04a..69eeb53 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html
@@ -302,6 +302,7 @@
           },
           &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
             &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+            &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
             &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
             &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
           },
@@ -886,6 +887,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -1435,6 +1437,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -1904,6 +1907,7 @@
       },
       &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
         &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+        &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
         &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
         &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
       },
@@ -2334,6 +2338,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -3175,6 +3180,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskTypes.html
index 47cdb4e..c8a4236 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskTypes.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
             &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
             &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
             &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
               &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
               &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
           &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
           &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
index 07fa449..5923724 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html
@@ -425,6 +425,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   guestFlush: boolean, [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. Currently only supported on Windows instances using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html
index 1d818c4..c3f9548 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
     { # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
       &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider&#x27;s VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
     { # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
       &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider&#x27;s VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-      &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+      &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
         { # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
           &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
           &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider&#x27;s VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
index 0667d5d..ea92800 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }
 
   parentId: string, Parent ID for this request. The ID can be either be &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; if the parent is a folder or &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; if the parent is an organization.
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyList for listsof FirewallPolicies
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
index 578bcd9..907f2b3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html
@@ -136,9 +136,9 @@
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of ForwardingRulesScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Name of the scope containing this set of addresses.
       &quot;forwardingRules&quot;: [ # A list of forwarding rules contained in this scope.
-        { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-          &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-          &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+        { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+          &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+          &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
           &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
           &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
           &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
-          &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-          &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+          &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+          &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
             { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
               &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
                 { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-          &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-          &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+          &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+          &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-          &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+          &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
             { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
               &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
               &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
           &quot;sourceIpRanges&quot;: [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
-          &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+          &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
           &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       ],
@@ -324,9 +324,9 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -341,8 +341,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -356,8 +356,8 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
   &quot;sourceIpRanges&quot;: [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -392,9 +392,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -409,8 +409,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -424,8 +424,8 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
   &quot;sourceIpRanges&quot;: [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
@@ -529,9 +529,9 @@
     { # Contains a list of ForwardingRule resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources.
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
       &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
       &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
       &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -546,8 +546,8 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
         { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
           &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
             { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -561,8 +561,8 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
         { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
           &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
           &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@
       &quot;sourceIpRanges&quot;: [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
       &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   ],
@@ -627,9 +627,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -644,8 +644,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -659,8 +659,8 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@
   &quot;sourceIpRanges&quot;: [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
index 314213c..af15a93 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
index bc5f1c5..f9dcb66 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Updates the specified forwarding rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules. Currently, you can only patch the network_tier field.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setLabels">setLabels(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling resources documentation.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setTarget">setTarget(project, forwardingRule, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Changes target URL for the GlobalForwardingRule resource. The new target should be of the same type as the old target.</p>
@@ -189,9 +189,9 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -206,8 +206,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -221,8 +221,8 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
   &quot;sourceIpRanges&quot;: [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -256,9 +256,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -273,8 +273,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -288,8 +288,8 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@
   &quot;sourceIpRanges&quot;: [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
@@ -392,9 +392,9 @@
     { # Contains a list of ForwardingRule resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources.
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
       &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
       &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
       &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -409,8 +409,8 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
         { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
           &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
             { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -424,8 +424,8 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
         { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
           &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
           &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
       &quot;sourceIpRanges&quot;: [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
       &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   ],
@@ -489,9 +489,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -506,8 +506,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -521,8 +521,8 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
   &quot;sourceIpRanges&quot;: [ # If not empty, this Forwarding Rule will only forward the traffic when the source IP address matches one of the IP addresses or CIDR ranges set here. Note that a Forwarding Rule can only have up to 64 source IP ranges, and this field can only be used with a regional Forwarding Rule whose scheme is EXTERNAL. Each source_ip_range entry should be either an IP address (for example, 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR range (for example, 1.2.3.0/24).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setLabels">setLabels(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.
+  <pre>Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling resources documentation.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
index e57a28b..863d2ab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
       &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
index 08c3e7b..2074e1b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
       &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
       &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-      &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+      &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
         &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
         &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
       &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
       &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     },
-    &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
+    &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -217,6 +217,9 @@
     &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
   },
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
index 8d7ccd4..4289a02 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
   &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
   &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-  &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+  &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
     &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
-  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
+  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
     &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -393,6 +393,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -420,7 +423,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -460,7 +463,7 @@
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
-  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
+  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
     &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -525,6 +528,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -650,7 +656,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -690,7 +696,7 @@
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
-  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
+  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
     &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -755,6 +761,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   forceCreate: boolean, Force image creation if true.
@@ -847,7 +856,7 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
           &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
           &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -887,7 +896,7 @@
         &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       },
-      &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
+      &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
         &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
         &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -952,6 +961,9 @@
       &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#imageList&quot;, # Type of resource.
@@ -1003,7 +1015,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1043,7 +1055,7 @@
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
-  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible.
+  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
     &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
     &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1108,6 +1120,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
index 15196b4..ef2d16f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -405,6 +405,8 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+      &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+      &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
       &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
       &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -800,6 +802,8 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+      &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+      &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
       &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
       &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -1160,6 +1164,8 @@
         &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
           &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
           &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+          &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+          &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
           &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
           &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
           &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
index 7a84e2f..5298140 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Resumes an instance that was suspended using the instances().suspend method.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#sendDiagnosticInterrupt">sendDiagnosticInterrupt(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline"></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sends diagnostic interrupt to the instance.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setDeletionProtection">setDeletionProtection(project, zone, resource, deletionProtection=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Sets deletion protection on the instance.</p>
@@ -662,6 +662,8 @@
           &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
             &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
             &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+            &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+            &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
             &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
             &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
             &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -1205,6 +1207,8 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+      &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+      &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
       &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
       &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -1494,6 +1498,8 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+      &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+      &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
       &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
       &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -2084,6 +2090,8 @@
   &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
     &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
     &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+    &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+    &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
     &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
     &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
     &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -2347,7 +2355,7 @@
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
-            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
             &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -2582,6 +2590,14 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Shielded Instance Identity.
+  &quot;eccP256EncryptionKey&quot;: { # A Shielded Instance Identity Entry. # An Endorsement Key (EK) made by the ECC P256 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance&#x27;s vTPM.
+    &quot;ekCert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A PEM-encoded X.509 certificate. This field can be empty.
+    &quot;ekPub&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A PEM-encoded public key.
+  },
+  &quot;eccP256SigningKey&quot;: { # A Shielded Instance Identity Entry. # An Attestation Key (AK) made by the ECC P256 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance&#x27;s vTPM.
+    &quot;ekCert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A PEM-encoded X.509 certificate. This field can be empty.
+    &quot;ekPub&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A PEM-encoded public key.
+  },
   &quot;encryptionKey&quot;: { # A Shielded Instance Identity Entry. # An Endorsement Key (EK) made by the RSA 2048 algorithm issued to the Shielded Instance&#x27;s vTPM.
     &quot;ekCert&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A PEM-encoded X.509 certificate. This field can be empty.
     &quot;ekPub&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A PEM-encoded public key.
@@ -2876,6 +2892,8 @@
   &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
     &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
     &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+    &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+    &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
     &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
     &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
     &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -3279,6 +3297,8 @@
       &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
         &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
         &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+        &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+        &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
         &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
         &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
         &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -3743,7 +3763,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="sendDiagnosticInterrupt">sendDiagnosticInterrupt(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>
+  <pre>Sends diagnostic interrupt to the instance.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -4563,6 +4583,8 @@
 { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21
   &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
   &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+  &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+  &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
   &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
   &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
   &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -5571,6 +5593,8 @@
   &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
     &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
     &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+    &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+    &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
     &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
     &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
     &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html
index 04897a7..dd3983f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
           &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
           &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-          &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+          &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
   &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@
   &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@
       &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-      &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+      &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
   &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
index 18d9019..1094d66 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html
@@ -235,6 +235,16 @@
   },
   &quot;linkType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
+  &quot;macsec&quot;: { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (Macsec) on this Interconnect between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration to enable Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Interconnect between Google and your on-premises router.
+    &quot;failOpen&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect will be configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect will be configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
+    &quot;preSharedKeys&quot;: [ # Required. A keychain placeholder describing a set of named key objects along with their start times. A MACsec CKN/CAK will be generated for each key in the key chain. Google router will automatically pick the key with the most recent startTime when establishing or re-establishing a MACsec secure link.
+      { # Describes a pre-shared key used to setup MACsec in static connectivity association key (CAK) mode.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name for this pre-shared key. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+        &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the key is valid. startTime can be in the future. If the keychain has a single key, startTime can be omitted. If the keychain has multiple keys, startTime is mandatory for each key. The start times of keys must be in increasing order. The start times of two consecutive keys must be at least 6 hours apart.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;macsecEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable MACsec on this Interconnect. MACsec enablement will fail if the macsec object is not specified.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;nocContactEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address to contact the customer NOC for operations and maintenance notifications regarding this Interconnect. If specified, this will be used for notifications in addition to all other forms described, such as Stackdriver logs alerting and Cloud Notifications.
   &quot;operationalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The current status of this Interconnect&#x27;s functionality, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: A valid Interconnect, which is turned up and is ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: An Interconnect that has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNDER_MAINTENANCE: An Interconnect that is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect.
@@ -297,6 +307,12 @@
       },
     ],
     &quot;macAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The MAC address of the Interconnect&#x27;s bundle interface.
+    &quot;macsec&quot;: { # Describes the status of MACsec encryption on the Interconnect&#x27;s bundle interface. # Describes the status of MACsec encryption on the Interconnect&#x27;s bundle interface.
+      &quot;ckn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the Connectivity Association Key Name (CKN) currently being used.
+      &quot;keyRolloverFailure&quot;: True or False, # If true, this field indicates that the Google edge router was unable to rollover the MACsec session to the next key in the key chain. Ensure that the CKN/CAK values and the start time of the keys in your router&#x27;s MACsec key chain match the output of the GetMacsecConfig API for this Interconnect. The Google edge router will retry the rollover process for grace period of 30 minutes past the start time of the new key, while maintaining the ongoing MACsec session. If the Google edge router is unable to switch to the new key within this grace period, it will terminate the MACsec session. Subsequent behavior will depend on the MACsec fail open setting on this Interconnect.
+      &quot;rolloverCkn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # In the event of a key rollover failure, this field indicates the CKN that the Google edge router is trying to rollover to.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of MACsec configuration on this Interconnect, which can take one of the following values: - INITIALIZED: MACsec has been configured on the bundle interface. The Google edge router is waiting to establish a MACsec session with the customer router on the other side of this Interconnect. In addition, when key rollover fails between the two routers, the bundle interface will return to the initialized state. - SECURED: MACsec session has been successfully established between the Google edge router and the customer router. - FAILED: MACsec configuration on the bundle interface encountered an error. - DISABLED: MACsec is explicitly disabled on this Interconnect.
+    },
   },
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -454,6 +470,16 @@
   },
   &quot;linkType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
+  &quot;macsec&quot;: { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (Macsec) on this Interconnect between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration to enable Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Interconnect between Google and your on-premises router.
+    &quot;failOpen&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect will be configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect will be configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
+    &quot;preSharedKeys&quot;: [ # Required. A keychain placeholder describing a set of named key objects along with their start times. A MACsec CKN/CAK will be generated for each key in the key chain. Google router will automatically pick the key with the most recent startTime when establishing or re-establishing a MACsec secure link.
+      { # Describes a pre-shared key used to setup MACsec in static connectivity association key (CAK) mode.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name for this pre-shared key. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+        &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the key is valid. startTime can be in the future. If the keychain has a single key, startTime can be omitted. If the keychain has multiple keys, startTime is mandatory for each key. The start times of keys must be in increasing order. The start times of two consecutive keys must be at least 6 hours apart.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;macsecEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable MACsec on this Interconnect. MACsec enablement will fail if the macsec object is not specified.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;nocContactEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address to contact the customer NOC for operations and maintenance notifications regarding this Interconnect. If specified, this will be used for notifications in addition to all other forms described, such as Stackdriver logs alerting and Cloud Notifications.
   &quot;operationalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The current status of this Interconnect&#x27;s functionality, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: A valid Interconnect, which is turned up and is ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: An Interconnect that has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNDER_MAINTENANCE: An Interconnect that is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect.
@@ -585,6 +611,16 @@
       },
       &quot;linkType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
+      &quot;macsec&quot;: { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (Macsec) on this Interconnect between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration to enable Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Interconnect between Google and your on-premises router.
+        &quot;failOpen&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect will be configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect will be configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
+        &quot;preSharedKeys&quot;: [ # Required. A keychain placeholder describing a set of named key objects along with their start times. A MACsec CKN/CAK will be generated for each key in the key chain. Google router will automatically pick the key with the most recent startTime when establishing or re-establishing a MACsec secure link.
+          { # Describes a pre-shared key used to setup MACsec in static connectivity association key (CAK) mode.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name for this pre-shared key. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+            &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the key is valid. startTime can be in the future. If the keychain has a single key, startTime can be omitted. If the keychain has multiple keys, startTime is mandatory for each key. The start times of keys must be in increasing order. The start times of two consecutive keys must be at least 6 hours apart.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;macsecEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable MACsec on this Interconnect. MACsec enablement will fail if the macsec object is not specified.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;nocContactEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address to contact the customer NOC for operations and maintenance notifications regarding this Interconnect. If specified, this will be used for notifications in addition to all other forms described, such as Stackdriver logs alerting and Cloud Notifications.
       &quot;operationalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The current status of this Interconnect&#x27;s functionality, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: A valid Interconnect, which is turned up and is ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: An Interconnect that has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNDER_MAINTENANCE: An Interconnect that is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect.
@@ -677,6 +713,16 @@
   },
   &quot;linkType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of link requested, which can take one of the following values: - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_10G_LR: A 10G Ethernet with LR optics - LINK_TYPE_ETHERNET_100G_LR: A 100G Ethernet with LR optics. Note that this field indicates the speed of each of the links in the bundle, not the speed of the entire bundle.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the InterconnectLocation object that represents where this connection is to be provisioned.
+  &quot;macsec&quot;: { # Configuration information for enabling Media Access Control security (Macsec) on this Interconnect between Google and your on-premises router. # Configuration to enable Media Access Control security (MACsec) on the Interconnect between Google and your on-premises router.
+    &quot;failOpen&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the Interconnect will be configured with a should-secure MACsec security policy, that allows the Google router to fallback to cleartext traffic if the MKA session cannot be established. By default, the Interconnect will be configured with a must-secure security policy that drops all traffic if the MKA session cannot be established with your router.
+    &quot;preSharedKeys&quot;: [ # Required. A keychain placeholder describing a set of named key objects along with their start times. A MACsec CKN/CAK will be generated for each key in the key chain. Google router will automatically pick the key with the most recent startTime when establishing or re-establishing a MACsec secure link.
+      { # Describes a pre-shared key used to setup MACsec in static connectivity association key (CAK) mode.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A name for this pre-shared key. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+        &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the key is valid. startTime can be in the future. If the keychain has a single key, startTime can be omitted. If the keychain has multiple keys, startTime is mandatory for each key. The start times of keys must be in increasing order. The start times of two consecutive keys must be at least 6 hours apart.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;macsecEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Enable or disable MACsec on this Interconnect. MACsec enablement will fail if the macsec object is not specified.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;nocContactEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address to contact the customer NOC for operations and maintenance notifications regarding this Interconnect. If specified, this will be used for notifications in addition to all other forms described, such as Stackdriver logs alerting and Cloud Notifications.
   &quot;operationalStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The current status of this Interconnect&#x27;s functionality, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: A valid Interconnect, which is turned up and is ready to use. Attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: An Interconnect that has not completed turnup. No attachments may be provisioned on this Interconnect. - OS_UNDER_MAINTENANCE: An Interconnect that is undergoing internal maintenance. No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this Interconnect.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
index 339efeb..f9abda5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html
@@ -337,6 +337,8 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+      &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+      &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
       &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
       &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -643,6 +645,8 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+      &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+      &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
       &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
       &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -915,6 +919,8 @@
         &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image.
           &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
           &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+          &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+          &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
           &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
           &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
           &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineTypes.html
index 6a0436a..f92fadd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineTypes.html
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
             &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
             &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
             &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
               &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
               &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
           &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
           &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html
index 879bbcf..290e083 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-          &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+          &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
           &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
       &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
index 2f3b32a..f8f5af2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyList for listsof FirewallPolicies
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
index 8763247..1ef3452 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
-            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
             &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTypes.html
index df50321..e10585b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTypes.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
             &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
             &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
             &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
               &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
               &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
                 &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
           &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
           &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
index 75f5e6b..527bdb3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
-    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
     &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
-        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
         &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
-    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
     &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
-        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
         &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
-            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
             &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
-        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
         &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
-    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
     &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
index 54c8b43..0022f25 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -273,6 +273,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -825,6 +826,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -1295,6 +1297,7 @@
       },
       &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
         &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+        &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
         &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
         &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
       },
@@ -1726,6 +1729,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -2428,6 +2432,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskTypes.html
index 5b14af9..adb9e75 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskTypes.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
           &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
           &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
index ff581bb..6850a1f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html
@@ -116,6 +116,9 @@
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#update">update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="addResourcePolicies">addResourcePolicies(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -261,6 +264,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   guestFlush: boolean, [Input Only] Specifies to create an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. Currently only supported on Windows instances using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS).
@@ -1349,4 +1355,159 @@
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="update">update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, The disk name for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Persistent Disk resource. Google Compute Engine has two Disk resources: * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/disks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionDisks) Persistent disks are required for running your VM instances. Create both boot and non-boot (data) persistent disks. For more information, read Persistent Disks. For more storage options, read Storage options. The disks resource represents a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks. The regionDisks resource represents a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional resources.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;diskEncryptionKey&quot;: { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later (e.g. to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later.
+    &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+    &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+    &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  &quot;eraseWindowsVssSignature&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature.
+  &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+    { # Guest OS features.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#disk&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#disk for disks.
+  &quot;labelFingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this disk, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a disk.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;lastAttachTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Last attach timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;lastDetachTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Last detach timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the disk close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+  &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;options&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal use only.
+  &quot;physicalBlockSizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller&#x27;s project.
+  &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+  &quot;replicaZones&quot;: [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource&#x27;s resource id.
+  &quot;sizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.
+  &quot;sourceDisk&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk
+  &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
+  &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+    &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+    &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+    &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
+  &quot;sourceInPlaceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] The source in-place snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/inPlaceSnapshots/inPlaceSnapshots - projects/project/global/inPlaceSnapshots/inPlaceSnapshots - global/inPlaceSnapshots/inPlaceSnapshots
+  &quot;sourceInPlaceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated The unique ID of the in-place snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact in-place snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an in-place snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source in-place snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the in-place snapshot that was used.
+  &quot;sourceInstantSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source instant snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot - zones/zone/instantSnapshots/instantSnapshot
+  &quot;sourceInstantSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the instant snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact instant snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an instant snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source instant snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the instant snapshot that was used.
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
+  &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+    &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+    &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+    &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
+  &quot;sourceStorageObject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
+  &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the disk resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+  paths: string, A parameter (repeated)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  &quot;clientOperationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    &quot;errors&quot;: [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;httpErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  &quot;httpErrorStatusCode&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#operation&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  &quot;operationGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  &quot;progress&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      &quot;data&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;scope&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;zones/us-east1-d&quot; }
+        {
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
index dddec85..2a5b650 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
           &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
           &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-          &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+          &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
@@ -142,10 +142,10 @@
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-          &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+          &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
-          &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+          &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
@@ -296,10 +296,10 @@
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
@@ -330,10 +330,10 @@
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-      &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+      &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
@@ -433,10 +433,10 @@
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+      &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+      &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
@@ -497,10 +497,10 @@
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
index 9797932..6268ee6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html
@@ -336,6 +336,8 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Sets the scheduling options for this instance.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+      &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+      &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
       &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
       &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
@@ -625,6 +627,8 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties.
       &quot;automaticRestart&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine.
       &quot;availabilityDomain&quot;: 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details.
+      &quot;currentCpus&quot;: 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type.
+      &quot;currentMemoryMb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type.
       &quot;hostErrorTimeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used.
       &quot;latencyTolerant&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set.
       &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
index bb816ac..39751af 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
       &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
index 18e1a35..f664161 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html
@@ -96,6 +96,9 @@
   <code><a href="#getAssociation">getAssociation(project, region, firewallPolicy, name=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets an association with the specified name.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getEffectiveFirewalls">getEffectiveFirewalls(project, region, network, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the effective firewalls on a given network.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -485,7 +488,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -541,7 +544,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -572,6 +575,133 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getEffectiveFirewalls">getEffectiveFirewalls(project, region, network, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the effective firewalls on a given network.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  network: string, Network reference (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  &quot;firewallPolicys&quot;: [ # Effective firewalls from firewall policy.
+    {
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The display name of the firewall policy.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The name of the firewall policy.
+      &quot;rules&quot;: [ # The rules that apply to the network.
+        { # Represents a rule that describes one or more match conditions along with the action to be taken when traffic matches this condition (allow or deny).
+          &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Action to perform when the client connection triggers the rule. Can currently be either &quot;allow&quot; or &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, and 502.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description for this resource.
+          &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The direction in which this rule applies.
+          &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall policy rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall policy rule is not enforced and traffic behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall policy rule will be enabled.
+          &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether to enable logging for a particular rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to the configured export destination in Stackdriver. Logs may be exported to BigQuery or Pub/Sub. Note: you cannot enable logging on &quot;goto_next&quot; rules.
+          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyRule&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyRule for firewall policy rules
+          &quot;match&quot;: { # Represents a match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. Exactly one field must be specified. # A match condition that incoming traffic is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the corresponding &#x27;action&#x27; is enforced.
+            &quot;destIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;layer4Configs&quot;: [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.
+              {
+                &quot;ipProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number.
+                &quot;ports&quot;: [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [&quot;22&quot;], [&quot;80&quot;,&quot;443&quot;], and [&quot;12345-12349&quot;].
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;srcIpRanges&quot;: [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 256.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;srcSecureTags&quot;: [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.
+              {
+                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager&#x27;s TagValue API.
+                &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest prority.
+          &quot;ruleTupleCount&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] Calculation of the complexity of a single firewall policy rule.
+          &quot;targetResources&quot;: [ # A list of network resource URLs to which this rule applies. This field allows you to control which network&#x27;s VMs get this rule. If this field is left blank, all VMs within the organization will receive the rule.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetSecureTags&quot;: [ # A list of secure tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetSecureTag are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those EFFECTIVE secure tags, if all the target_secure_tag are in INEFFECTIVE state, then this rule will be ignored. targetSecureTag may not be set at the same time as targetServiceAccounts. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetSecureTag are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network. Maximum number of target label tags allowed is 256.
+            {
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager&#x27;s TagValue API.
+              &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] State of the secure tag, either `EFFECTIVE` or `INEFFECTIVE`. A secure tag is `INEFFECTIVE` when it is deleted or its network is deleted.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;targetServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # A list of service accounts indicating the sets of instances that are applied with this rule.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of the firewall policy.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;firewalls&quot;: [ # Effective firewalls on the network.
+    { # Represents a Firewall Rule resource. Firewall rules allow or deny ingress traffic to, and egress traffic from your instances. For more information, read Firewall rules.
+      &quot;allowed&quot;: [ # The list of ALLOW rules specified by this firewall. Each rule specifies a protocol and port-range tuple that describes a permitted connection.
+        {
+          &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp) or the IP protocol number.
+          &quot;ports&quot;: [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [&quot;22&quot;], [&quot;80&quot;,&quot;443&quot;], and [&quot;12345-12349&quot;].
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+      &quot;denied&quot;: [ # The list of DENY rules specified by this firewall. Each rule specifies a protocol and port-range tuple that describes a denied connection.
+        {
+          &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp) or the IP protocol number.
+          &quot;ports&quot;: [ # An optional list of ports to which this rule applies. This field is only applicable for the UDP or TCP protocol. Each entry must be either an integer or a range. If not specified, this rule applies to connections through any port. Example inputs include: [&quot;22&quot;], [&quot;80&quot;,&quot;443&quot;], and [&quot;12345-12349&quot;].
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
+      &quot;destinationRanges&quot;: [ # If destination ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has destination IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. Only IPv4 is supported.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Direction of traffic to which this firewall applies, either `INGRESS` or `EGRESS`. The default is `INGRESS`. For `INGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the destinationRanges field, and for `EGRESS` traffic, you cannot specify the sourceRanges or sourceTags fields.
+      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Denotes whether the firewall rule is disabled. When set to true, the firewall rule is not enforced and the network behaves as if it did not exist. If this is unspecified, the firewall rule will be enabled.
+      &quot;enableLogging&quot;: True or False, # Deprecated in favor of enable in LogConfig. This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported t Cloud Logging.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewall&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewall for firewall rules.
+      &quot;logConfig&quot;: { # The available logging options for a firewall rule. # This field denotes the logging options for a particular firewall rule. If logging is enabled, logs will be exported to Cloud Logging.
+        &quot;enable&quot;: True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule.
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit.
+      &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default
+      &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`.
+      &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+      &quot;sourceRanges&quot;: [ # If source ranges are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic that has a source IP address in these ranges. These ranges must be expressed in CIDR format. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the rule applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the rule to apply. Only IPv4 is supported.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;sourceServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # If source service accounts are specified, the firewall rules apply only to traffic originating from an instance with a service account in this list. Source service accounts cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address because service accounts are associated with an instance, not an IP address. sourceRanges can be set at the same time as sourceServiceAccounts. If both are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within the sourceRanges OR a source IP that belongs to an instance with service account listed in sourceServiceAccount. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply. sourceServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as sourceTags or targetTags.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;sourceTags&quot;: [ # If source tags are specified, the firewall rule applies only to traffic with source IPs that match the primary network interfaces of VM instances that have the tag and are in the same VPC network. Source tags cannot be used to control traffic to an instance&#x27;s external IP address, it only applies to traffic between instances in the same virtual network. Because tags are associated with instances, not IP addresses. One or both of sourceRanges and sourceTags may be set. If both fields are set, the firewall applies to traffic that has a source IP address within sourceRanges OR a source IP from a resource with a matching tag listed in the sourceTags field. The connection does not need to match both fields for the firewall to apply.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetServiceAccounts&quot;: [ # A list of service accounts indicating sets of instances located in the network that may make network connections as specified in allowed[]. targetServiceAccounts cannot be used at the same time as targetTags or sourceTags. If neither targetServiceAccounts nor targetTags are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetTags&quot;: [ # A list of tags that controls which instances the firewall rule applies to. If targetTags are specified, then the firewall rule applies only to instances in the VPC network that have one of those tags. If no targetTags are specified, the firewall rule applies to all instances on the specified network.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.
 
@@ -761,7 +891,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -817,7 +947,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -912,7 +1042,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -968,7 +1098,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyList for listsof FirewallPolicies
@@ -1023,7 +1153,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1079,7 +1209,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
index a85af86..478e606 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
-        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
         &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
-        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
         &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
-            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
             &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
-        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
         &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html
index d24716f..db0073d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regions.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
           &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
           &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
index fcee503..a6a4916 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
-    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
     &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
                   &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
                   &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
                 },
-                &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+                &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
                 &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
                 &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
                 &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
-        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
         &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
-    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
     &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
-        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
         &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@
               &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
               &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
             },
-            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
             &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
             &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
             &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@
           &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
           &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
         },
-        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
         &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
         &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
         &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
@@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@
       &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
       &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
     },
-    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take when requests are under the given threshold. When requests are throttled, this is also the action for all requests which are not dropped. Valid options are &quot;allow&quot;, &quot;fairshare&quot;, and &quot;drop_overload&quot;.
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
     &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
     &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
     &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
index b2f2920..047c3d9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html
@@ -243,6 +243,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -413,6 +416,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -548,6 +554,9 @@
       &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#snapshotList&quot;, # Type of resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html
index dbd98e1..0745a3f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
       &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
       &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
-        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy of this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
           &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
           &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.acceleratorTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.acceleratorTypes.html
index 4f8d43d..40f38d0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.acceleratorTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.acceleratorTypes.html
@@ -126,6 +126,12 @@
             &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
             &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
             &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+              &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+              &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+            },
           },
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the resource.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -210,6 +216,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -252,6 +264,12 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+          &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+          &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the resource.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
index 16a6379..59effc8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.addresses.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
           &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
index 38c24e4..ce8c695 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html
@@ -301,6 +301,7 @@
           },
           &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
             &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+            &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
             &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
             &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
           },
@@ -662,6 +663,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -990,6 +992,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -1237,6 +1240,7 @@
       },
       &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
         &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+        &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
         &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
         &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
       },
@@ -1446,6 +1450,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -2063,6 +2068,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.diskTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.diskTypes.html
index 9451e7c..e4d9bcf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.diskTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.diskTypes.html
@@ -127,6 +127,12 @@
             &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
             &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
             &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+              &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+              &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+            },
           },
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -213,6 +219,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -257,6 +269,12 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+          &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+          &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
index 640e3a3..2fa1b9a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html
@@ -122,6 +122,9 @@
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#update">update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="addResourcePolicies">addResourcePolicies(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -405,6 +408,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   guestFlush: boolean, [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. Currently only supported on Windows instances using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS).
@@ -1463,4 +1469,150 @@
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="update">update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, The disk name for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Persistent Disk resource. Google Compute Engine has two Disk resources: * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/disks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionDisks) Persistent disks are required for running your VM instances. Create both boot and non-boot (data) persistent disks. For more information, read Persistent Disks. For more storage options, read Storage options. The disks resource represents a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks. The regionDisks resource represents a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional resources.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;diskEncryptionKey&quot;: { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later (e.g. to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later.
+    &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+    &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+    &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  &quot;eraseWindowsVssSignature&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature.
+  &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+    { # Guest OS features.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#disk&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#disk for disks.
+  &quot;labelFingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this disk, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a disk.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;lastAttachTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Last attach timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;lastDetachTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Last detach timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the disk close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+  &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;options&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal use only.
+  &quot;physicalBlockSizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller&#x27;s project.
+  &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+  &quot;replicaZones&quot;: [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  &quot;sizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.
+  &quot;sourceDisk&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk
+  &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
+  &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+    &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+    &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+    &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
+  &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+    &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+    &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+    &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
+  &quot;sourceStorageObject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
+  &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+  &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the disk resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+  paths: string, A parameter (repeated)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  &quot;clientOperationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    &quot;errors&quot;: [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;httpErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  &quot;httpErrorStatusCode&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#operation&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  &quot;operationGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  &quot;progress&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      &quot;data&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;scope&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;zones/us-east1-d&quot; }
+        {
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.externalVpnGateways.html
index 3b9f518..d52f511 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.externalVpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.externalVpnGateways.html
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
     { # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
       &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider&#x27;s VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
     { # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
       &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider&#x27;s VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-      &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+      &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
         { # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
           &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
           &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider&#x27;s VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html
index 7672017..51108e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }
 
   parentId: string, Parent ID for this request. The ID can be either be &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; if the parent is a folder or &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; if the parent is an organization.
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyList for listsof FirewallPolicies
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html
index beb75a0..9916af6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html
@@ -136,9 +136,9 @@
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of ForwardingRulesScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Name of the scope containing this set of addresses.
       &quot;forwardingRules&quot;: [ # A list of forwarding rules contained in this scope.
-        { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-          &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-          &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+        { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+          &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+          &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
           &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
           &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
           &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
-          &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-          &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+          &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+          &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
             { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
               &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
                 { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -168,15 +168,15 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-          &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-          &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+          &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+          &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
           &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-          &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+          &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
             { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
               &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
               &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
           ],
           &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
           &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-          &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+          &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
           &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       ],
@@ -319,9 +319,9 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -336,8 +336,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -351,15 +351,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
   &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -383,9 +383,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -400,8 +400,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -415,15 +415,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
   &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
@@ -515,9 +515,9 @@
     { # Contains a list of ForwardingRule resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources.
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
       &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
       &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
       &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -532,8 +532,8 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
         { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
           &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
             { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -547,15 +547,15 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
         { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
           &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
           &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
       &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
       &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   ],
@@ -609,9 +609,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -626,8 +626,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -641,15 +641,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
   &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
index 87efac1..256cb09 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalAddresses.html
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html
index 9f86281..116f223 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Updates the specified forwarding rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules. Currently, you can only patch the network_tier field.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setLabels">setLabels(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling resources documentation.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setTarget">setTarget(project, forwardingRule, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Changes target URL for the GlobalForwardingRule resource. The new target should be of the same type as the old target.</p>
@@ -188,9 +188,9 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -205,8 +205,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -220,15 +220,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
   &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -251,9 +251,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -268,8 +268,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -283,15 +283,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
   &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
@@ -382,9 +382,9 @@
     { # Contains a list of ForwardingRule resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources.
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
       &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
       &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
       &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -399,8 +399,8 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
         { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
           &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
             { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -414,15 +414,15 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
         { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
           &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
           &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
       &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
       &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   ],
@@ -475,9 +475,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -492,8 +492,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -507,15 +507,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
   &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setLabels">setLabels(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.
+  <pre>Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling resources documentation.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
index 1d50a0b..2df5964 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -379,9 +379,16 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
+  &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;serverlessDeployment&quot;: { # Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is &quot;SERVERLESS&quot;. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set.
+    &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com
+    &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name
+    &quot;urlMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag
+  },
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
   &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional URL of the subnetwork to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong.
   &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the network endpoint group is located.
@@ -428,9 +435,16 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
+  &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;serverlessDeployment&quot;: { # Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is &quot;SERVERLESS&quot;. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set.
+    &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com
+    &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name
+    &quot;urlMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag
+  },
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
   &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional URL of the subnetwork to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong.
   &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the network endpoint group is located.
@@ -545,9 +559,16 @@
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
+      &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      &quot;serverlessDeployment&quot;: { # Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is &quot;SERVERLESS&quot;. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set.
+        &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com
+        &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name
+        &quot;urlMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag
+        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag
+      },
       &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
       &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional URL of the subnetwork to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong.
       &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the network endpoint group is located.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
index eb43721..0ee012f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html
@@ -112,6 +112,12 @@
       &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
       &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+      &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+        &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+        &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      },
     },
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
     &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the image when restored onto a persistent disk (in GB).
@@ -146,6 +152,12 @@
       &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
       &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
     },
+    &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
     &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
     &quot;shieldedInstanceInitialState&quot;: { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # Set the secure boot keys of shielded instance.
@@ -204,6 +216,9 @@
     &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
   },
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
index 2917b88..ba65695 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html
@@ -198,6 +198,12 @@
   &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
   &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+  &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+    &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+    &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    },
+  },
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -280,6 +286,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the image when restored onto a persistent disk (in GB).
@@ -314,6 +326,12 @@
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
+  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+    &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+    &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    },
+  },
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;shieldedInstanceInitialState&quot;: { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # Set the secure boot keys of shielded instance.
@@ -372,6 +390,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -399,6 +420,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the image when restored onto a persistent disk (in GB).
@@ -433,6 +460,12 @@
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
+  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+    &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+    &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    },
+  },
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;shieldedInstanceInitialState&quot;: { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # Set the secure boot keys of shielded instance.
@@ -491,6 +524,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -616,6 +652,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the image when restored onto a persistent disk (in GB).
@@ -650,6 +692,12 @@
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
+  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+    &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+    &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    },
+  },
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;shieldedInstanceInitialState&quot;: { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # Set the secure boot keys of shielded instance.
@@ -708,6 +756,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   forceCreate: boolean, Force image creation if true.
@@ -798,6 +849,12 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+          &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+          &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the image when restored onto a persistent disk (in GB).
@@ -832,6 +889,12 @@
         &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
       },
+      &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+        &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+        &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      },
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;shieldedInstanceInitialState&quot;: { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # Set the secure boot keys of shielded instance.
@@ -890,6 +953,9 @@
       &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#imageList&quot;, # Type of resource.
@@ -941,6 +1007,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the image when restored onto a persistent disk (in GB).
@@ -975,6 +1047,12 @@
     &quot;sha1Checksum&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. An optional SHA1 checksum of the disk image before unpackaging provided by the client when the disk image is created.
     &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URL where the disk image is stored. In order to create an image, you must provide the full or partial URL of one of the following: - The rawDisk.source URL - The sourceDisk URL - The sourceImage URL - The sourceSnapshot URL
   },
+  &quot;rolloutOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # A rollout policy to apply to this image. When specified, the rollout policy overrides per-zone references to the image via the associated image family. The rollout policy restricts the zones where this image is accessible when using a zonal image family reference. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, this image is accessible. The rollout policy for this image is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+    &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+    &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    },
+  },
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;shieldedInstanceInitialState&quot;: { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # Set the secure boot keys of shielded instance.
@@ -1033,6 +1111,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the image (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian license: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
index 023f011..19a53ac 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -288,6 +288,9 @@
         },
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+        &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
       },
     ],
     &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
@@ -356,6 +359,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
         &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
         &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+        &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
         &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
@@ -650,6 +654,9 @@
         },
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+        &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
       },
     ],
     &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
@@ -718,6 +725,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
         &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
         &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+        &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
         &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
@@ -976,6 +984,9 @@
             },
             &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+            &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
           },
         ],
         &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
@@ -1044,6 +1055,7 @@
             &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
             &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
             &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+            &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
             &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
             &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
           },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
index 8af54e3..2c4b4e0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html
@@ -153,6 +153,9 @@
   <code><a href="#resume">resume(project, zone, instance, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Resumes an instance that was suspended using the instances().suspend method.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#sendDiagnosticInterrupt">sendDiagnosticInterrupt(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sends diagnostic interrupt to the instance.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setDeletionProtection">setDeletionProtection(project, zone, resource, deletionProtection=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Sets deletion protection on the instance.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -509,6 +512,9 @@
               },
               &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
               &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+              &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
             },
           ],
           &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance.
@@ -587,6 +593,7 @@
               &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
               &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
               &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+              &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
               &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
               &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
             },
@@ -813,6 +820,9 @@
   },
   &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   forceAttach: boolean, Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it&#x27;s currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error.
@@ -981,6 +991,9 @@
         },
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+        &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
       },
     ],
     &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
@@ -1049,6 +1062,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
         &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
         &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+        &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
         &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
@@ -1501,6 +1515,9 @@
       },
       &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+      &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
     },
   ],
   &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance.
@@ -1579,6 +1596,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
       &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
       &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+      &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
       &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
       &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
     },
@@ -1822,6 +1840,20 @@
           },
           &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
           &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+          &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+            &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+            &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+              &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+            &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+              &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+          },
           &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
             &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -2199,6 +2231,9 @@
       },
       &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+      &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
     },
   ],
   &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance.
@@ -2277,6 +2312,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
       &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
       &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+      &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
       &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
       &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
     },
@@ -2542,6 +2578,9 @@
           },
           &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+          &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
         },
       ],
       &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance.
@@ -2620,6 +2659,7 @@
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
           &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
           &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+          &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
           &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
           &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
         },
@@ -3022,6 +3062,21 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="sendDiagnosticInterrupt">sendDiagnosticInterrupt(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Sends diagnostic interrupt to the instance.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  instance: string, Name of the instance scoping this request. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setDeletionProtection">setDeletionProtection(project, zone, resource, deletionProtection=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Sets deletion protection on the instance.
 
@@ -4664,6 +4719,9 @@
       },
       &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+      &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
     },
   ],
   &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance.
@@ -4742,6 +4800,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
       &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
       &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+      &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
       &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
       &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
     },
@@ -5098,6 +5157,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
   &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
   &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+  &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
   &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
   &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html
index 71cd153..892b3df 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
           &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
           &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-          &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+          &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
   &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
   &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@
       &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-      &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+      &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
   &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
index b227eae..c0c54c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html
@@ -313,6 +313,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
         &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
         &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+        &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
         &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
@@ -601,6 +602,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
         &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
         &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+        &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
         &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
@@ -854,6 +856,7 @@
             &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
             &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
             &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+            &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
             &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
             &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
           },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineTypes.html
index b94efa1..b770df5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineTypes.html
@@ -132,6 +132,12 @@
             &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
             &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
             &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+              &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+              &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+            },
           },
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the resource.
           &quot;guestCpus&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of virtual CPUs that are available to the instance.
@@ -226,6 +232,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the resource.
   &quot;guestCpus&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of virtual CPUs that are available to the instance.
@@ -278,6 +290,12 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+          &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+          &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the resource.
       &quot;guestCpus&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of virtual CPUs that are available to the instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html
index 0ad9af6..da739a0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -170,9 +170,16 @@
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-          &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+          &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
+          &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+          &quot;serverlessDeployment&quot;: { # Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is &quot;SERVERLESS&quot;. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set.
+            &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com
+            &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name
+            &quot;urlMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag
+            &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag
+          },
           &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
           &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional URL of the subnetwork to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong.
           &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the network endpoint group is located.
@@ -501,9 +508,16 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
+  &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;serverlessDeployment&quot;: { # Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is &quot;SERVERLESS&quot;. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set.
+    &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com
+    &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name
+    &quot;urlMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag
+  },
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
   &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional URL of the subnetwork to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong.
   &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the network endpoint group is located.
@@ -551,9 +565,16 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
+  &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;serverlessDeployment&quot;: { # Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is &quot;SERVERLESS&quot;. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set.
+    &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com
+    &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name
+    &quot;urlMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag
+  },
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
   &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional URL of the subnetwork to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong.
   &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the network endpoint group is located.
@@ -669,9 +690,16 @@
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
+      &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      &quot;serverlessDeployment&quot;: { # Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is &quot;SERVERLESS&quot;. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set.
+        &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com
+        &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name
+        &quot;urlMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag
+        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag
+      },
       &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
       &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional URL of the subnetwork to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong.
       &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the network endpoint group is located.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
index caa5fd5..abf1dc7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html
@@ -479,6 +479,20 @@
           },
           &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
           &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+          &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+            &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+            &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+              &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+            &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+              &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+          },
           &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
             &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeTypes.html
index f7ffcc4..8e81f79 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeTypes.html
@@ -127,6 +127,12 @@
             &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
             &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
             &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+            &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+              &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+              &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+            },
           },
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the resource.
           &quot;guestCpus&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of virtual CPUs that are available to the node type.
@@ -214,6 +220,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the resource.
   &quot;guestCpus&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of virtual CPUs that are available to the node type.
@@ -259,6 +271,12 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+          &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+          &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the resource.
       &quot;guestCpus&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] The number of virtual CPUs that are available to the node type.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
index c085fb3..ba0172b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.organizationSecurityPolicies.html
@@ -249,6 +249,20 @@
   },
   &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+  &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+    &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+    &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+    &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
     &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -537,6 +551,20 @@
       },
       &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+      &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+        &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+        &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+        &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+      },
       &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
         &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -636,6 +664,20 @@
   },
   &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+  &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+    &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+    &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+    &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
     &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -733,6 +775,20 @@
       },
       &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+      &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+        &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+        &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+        &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+      },
       &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
         &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -905,6 +961,20 @@
           },
           &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
           &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+          &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+            &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+            &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+              &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+            &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+              &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+          },
           &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
             &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -1126,6 +1196,20 @@
       },
       &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+      &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+        &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+        &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+        &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+      },
       &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
         &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -1251,6 +1335,20 @@
   },
   &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+  &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+    &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+    &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+    &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
     &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
index c18e1d2..e12024a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html
@@ -272,6 +272,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -603,6 +604,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -851,6 +853,7 @@
       },
       &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
         &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+        &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
         &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
         &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
       },
@@ -1061,6 +1064,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
@@ -1541,6 +1545,7 @@
   },
   &quot;connectionTrackingPolicy&quot;: { # Connection Tracking configuration for this BackendService.
     &quot;connectionPersistenceOnUnhealthyBackends&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies connection persistence when backends are unhealthy. The default value is DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL. If set to DEFAULT_FOR_PROTOCOL, the existing connections persist on unhealthy backends only for connection-oriented protocols (TCP and SCTP) and only if the Tracking Mode is PER_CONNECTION (default tracking mode) or the Session Affinity is configured for 5-tuple. They do not persist for UDP. If set to NEVER_PERSIST, after a backend becomes unhealthy, the existing connections on the unhealthy backend are never persisted on the unhealthy backend. They are always diverted to newly selected healthy backends (unless all backends are unhealthy). If set to ALWAYS_PERSIST, existing connections always persist on unhealthy backends regardless of protocol and session affinity. It is generally not recommended to use this mode overriding the default.
+    &quot;enableStrongAffinity&quot;: True or False, # Enable Strong Session Affinity. This is only available in External TCP/UDP load balancer.
     &quot;idleTimeoutSec&quot;: 42, # Specifies how long to keep a Connection Tracking entry while there is no matching traffic (in seconds). For L4 ILB the minimum(default) is 10 minutes and maximum is 16 hours. For NLB the minimum(default) is 60 seconds and the maximum is 16 hours. This field will be supported only if the Connection Tracking key is less than 5-tuple.
     &quot;trackingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the key used for connection tracking. There are two options: PER_CONNECTION: This is the default mode. The Connection Tracking is performed as per the Connection Key (default Hash Method) for the specific protocol. PER_SESSION: The Connection Tracking is performed as per the configured Session Affinity. It matches the configured Session Affinity.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
index bd9a6fd..215ba4d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html
@@ -152,6 +152,12 @@
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
               &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
               &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+              &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+                &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+              },
               &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
                 &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
                 &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -285,6 +291,12 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+      },
       &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
         &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
         &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -363,6 +375,12 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+      },
       &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
         &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
         &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -509,6 +527,12 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+          &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+            &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+          },
           &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
             &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
             &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -635,6 +659,12 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+      },
       &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
         &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
         &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDiskTypes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDiskTypes.html
index 725734e..4c9da2a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDiskTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDiskTypes.html
@@ -117,6 +117,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -161,6 +167,12 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+          &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+          &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional description of this resource.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
index 0100fea..1d76c6d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html
@@ -116,6 +116,9 @@
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#update">update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="addResourcePolicies">addResourcePolicies(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
@@ -252,6 +255,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -1309,4 +1315,150 @@
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="update">update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, The disk name for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Persistent Disk resource. Google Compute Engine has two Disk resources: * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/disks) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionDisks) Persistent disks are required for running your VM instances. Create both boot and non-boot (data) persistent disks. For more information, read Persistent Disks. For more storage options, read Storage options. The disks resource represents a zonal persistent disk. For more information, read Zonal persistent disks. The regionDisks resource represents a regional persistent disk. For more information, read Regional resources.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
+  &quot;diskEncryptionKey&quot;: { # Encrypts the disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a disk with a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the disk later (e.g. to create a disk snapshot, to create a disk image, to create a machine image, or to attach the disk to a virtual machine). Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the disk. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the disk, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later.
+    &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+    &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+    &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  &quot;eraseWindowsVssSignature&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the disk restored from a source snapshot should erase Windows specific VSS signature.
+  &quot;guestOsFeatures&quot;: [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+    { # Guest OS features.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;interface&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#disk&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#disk for disks.
+  &quot;labelFingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this disk, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a disk.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the setLabels method.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;lastAttachTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Last attach timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;lastDetachTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Last detach timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;licenseCodes&quot;: [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;licenses&quot;: [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google&#x27;s use.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;locationHint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque location hint used to place the disk close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+  &quot;multiWriter&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;options&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal use only.
+  &quot;physicalBlockSizeBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Physical block size of the persistent disk, in bytes. If not present in a request, a default value is used. The currently supported size is 4096, other sizes may be added in the future. If an unsupported value is requested, the error message will list the supported values for the caller&#x27;s project.
+  &quot;provisionedIops&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the disk resides. Only applicable for regional resources. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+  &quot;replicaZones&quot;: [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;resourcePolicies&quot;: [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  &quot;sizeGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.
+  &quot;sourceDisk&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk
+  &quot;sourceDiskId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the disk used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact disk that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a disk that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source disk ID would identify the exact version of the disk that was used.
+  &quot;sourceImage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source image used to create this disk. If the source image is deleted, this field will not be set. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family
+  &quot;sourceImageEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+    &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+    &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+    &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  &quot;sourceImageId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The ID value of the image used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact image that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from an image that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source image ID would identify the exact version of the image that was used.
+  &quot;sourceSnapshot&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source snapshot used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project /global/snapshots/snapshot - projects/project/global/snapshots/snapshot - global/snapshots/snapshot
+  &quot;sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey&quot;: { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. Required if the source snapshot is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key.
+    &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS.
+    &quot;kmsKeyServiceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used.
+    &quot;rawKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource.
+    &quot;rsaEncryptedKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem
+    &quot;sha256&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource.
+  },
+  &quot;sourceSnapshotId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot used to create this disk. This value identifies the exact snapshot that was used to create this persistent disk. For example, if you created the persistent disk from a snapshot that was later deleted and recreated under the same name, the source snapshot ID would identify the exact version of the snapshot that was used.
+  &quot;sourceStorageObject&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full Google Cloud Storage URI where the disk image is stored. This file must be a gzip-compressed tarball whose name ends in .tar.gz or virtual machine disk whose name ends in vmdk. Valid URIs may start with gs:// or https://storage.googleapis.com/. This flag is not optimized for creating multiple disks from a source storage object. To create many disks from a source storage object, use gcloud compute images import instead.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of disk creation. - CREATING: Disk is provisioning. - RESTORING: Source data is being copied into the disk. - FAILED: Disk creation failed. - READY: Disk is ready for use. - DELETING: Disk is deleting.
+  &quot;storageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] Storage type of the persistent disk.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd . See Persistent disk types.
+  &quot;users&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) in form: projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the disk resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+  paths: string, A parameter (repeated)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  &quot;clientOperationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    &quot;errors&quot;: [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;httpErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  &quot;httpErrorStatusCode&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  &quot;insertTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#operation&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  &quot;operationGroupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  &quot;operationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  &quot;progress&quot;: 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  &quot;targetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  &quot;targetLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.
+  &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      &quot;data&quot;: [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: &quot;data&quot;: [ { &quot;key&quot;: &quot;scope&quot;, &quot;value&quot;: &quot;zones/us-east1-d&quot; }
+        {
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html
index 90d49e4..c875cce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionHealthCheckServices.html
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
@@ -196,10 +196,10 @@
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
@@ -229,10 +229,10 @@
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-      &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+      &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
@@ -330,10 +330,10 @@
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+      &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+      &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
@@ -393,10 +393,10 @@
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
index c350be2..0e1df43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html
@@ -190,6 +190,9 @@
         },
         &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT.
+        &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
       },
     ],
     &quot;displayDevice&quot;: { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer
@@ -258,6 +261,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
         &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
         &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+        &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
         &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
index 61a5b0f..e6003f8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -209,9 +209,16 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
+  &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;serverlessDeployment&quot;: { # Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is &quot;SERVERLESS&quot;. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set.
+    &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com
+    &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name
+    &quot;urlMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag
+  },
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
   &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional URL of the subnetwork to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong.
   &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the network endpoint group is located.
@@ -259,9 +266,16 @@
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
+  &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  &quot;serverlessDeployment&quot;: { # Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is &quot;SERVERLESS&quot;. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set.
+    &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com
+    &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name
+    &quot;urlMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag
+  },
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
   &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional URL of the subnetwork to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong.
   &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the network endpoint group is located.
@@ -377,9 +391,16 @@
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
+      &quot;pscTargetService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: &quot;asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com&quot;
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      &quot;serverlessDeployment&quot;: { # Configuration for a serverless network endpoint group (NEG). The platform must be provided. Note: The target backend service must be in the same project and located in the same region as the Serverless NEG. # Only valid when networkEndpointType is &quot;SERVERLESS&quot;. Only one of cloudRun, appEngine, cloudFunction or serverlessDeployment may be set.
+        &quot;platform&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The platform of the backend target(s) of this NEG. Possible values include: 1. API Gateway: apigateway.googleapis.com 2. App Engine: appengine.googleapis.com 3. Cloud Functions: cloudfunctions.googleapis.com 4. Cloud Run: run.googleapis.com
+        &quot;resource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name of the workload/instance. This value must be provided explicitly or in the urlMask. The resource identified by this value is platform-specific and is as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service name 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service name
+        &quot;urlMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A template to parse platform-specific fields from a request URL. URL mask allows for routing to multiple resources on the same serverless platform without having to create multiple Network Endpoint Groups and backend resources. The fields parsed by this template are platform-specific and are as follows: 1. API Gateway: The gateway ID 2. App Engine: The service and version 3. Cloud Functions: The function name 4. Cloud Run: The service and tag
+        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The optional resource version. The version identified by this value is platform-specific and is follows: 1. API Gateway: Unused 2. App Engine: The service version 3. Cloud Functions: Unused 4. Cloud Run: The service tag
+      },
       &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
       &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional URL of the subnetwork to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong.
       &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the network endpoint group is located.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regions.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regions.html
index 0c6bf86..91c1263 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regions.html
@@ -115,6 +115,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Textual description of the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -167,6 +173,12 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+          &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+          &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Textual description of the resource.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
index 58534ed..4310152 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html
@@ -145,6 +145,12 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+          &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+            &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+          },
           &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
             &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
             &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -312,6 +318,12 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
   &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
     &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
     &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -465,6 +477,12 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+    &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
   &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
     &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
     &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
@@ -581,6 +599,12 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      &quot;shareSettings&quot;: { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation
+        &quot;projects&quot;: [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type&#x27;s value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;shareType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+      },
       &quot;specificReservation&quot;: { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes.
         &quot;count&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated.
         &quot;inUseCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
index 2c70740..e677470 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.securityPolicies.html
@@ -168,6 +168,20 @@
   },
   &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+  &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+    &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+    &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+    &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
     &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -395,6 +409,20 @@
       },
       &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+      &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+        &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+        &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+        &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+      },
       &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
         &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -472,6 +500,20 @@
   },
   &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+  &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+    &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+    &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+    &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
     &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -570,6 +612,20 @@
       },
       &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+      &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+        &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+        &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+        &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+      },
       &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
         &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -742,6 +798,20 @@
           },
           &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
           &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+          &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+            &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+            &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+              &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+            &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+            &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+            &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+            &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+              &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+              &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+            },
+          },
           &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
             &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -914,6 +984,20 @@
       },
       &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
       &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+      &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+        &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+        &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+        &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+        &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+        &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+        &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+          &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+          &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+        },
+      },
       &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
         &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
@@ -1040,6 +1124,20 @@
   },
   &quot;preview&quot;: True or False, # If set to true, the specified action is not enforced.
   &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # An integer indicating the priority of a rule in the list. The priority must be a positive value between 0 and 2147483647. Rules are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 0 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority.
+  &quot;rateLimitOptions&quot;: { # Must be specified if the action is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot; or &quot;throttle&quot;. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
+    &quot;banDurationSec&quot;: 42, # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, determines the time (in seconds) the traffic will continue to be banned by the rate limit after the rate falls below the threshold.
+    &quot;banThreshold&quot;: { # Can only be specified if the action for the rule is &quot;rate_based_ban&quot;. If specified, the key will be banned for the configured &#x27;ban_duration_sec&#x27; when the number of requests that exceed the &#x27;rate_limit_threshold&#x27; also exceed this &#x27;ban_threshold&#x27;.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+    &quot;conformAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Action to take for requests that are under the configured rate limit threshold. Valid option is &quot;allow&quot; only.
+    &quot;enforceOnKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Determines the key to enforce the threshold_rps limit on. If key is &quot;IP&quot;, each IP has this limit enforced separately, whereas &quot;ALL_IPs&quot; means a single limit is applied to all requests matching this rule.
+    &quot;exceedAction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When a request is denied, returns the HTTP response code specified. Valid options are &quot;deny()&quot; where valid values for status are 403, 404, 429, and 502.
+    &quot;rateLimitThreshold&quot;: { # Threshold at which to begin ratelimiting.
+      &quot;count&quot;: 42, # Number of HTTP(S) requests for calculating the threshold.
+      &quot;intervalSec&quot;: 42, # Interval over which the threshold is computed.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;redirectOptions&quot;: { # Parameters defining the redirect action. Cannot be specified for any other actions.
     &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Target for the redirect action. This is required if the type is EXTERNAL_302 and cannot be specified for GOOGLE_RECAPTCHA.
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of the redirect action.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html
index 8afd623..d177f39 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html
@@ -234,6 +234,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -396,6 +399,9 @@
   &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -522,6 +528,9 @@
       &quot;storageLocations&quot;: [ # Cloud Storage bucket storage location of the snapshot (regional or multi-regional).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;userLicenses&quot;: [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of URLs to the license resource.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#snapshotList&quot;, # Type of resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zones.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zones.html
index 48c2997..b583d38 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zones.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zones.html
@@ -118,6 +118,12 @@
     &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
     &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
     &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+    &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+      &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+      &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Textual description of the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
@@ -163,6 +169,12 @@
         &quot;obsolete&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the state of this resource is intended to change to OBSOLETE. This is only informational and the status will not change unless the client explicitly changes it.
         &quot;replacement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the suggested replacement for a deprecated resource. The suggested replacement resource must be the same kind of resource as the deprecated resource.
         &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The deprecation state of this resource. This can be ACTIVE, DEPRECATED, OBSOLETE, or DELETED. Operations which communicate the end of life date for an image, can use ACTIVE. Operations which create a new resource using a DEPRECATED resource will return successfully, but with a warning indicating the deprecated resource and recommending its replacement. Operations which use OBSOLETE or DELETED resources will be rejected and result in an error.
+        &quot;stateOverride&quot;: { # A rollout policy configuration. # The rollout policy for this deprecation. This policy is only enforced by image family views. The rollout policy restricts the zones where the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. When the rollout policy does not include the user specified zone, or if the zone is rolled out, the associated resource is considered in a deprecated state. The rollout policy for this deprecation is read-only, except for allowlisted users. This field might not be configured. To view the latest non-deprecated image in a specific zone, use the imageFamilyViews.get method.
+          &quot;defaultRolloutTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to any zone that is not explicitly stated.
+          &quot;locationRolloutPolicies&quot;: { # Location based rollout policies to apply to the resource. Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid URLs, like: zones/us-central1-a. The value expects an RFC3339 timestamp on or after which the update is considered rolled out to the specified location.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Textual description of the resource.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html
index 0433163..2c7b66e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
           &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+          &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html
index 67f5846..d568acc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
     { # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
       &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider&#x27;s VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+  &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
     { # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
       &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider&#x27;s VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
-      &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # List of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
+      &quot;interfaces&quot;: [ # A list of interfaces for this external VPN gateway. If your peer-side gateway is an on-premises gateway and non-AWS cloud providers&#x27; gateway, at most two interfaces can be provided for an external VPN gateway. If your peer side is an AWS virtual private gateway, four interfaces should be provided for an external VPN gateway.
         { # The interface for the external VPN gateway.
           &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The numeric ID of this interface. The allowed input values for this id for different redundancy types of external VPN gateway: - SINGLE_IP_INTERNALLY_REDUNDANT - 0 - TWO_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1 - FOUR_IPS_REDUNDANCY - 0, 1, 2, 3
           &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address of the interface in the external VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. This IP address can be either from your on-premise gateway or another Cloud provider&#x27;s VPN gateway, it cannot be an IP address from Google Compute Engine.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html
index bb839a8..6a8d7e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }
 
   parentId: string, Parent ID for this request. The ID can be either be &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; if the parent is a folder or &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; if the parent is an organization.
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-      &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
     },
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicyList&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyList for listsof FirewallPolicies
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
-  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Depreacted, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated, please use short name instead. User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a fingerprint for this resource, which is essentially a hash of the metadata&#x27;s contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the firewall policy.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#firewallPolicy&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#firewallPolicyfor firewall policies
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;selfLinkWithId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
-  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User-provided name of the Organization firewall plicy. The name should be unique in the organization in which the firewall policy is created. This name must be set on creation and cannot be changed. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
index c570e09..d3eaf3c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html
@@ -133,9 +133,9 @@
   &quot;items&quot;: { # A list of ForwardingRulesScopedList resources.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Name of the scope containing this set of addresses.
       &quot;forwardingRules&quot;: [ # A list of forwarding rules contained in this scope.
-        { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-          &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-          &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+        { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+          &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+          &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
           &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
           &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
           &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -150,8 +150,8 @@
           &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           },
-          &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-          &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+          &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+          &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
             { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
               &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
                 { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -165,14 +165,15 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
           &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-          &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-          &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+          &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+          &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+          &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-          &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+          &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
             { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
               &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
               &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -181,7 +182,7 @@
           ],
           &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
           &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-          &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+          &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
           &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       ],
@@ -315,9 +316,9 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -332,8 +333,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -347,14 +348,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+  &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -363,7 +365,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -378,9 +380,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -395,8 +397,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -410,14 +412,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+  &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -426,7 +429,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
@@ -509,9 +512,9 @@
     { # Contains a list of ForwardingRule resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources.
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
       &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
       &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
       &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -526,8 +529,8 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
         { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
           &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
             { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -541,14 +544,15 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+      &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
         { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
           &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
           &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -557,7 +561,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
       &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
       &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   ],
@@ -602,9 +606,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -619,8 +623,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -634,14 +638,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+  &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -650,7 +655,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html
index f307b81..08bf6ef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
   &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network in which to reserve the address. This field can only be used with INTERNAL type with the VPC_PEERING purpose.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this address and can only take the following values: PREMIUM or STANDARD. Global forwarding rules can only be Premium Tier. Regional forwarding rules can be either Premium or Standard Tier. Standard Tier addresses applied to regional forwarding rules can be used with any external load balancer. Regional forwarding rules in Premium Tier can only be used with a network load balancer. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM.
       &quot;prefixLength&quot;: 42, # The prefix length if the resource represents an IP range.
-      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly.
+      &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The purpose of this resource, which can be one of the following values: - `GCE_ENDPOINT` for addresses that are used by VM instances, alias IP ranges, internal load balancers, and similar resources. - `DNS_RESOLVER` for a DNS resolver address in a subnetwork - `VPC_PEERING` for addresses that are reserved for VPC peer networks. - `NAT_AUTO` for addresses that are external IP addresses automatically reserved for Cloud NAT. - `IPSEC_INTERCONNECT` for addresses created from a private IP range that are reserved for a VLAN attachment in an *IPsec-encrypted Cloud Interconnect* configuration. These addresses are regional resources. Not currently available publicly. - `SHARED_LOADBALANCER_VIP` for an internal IP address that is assigned to multiple internal forwarding rules. - `PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT` for a private network address that is used to configure Private Service Connect. Only global internal addresses can use this purpose.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where a regional address resides. For regional addresses, you must specify the region as a path parameter in the HTTP request URL. *This field is not applicable to global addresses.*
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The status of the address, which can be one of RESERVING, RESERVED, or IN_USE. An address that is RESERVING is currently in the process of being reserved. A RESERVED address is currently reserved and available to use. An IN_USE address is currently being used by another resource and is not available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
index f040793..d8c88e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Updates the specified forwarding rule with the data included in the request. This method supports PATCH semantics and uses the JSON merge patch format and processing rules. Currently, you can only patch the network_tier field.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setLabels">setLabels(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling resources documentation.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setTarget">setTarget(project, forwardingRule, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Changes target URL for the GlobalForwardingRule resource. The new target should be of the same type as the old target.</p>
@@ -185,9 +185,9 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -217,14 +217,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+  &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -233,7 +234,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -247,9 +248,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -264,8 +265,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -279,14 +280,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+  &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -295,7 +297,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
@@ -377,9 +379,9 @@
     { # Contains a list of ForwardingRule resources.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # A list of ForwardingRule resources.
-    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+    { # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+      &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+      &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
       &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
       &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
       &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -394,8 +396,8 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+      &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+      &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
         { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
           &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
             { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -409,14 +411,15 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
       &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+      &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+      &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+      &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
         { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
           &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
           &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -425,7 +428,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
       &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+      &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
       &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   ],
@@ -469,9 +472,9 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in GCP can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
-  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, refer to [IP address specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
-  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products: - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid. - Traffic Director: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is INTERNAL_MANAGED, and only TCP is valid. - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, and TCP Proxy Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL and only TCP is valid. - Network Load Balancing: The load balancing scheme is EXTERNAL, and one of TCP, UDP or L3_DEFAULT is valid.
+{ # Represents a Forwarding Rule resource. Forwarding rule resources in Google Cloud can be either regional or global in scope: * [Global](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalForwardingRules) * [Regional](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/forwardingRules) A forwarding rule and its corresponding IP address represent the frontend configuration of a Google Cloud Platform load balancer. Forwarding rules can also reference target instances and Cloud VPN Classic gateways (targetVpnGateway). For more information, read Forwarding rule concepts and Using protocol forwarding.
+  &quot;IPAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IP address that this forwarding rule serves. When a client sends traffic to this IP address, the forwarding rule directs the traffic to the target that you specify in the forwarding rule. If you don&#x27;t specify a reserved IP address, an ephemeral IP address is assigned. Methods for specifying an IP address: * IPv4 dotted decimal, as in `100.1.2.3` * Full URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /addresses/address-name * Partial URL or by name, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/addresses/address-name - regions/region/addresses/address-name - global/addresses/address-name - address-name The loadBalancingScheme and the forwarding rule&#x27;s target determine the type of IP address that you can use. For detailed information, see [IP address specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#ip_address_specifications). Must be set to `0.0.0.0` when the target is targetGrpcProxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, IP address must be provided.
+  &quot;IPProtocol&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends).
   &quot;allPorts&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService.
   &quot;allowGlobalAccess&quot;: True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.
   &quot;backendService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.
@@ -486,8 +489,8 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by the setLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply with RFC1035. Label values may be empty.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. - EXTERNAL is used for: - Classic Cloud VPN gateways - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an external IP address - HTTP(S), SSL Proxy, TCP Proxy, and Network Load Balancing - INTERNAL is used for: - Protocol forwarding to VMs from an internal IP address - Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing - INTERNAL_MANAGED is used for: - Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing - INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED is used for: - Traffic Director For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
-  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by Loadbalancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to Loadbalancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule will not be visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
+  &quot;loadBalancingScheme&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the forwarding rule type. For more information about forwarding rules, refer to Forwarding rule concepts.
+  &quot;metadataFilters&quot;: [ # Opaque filter criteria used by load balancer to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of xDS compliant clients. In their xDS requests to load balancer, xDS clients present node metadata. When there is a match, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. Otherwise, all the resources (e.g. TargetHttpProxy, UrlMap) referenced by the ForwardingRule are not visible to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. If multiple metadataFilters are specified, all of them need to be satisfied in order to be considered a match. metadataFilters specified here will be applifed before those specified in the UrlMap that this ForwardingRule references. metadataFilters only applies to Loadbalancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED.
     { # Opaque filter criteria used by loadbalancers to restrict routing configuration to a limited set of loadbalancing proxies. Proxies and sidecars involved in loadbalancing would typically present metadata to the loadbalancers which need to match criteria specified here. If a match takes place, the relevant configuration is made available to those proxies. For each metadataFilter in this list, if its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ANY, at least one of the filterLabels must match the corresponding label provided in the metadata. If its filterMatchCriteria is set to MATCH_ALL, then all of its filterLabels must match with corresponding labels provided in the metadata. An example for using metadataFilters would be: if loadbalancing involves Envoys, they will only receive routing configuration when values in metadataFilters match values supplied in of their XDS requests to loadbalancers.
       &quot;filterLabels&quot;: [ # The list of label value pairs that must match labels in the provided metadata based on filterMatchCriteria This list must not be empty and can have at the most 64 entries.
         { # MetadataFilter label name value pairs that are expected to match corresponding labels presented as metadata to the loadbalancer.
@@ -501,14 +504,15 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, the forwarding rule name must be a 1-20 characters string with lowercase letters and numbers and must start with a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is not used for external load balancing. For Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing, this field identifies the network that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If this field is not specified, the default network will be used. For Private Service Connect forwarding rules that forward traffic to Google APIs, a network must be provided.
   &quot;networkTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this load balancer and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. For regional ForwardingRule, the valid values are PREMIUM and STANDARD. For GlobalForwardingRule, the valid value is PREMIUM. If this field is not specified, it is assumed to be PREMIUM. If IPAddress is specified, this value must be equal to the networkTier of the Address.
-  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports: - TargetHttpProxy: 80, 8080 - TargetHttpsProxy: 443 - TargetGrpcProxy: no constraints - TargetTcpProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetSslProxy: 25, 43, 110, 143, 195, 443, 465, 587, 700, 993, 995, 1688, 1883, 5222 - TargetVpnGateway: 500, 4500 @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
-  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Supported load balancing products are Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing. Only packets addressed to the specified list of ports are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;portRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field can be used only if: - Load balancing scheme is one of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or INTERNAL_MANAGED - IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. Packets addressed to ports in the specified range will be forwarded to target or backend_service. You can only use one of ports, port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. Some types of forwarding target have constraints on the acceptable ports. For more information, see [Port specifications](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications). @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
+  &quot;ports&quot;: [ # The ports field is only supported when the forwarding rule references a backend_service directly. Only packets addressed to the [specified list of ports]((https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/forwarding-rule-concepts#port_specifications)) are forwarded to backends. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. You can specify a list of up to five ports, which can be non-contiguous. Forwarding rules with the same [IPAddress, IPProtocol] pair must have disjoint ports. @pattern: \\d+(?:-\\d+)?
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;pscConnectionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The PSC connection id of the PSC Forwarding Rule.
+  &quot;pscConnectionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the regional forwarding rule resides. This field is not applicable to global forwarding rules. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Internal HTTP(S) Load Balancing.
+  &quot;serviceDirectoryRegistrations&quot;: [ # Service Directory resources to register this forwarding rule with. Currently, only supports a single Service Directory resource. It is only supported for internal load balancing.
     { # Describes the auto-registration of the Forwarding Rule to Service Directory. The region and project of the Service Directory resource generated from this registration will be the same as this Forwarding Rule.
       &quot;namespace&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory namespace to register the forwarding rule under.
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Service Directory service to register the forwarding rule under.
@@ -517,7 +521,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;serviceLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional prefix to the service name for this Forwarding Rule. If specified, the prefix is the first label of the fully qualified service name. The label must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the label must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
   &quot;serviceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The internal fully qualified service name for this Forwarding Rule. This field is only used for internal load balancing.
-  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is only used for internal load balancing. For internal load balancing, this field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, if the network is in custom subnet mode, a subnetwork must be specified.
+  &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field identifies the subnetwork that the load balanced IP should belong to for this Forwarding Rule, used in internal load balancing and network load balancing with IPv6. If the network specified is in auto subnet mode, this field is optional. However, a subnetwork must be specified if the network is in custom subnet mode or when creating external forwarding rule with IPv6.
   &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
 }
 
@@ -579,7 +583,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setLabels">setLabels(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling Resources documentation.
+  <pre>Sets the labels on the specified resource. To learn more about labels, read the Labeling resources documentation.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
index 1fcdf85..9b663cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#networkEndpointGroup&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEndpointGroup for network endpoint group.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#networkEndpointGroup&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEndpointGroup for network endpoint group.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#networkEndpointGroup&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEndpointGroup for network endpoint group.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
index 0faf198..f32a45b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html
@@ -344,6 +344,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
         &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
         &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+        &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
         &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
@@ -682,6 +683,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
         &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
         &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+        &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
         &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
@@ -984,6 +986,7 @@
             &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
             &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
             &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+            &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
             &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
             &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
           },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
index 406d62b..4f4f38b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html
@@ -147,6 +147,9 @@
   <code><a href="#reset">reset(project, zone, instance, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Performs a reset on the instance. This is a hard reset the VM does not do a graceful shutdown. For more information, see Resetting an instance.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#sendDiagnosticInterrupt">sendDiagnosticInterrupt(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sends diagnostic interrupt to the instance.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setDeletionProtection">setDeletionProtection(project, zone, resource, deletionProtection=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Sets deletion protection on the instance.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -559,6 +562,7 @@
               &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
               &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
               &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+              &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
               &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
               &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
             },
@@ -977,6 +981,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
         &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
         &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+        &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
         &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
@@ -1485,6 +1490,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
       &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
       &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+      &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
       &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
       &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
     },
@@ -2059,6 +2065,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
       &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
       &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+      &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
       &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
       &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
     },
@@ -2368,6 +2375,7 @@
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
           &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
           &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+          &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
           &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
           &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
         },
@@ -2658,6 +2666,21 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="sendDiagnosticInterrupt">sendDiagnosticInterrupt(project, zone, instance, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Sends diagnostic interrupt to the instance.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  instance: string, Name of the instance scoping this request. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setDeletionProtection">setDeletionProtection(project, zone, resource, deletionProtection=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Sets deletion protection on the instance.
 
@@ -4156,6 +4179,7 @@
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
       &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
       &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+      &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
       &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
       &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
     },
@@ -4489,6 +4513,7 @@
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
   &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
   &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+  &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
   &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
   &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html
index 1e2b74e..9e6b001 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
           &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
           &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-          &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+          &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
   &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
   &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
       &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-      &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+      &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@
   &quot;googleReferenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Google reference ID, to be used when raising support tickets with Google or otherwise to debug backend connectivity issues. [Deprecated] This field is not used.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;interconnect&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the underlying Interconnect object that this attachment&#x27;s traffic will traverse through.
-  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # List of URL of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
+  &quot;ipsecInternalAddresses&quot;: [ # A list of URLs of addresses that have been reserved for the VLAN attachment. Used only for the VLAN attachment that has the encryption option as IPSEC. The addresses must be regional internal IP address ranges. When creating an HA VPN gateway over the VLAN attachment, if the attachment is configured to use a regional internal IP address, then the VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the IP address range specified here. For example, if the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s interface 0 is paired to this VLAN attachment, then a regional internal IP address for the VPN gateway interface 0 will be allocated from the IP address specified for this VLAN attachment. If this field is not specified when creating the VLAN attachment, then later on when creating an HA VPN gateway on this VLAN attachment, the HA VPN gateway&#x27;s IP address is allocated from the regional external IP address pool. Not currently available publicly.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#interconnectAttachment&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#interconnectAttachment for interconnect attachments.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html
index 20e00fa..4a6b0ac 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#networkEndpointGroup&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEndpointGroup for network endpoint group.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-          &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+          &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
           &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#networkEndpointGroup&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEndpointGroup for network endpoint group.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#networkEndpointGroup&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEndpointGroup for network endpoint group.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#networkEndpointGroup&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEndpointGroup for network endpoint group.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html
index 0b3eb95..f833f43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html
@@ -185,17 +185,17 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
@@ -217,17 +217,17 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
@@ -317,17 +317,17 @@
       &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-      &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+      &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+      &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+      &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
@@ -379,17 +379,17 @@
   &quot;creationTimestamp&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a HealthCheckService. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the HealthCheckService; Otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the HealthCheckService.
-  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
+  &quot;healthChecks&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the HealthCheck resources. Must have at least one HealthCheck, and not more than 10. HealthCheck resources must have portSpecification=USE_SERVING_PORT or portSpecification=USE_FIXED_PORT. For regional HealthCheckService, the HealthCheck must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, HealthCheck must be global. Mix of regional and global HealthChecks is not supported. Multiple regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region. Regional HealthChecks must belong to the same region as zones of NEGs.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;healthStatusAggregationPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Policy for how the results from multiple health checks for the same endpoint are aggregated. Defaults to NO_AGGREGATION if unspecified. - NO_AGGREGATION. An EndpointHealth message is returned for each pair in the health check service. - AND. If any health check of an endpoint reports UNHEALTHY, then UNHEALTHY is the HealthState of the endpoint. If all health checks report HEALTHY, the HealthState of the endpoint is HEALTHY. .
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#healthCheckService&quot;, # [Output only] Type of the resource. Always compute#healthCheckServicefor health check services.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
+  &quot;networkEndpointGroups&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NetworkEndpointGroup resources. Must not have more than 100. For regional HealthCheckService, NEGs must be in zones in the region of the HealthCheckService.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # List of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
+  &quot;notificationEndpoints&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to the NotificationEndpoint resources. Must not have more than 10. A list of endpoints for receiving notifications of change in health status. For regional HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be regional and in the same region. For global HealthCheckService, NotificationEndpoint must be global.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] URL of the region where the health check service resides. This field is not applicable to global health check services. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
index 4720bb3..441f5d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html
@@ -246,6 +246,7 @@
         &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default
         &quot;networkIP&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system.
         &quot;nicType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet.
+        &quot;queueCount&quot;: 42, # The networking queue count that&#x27;s specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It&#x27;ll be empty if not specified by the users.
         &quot;stackType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations.
         &quot;subnetwork&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
index 070149c..06946d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#networkEndpointGroup&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEndpointGroup for network endpoint group.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#networkEndpointGroup&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEndpointGroup for network endpoint group.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+  &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;compute#networkEndpointGroup&quot;, # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkEndpointGroup for network endpoint group.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses &quot;default&quot; project network if unspecified.
-      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, or SERVERLESS.
+      &quot;networkEndpointType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT.
       &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;size&quot;: 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 17ef77b..c7fb79e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
         &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
           &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
           &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-          &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+          &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
           &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
         },
         &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@
       &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
         &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
         &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
       },
       &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@
           &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
             &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
             &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-            &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+            &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
             &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
           },
           &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@
     &quot;desiredNodePoolAutoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
       &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
     },
     &quot;desiredNodePoolId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The node pool to be upgraded. This field is mandatory if &quot;desired_node_version&quot;, &quot;desired_image_family&quot; or &quot;desired_node_pool_autoscaling&quot; is specified and there is more than one node pool on the cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index 58cd9a5..c58b22d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
     &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
       &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
     },
     &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
   &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
     &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
     &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
   },
   &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@
       &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
         &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
         &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
       },
       &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@
   &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Required. Autoscaling configuration for the node pool.
     &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
     &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
   },
   &quot;clusterId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 75a42f9..3305b0a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@
         &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
           &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
           &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-          &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+          &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
           &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
         },
         &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@
       &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
         &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
         &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
       },
       &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@
           &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
             &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
             &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-            &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+            &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
             &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
           },
           &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -2731,7 +2731,7 @@
     &quot;desiredNodePoolAutoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
       &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
     },
     &quot;desiredNodePoolId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The node pool to be upgraded. This field is mandatory if &quot;desired_node_version&quot;, &quot;desired_image_family&quot; or &quot;desired_node_pool_autoscaling&quot; is specified and there is more than one node pool on the cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index ae55914..7d156e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
   &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Required. Autoscaling configuration for the node pool.
     &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
     &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
   },
   &quot;clusterId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@
     &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
       &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
     },
     &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
   &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
     &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
     &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
   },
   &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@
       &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
         &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
         &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
       },
       &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 1022f95..a47fa6c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
         &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
           &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
           &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-          &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+          &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
           &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
         },
         &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@
       &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
         &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
         &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
       },
       &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@
           &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
             &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
             &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-            &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+            &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
             &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
           },
           &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -2869,7 +2869,7 @@
     &quot;desiredNodePoolAutoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
       &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
     },
     &quot;desiredNodePoolId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The node pool to be upgraded. This field is mandatory if &quot;desired_node_version&quot;, &quot;desired_image_family&quot;, &quot;desired_node_pool_autoscaling&quot;, or &quot;desired_workload_metadata_config&quot; is specified and there is more than one node pool on the cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index e9336ab..5d0626f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
     &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
       &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
     },
     &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
   &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
     &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
     &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
   },
   &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@
       &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
         &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
         &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
       },
       &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@
   &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Required. Autoscaling configuration for the node pool.
     &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
     &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
   },
   &quot;clusterId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 2eda7fc..fd24abf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@
         &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
           &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
           &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-          &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+          &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
           &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
         },
         &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@
       &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
         &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
         &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
       },
       &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@
           &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
             &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
             &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-            &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+            &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
             &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
           },
           &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -2930,7 +2930,7 @@
     &quot;desiredNodePoolAutoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
       &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
     },
     &quot;desiredNodePoolId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The node pool to be upgraded. This field is mandatory if &quot;desired_node_version&quot;, &quot;desired_image_family&quot;, &quot;desired_node_pool_autoscaling&quot;, or &quot;desired_workload_metadata_config&quot; is specified and there is more than one node pool on the cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index 6129bf4..f266066 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
   &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Required. Autoscaling configuration for the node pool.
     &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
     &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
   },
   &quot;clusterId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Deprecated. The name of the cluster to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field.
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@
     &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+      &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
       &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
     },
     &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
   &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
     &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+    &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
     &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
   },
   &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
       &quot;autoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled only if a valid configuration is present.
         &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
-        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
+        &quot;maxNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= min_node_count. There has to be enough quota to scale up the cluster.
         &quot;minNodeCount&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be &gt;= 1 and &lt;= max_node_count.
       },
       &quot;conditions&quot;: [ # Which conditions caused the current node pool state.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
index e184430..86b8370 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
       &quot;merchantId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The merchant account ID, set for individual accounts and subaccounts.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountsAuthInfoResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountsAuthInfoResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountsClaimWebsiteResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountsClaimWebsiteResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
   &quot;entries&quot;: [ # The request entries to be processed in the batch.
     { # A batch entry encoding a single non-batch accounts request.
       &quot;account&quot;: { # Account data. After the creation of a new account it may take a few minutes before it is fully operational. The methods delete, insert, and update require the admin role. # The account to create or update. Only defined if the method is `insert` or `update`.
-        &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
+        &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
         &quot;adsLinks&quot;: [ # Linked Ads accounts that are active or pending approval. To create a new link request, add a new link with status `active` to the list. It will remain in a `pending` state until approved or rejected either in the Ads interface or through the AdWords API. To delete an active link, or to cancel a link request, remove it from the list.
           {
             &quot;adsId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer ID of the Ads account.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the link between this Merchant Center account and the GMB account. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`active`&quot; - &quot;`pending`&quot;
         },
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required for update. Merchant Center account ID.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;.
         &quot;labelIds&quot;: [ # Manually created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
   &quot;entries&quot;: [ # The result of the execution of the batch requests.
     { # A batch entry encoding a single non-batch accounts response.
       &quot;account&quot;: { # Account data. After the creation of a new account it may take a few minutes before it is fully operational. The methods delete, insert, and update require the admin role. # The retrieved, created, or updated account. Not defined if the method was `delete`, `claimwebsite` or `link`.
-        &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
+        &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
         &quot;adsLinks&quot;: [ # Linked Ads accounts that are active or pending approval. To create a new link request, add a new link with status `active` to the list. It will remain in a `pending` state until approved or rejected either in the Ads interface or through the AdWords API. To delete an active link, or to cancel a link request, remove it from the list.
           {
             &quot;adsId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer ID of the Ads account.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the link between this Merchant Center account and the GMB account. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`active`&quot; - &quot;`pending`&quot;
         },
         &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required for update. Merchant Center account ID.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;.
         &quot;labelIds&quot;: [ # Manually created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountsCustomBatchResponseEntry`&quot;
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountsCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountsCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -383,8 +383,8 @@
   accountId: string, The ID of the account. (required)
   view: string, Controls which fields will be populated. Acceptable values are: &quot;merchant&quot; and &quot;css&quot;. The default value is &quot;merchant&quot;.
     Allowed values
-      MERCHANT - 
-      CSS - 
+      MERCHANT - Default. View is populated with Merchant Center fields.
+      CSS - View is populated with Comparison Shopping Services fields.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Account data. After the creation of a new account it may take a few minutes before it is fully operational. The methods delete, insert, and update require the admin role.
-  &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
+  &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
   &quot;adsLinks&quot;: [ # Linked Ads accounts that are active or pending approval. To create a new link request, add a new link with status `active` to the list. It will remain in a `pending` state until approved or rejected either in the Ads interface or through the AdWords API. To delete an active link, or to cancel a link request, remove it from the list.
     {
       &quot;adsId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer ID of the Ads account.
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
     &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the link between this Merchant Center account and the GMB account. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`active`&quot; - &quot;`pending`&quot;
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required for update. Merchant Center account ID.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;.
   &quot;labelIds&quot;: [ # Manually created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Account data. After the creation of a new account it may take a few minutes before it is fully operational. The methods delete, insert, and update require the admin role.
-  &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
+  &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
   &quot;adsLinks&quot;: [ # Linked Ads accounts that are active or pending approval. To create a new link request, add a new link with status `active` to the list. It will remain in a `pending` state until approved or rejected either in the Ads interface or through the AdWords API. To delete an active link, or to cancel a link request, remove it from the list.
     {
       &quot;adsId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer ID of the Ads account.
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@
     &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the link between this Merchant Center account and the GMB account. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`active`&quot; - &quot;`pending`&quot;
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required for update. Merchant Center account ID.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;.
   &quot;labelIds&quot;: [ # Manually created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Account data. After the creation of a new account it may take a few minutes before it is fully operational. The methods delete, insert, and update require the admin role.
-  &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
+  &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
   &quot;adsLinks&quot;: [ # Linked Ads accounts that are active or pending approval. To create a new link request, add a new link with status `active` to the list. It will remain in a `pending` state until approved or rejected either in the Ads interface or through the AdWords API. To delete an active link, or to cancel a link request, remove it from the list.
     {
       &quot;adsId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer ID of the Ads account.
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@
     &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the link between this Merchant Center account and the GMB account. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`active`&quot; - &quot;`pending`&quot;
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required for update. Merchant Center account ID.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;.
   &quot;labelIds&quot;: [ # Manually created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountsLinkResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountsLinkResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -634,8 +634,8 @@
   pageToken: string, The token returned by the previous request.
   view: string, Controls which fields will be populated. Acceptable values are: &quot;merchant&quot; and &quot;css&quot;. The default value is &quot;merchant&quot;.
     Allowed values
-      MERCHANT - 
-      CSS - 
+      MERCHANT - Default. View is populated with Merchant Center fields.
+      CSS - View is populated with Comparison Shopping Services fields.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -645,11 +645,11 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountsListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountsListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of accounts.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # Account data. After the creation of a new account it may take a few minutes before it is fully operational. The methods delete, insert, and update require the admin role.
-      &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
+      &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
       &quot;adsLinks&quot;: [ # Linked Ads accounts that are active or pending approval. To create a new link request, add a new link with status `active` to the list. It will remain in a `pending` state until approved or rejected either in the Ads interface or through the AdWords API. To delete an active link, or to cancel a link request, remove it from the list.
         {
           &quot;adsId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer ID of the Ads account.
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the link between this Merchant Center account and the GMB account. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`active`&quot; - &quot;`pending`&quot;
       },
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required for update. Merchant Center account ID.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;.
       &quot;labelIds&quot;: [ # Manually created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountsListLinksResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountsListLinksResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;links&quot;: [ # The list of available links.
     {
       &quot;linkedAccountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the linked account.
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Account data. After the creation of a new account it may take a few minutes before it is fully operational. The methods delete, insert, and update require the admin role.
-  &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
+  &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
   &quot;adsLinks&quot;: [ # Linked Ads accounts that are active or pending approval. To create a new link request, add a new link with status `active` to the list. It will remain in a `pending` state until approved or rejected either in the Ads interface or through the AdWords API. To delete an active link, or to cancel a link request, remove it from the list.
     {
       &quot;adsId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer ID of the Ads account.
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@
     &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the link between this Merchant Center account and the GMB account. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`active`&quot; - &quot;`pending`&quot;
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required for update. Merchant Center account ID.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;.
   &quot;labelIds&quot;: [ # Manually created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Account data. After the creation of a new account it may take a few minutes before it is fully operational. The methods delete, insert, and update require the admin role.
-  &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
+  &quot;accountManagement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. How the account is managed. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`manual`&quot; - &quot;`automatic`&quot;
   &quot;adsLinks&quot;: [ # Linked Ads accounts that are active or pending approval. To create a new link request, add a new link with status `active` to the list. It will remain in a `pending` state until approved or rejected either in the Ads interface or through the AdWords API. To delete an active link, or to cancel a link request, remove it from the list.
     {
       &quot;adsId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer ID of the Ads account.
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@
     &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Status of the link between this Merchant Center account and the GMB account. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`active`&quot; - &quot;`pending`&quot;
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required for update. Merchant Center account ID.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#account`&quot;.
   &quot;labelIds&quot;: [ # Manually created label IDs that are assigned to the account by CSS.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountsUpdateLabelsResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountsUpdateLabelsResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accountstatuses.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accountstatuses.html
index 5c74fcd..98575cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accountstatuses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accountstatuses.html
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountstatusesCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountstatusesCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountstatusesListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountstatusesListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of account statuses.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # The status of an account, i.e., information about its products, which is computed offline and not returned immediately at insertion time.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounttax.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounttax.html
index 091e607..929e6a0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounttax.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounttax.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
       &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the account for which to get/update account tax settings.
       &quot;accountTax&quot;: { # The tax settings of a merchant account. All methods require the admin role. # The account tax settings to update. Only defined if the method is `update`.
         &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The ID of the account to which these account tax settings belong.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountTax&quot;.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountTax`&quot;.
         &quot;rules&quot;: [ # Tax rules. Updating the tax rules will enable US taxes (not reversible). Defining no rules is equivalent to not charging tax at all.
           { # Tax calculation rule to apply in a state or province (USA only).
             &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Country code in which tax is applicable.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
     { # A batch entry encoding a single non-batch accounttax response.
       &quot;accountTax&quot;: { # The tax settings of a merchant account. All methods require the admin role. # The retrieved or updated account tax settings.
         &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The ID of the account to which these account tax settings belong.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountTax&quot;.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountTax`&quot;.
         &quot;rules&quot;: [ # Tax rules. Updating the tax rules will enable US taxes (not reversible). Defining no rules is equivalent to not charging tax at all.
           { # Tax calculation rule to apply in a state or province (USA only).
             &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Country code in which tax is applicable.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accounttaxCustomBatchResponseEntry`&quot;
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accounttaxCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accounttaxCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
 
     { # The tax settings of a merchant account. All methods require the admin role.
   &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The ID of the account to which these account tax settings belong.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountTax&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountTax`&quot;.
   &quot;rules&quot;: [ # Tax rules. Updating the tax rules will enable US taxes (not reversible). Defining no rules is equivalent to not charging tax at all.
     { # Tax calculation rule to apply in a state or province (USA only).
       &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Country code in which tax is applicable.
@@ -220,12 +220,12 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accounttaxListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accounttaxListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of account tax settings.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # The tax settings of a merchant account. All methods require the admin role.
       &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The ID of the account to which these account tax settings belong.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountTax&quot;.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountTax`&quot;.
       &quot;rules&quot;: [ # Tax rules. Updating the tax rules will enable US taxes (not reversible). Defining no rules is equivalent to not charging tax at all.
         { # Tax calculation rule to apply in a state or province (USA only).
           &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Country code in which tax is applicable.
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
 
 { # The tax settings of a merchant account. All methods require the admin role.
   &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The ID of the account to which these account tax settings belong.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountTax&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountTax`&quot;.
   &quot;rules&quot;: [ # Tax rules. Updating the tax rules will enable US taxes (not reversible). Defining no rules is equivalent to not charging tax at all.
     { # Tax calculation rule to apply in a state or province (USA only).
       &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Country code in which tax is applicable.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
 
     { # The tax settings of a merchant account. All methods require the admin role.
   &quot;accountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The ID of the account to which these account tax settings belong.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#accountTax&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#accountTax`&quot;.
   &quot;rules&quot;: [ # Tax rules. Updating the tax rules will enable US taxes (not reversible). Defining no rules is equivalent to not charging tax at all.
     { # Tax calculation rule to apply in a state or province (USA only).
       &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Country code in which tax is applicable.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html
index 88512be..da1205c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeeds.html
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#datafeedsCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#datafeedsCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#datafeedsFetchNowResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#datafeedsFetchNowResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#datafeedsListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#datafeedsListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of datafeeds.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # Datafeed configuration data.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeedstatuses.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeedstatuses.html
index 7672dd2..8db7a8b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeedstatuses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.datafeedstatuses.html
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#datafeedstatusesCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#datafeedstatusesCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#datafeedstatusesListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#datafeedstatusesListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of datafeed statuses.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # The status of a datafeed, i.e., the result of the last retrieval of the datafeed computed asynchronously when the feed processing is finished.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.liasettings.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.liasettings.html
index 68a2b87..740933d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.liasettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.liasettings.html
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#liasettingsCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#liasettingsCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the GMB account (User or Business).
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#liasettingsGetAccessibleGmbAccountsResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#liasettingsGetAccessibleGmbAccountsResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#liasettingsListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#liasettingsListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of LIA settings.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # Local Inventory ads (LIA) settings. All methods except listposdataproviders require the admin role.
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#liasettingsListPosDataProvidersResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#liasettingsListPosDataProvidersResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;posDataProviders&quot;: [ # The list of POS data providers for each eligible country
     {
       &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Country code.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#liasettingsRequestGmbAccessResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#liasettingsRequestGmbAccessResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#liasettingsRequestInventoryVerificationResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#liasettingsRequestInventoryVerificationResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#liasettingsSetInventoryVerificationContactResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#liasettingsSetInventoryVerificationContactResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#liasettingsSetPosDataProviderResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#liasettingsSetPosDataProviderResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.localinventory.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.localinventory.html
index f81d833..6e38ec2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.localinventory.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.localinventory.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#localinventoryCustomBatchResponseEntry`&quot;
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#localinventoryCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#localinventoryCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderinvoices.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderinvoices.html
index ac26fd2..abbcb5b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderinvoices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderinvoices.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#orderinvoicesCreateChargeInvoiceResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#orderinvoicesCreateChargeInvoiceResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#orderinvoicesCreateRefundInvoiceResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#orderinvoicesCreateRefundInvoiceResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderreports.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderreports.html
index 296bf8c..c96a964 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderreports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderreports.html
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
       &quot;merchantId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the managing account.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#orderreportsListDisbursementsResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#orderreportsListDisbursementsResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of disbursements.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#orderreportsListTransactionsResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#orderreportsListTransactionsResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of transactions.
   &quot;transactions&quot;: [ # The list of transactions.
     {
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderreturns.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderreturns.html
index 7110f8d..b6a31d8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderreturns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orderreturns.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#orderreturnsAcknowledgeResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#orderreturnsAcknowledgeResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#orderreturnsCreateOrderReturnResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#orderreturnsCreateOrderReturnResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;orderReturn&quot;: { # Order return. Production access (all methods) requires the order manager role. Sandbox access does not. # Created order return.
     &quot;creationDate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The date of creation of the return, in ISO 8601 format.
     &quot;merchantOrderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Merchant defined order ID.
@@ -464,27 +464,27 @@
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of order returns to return in the response, used for paging. The default value is 25 returns per page, and the maximum allowed value is 250 returns per page.
   orderBy: string, Return the results in the specified order.
     Allowed values
-      RETURN_CREATION_TIME_DESC - 
-      RETURN_CREATION_TIME_ASC - 
+      RETURN_CREATION_TIME_DESC - Return results in descending order.
+      RETURN_CREATION_TIME_ASC - Return results in ascending order.
   pageToken: string, The token returned by the previous request.
   shipmentStates: string, Obtains order returns that match any shipment state provided in this parameter. When this parameter is not provided, order returns are obtained regardless of their shipment states. (repeated)
     Allowed values
-      NEW - 
-      SHIPPED - 
-      COMPLETED - 
-      UNDELIVERABLE - 
-      PENDING - 
+      NEW - Return shipments with `new` state only.
+      SHIPPED - Return shipments with `shipped` state only.
+      COMPLETED - Return shipments with `completed` state only.
+      UNDELIVERABLE - Return shipments with `undeliverable` state only.
+      PENDING - Return shipments with `pending` state only.
   shipmentStatus: string, Obtains order returns that match any shipment status provided in this parameter. When this parameter is not provided, order returns are obtained regardless of their shipment statuses. (repeated)
     Allowed values
-      NEW - 
-      IN_PROGRESS - 
-      PROCESSED - 
+      NEW - Return shipments with `new` status only.
+      IN_PROGRESS - Return shipments with `inProgress` status only.
+      PROCESSED - Return shipments with `processed` status only.
   shipmentTrackingNumbers: string, Obtains order returns with the specified tracking numbers. If this parameter is provided, createdStartDate, createdEndDate, shipmentType, shipmentStatus, shipmentState and acknowledged parameters must be not set. Note: if googleOrderId and shipmentTrackingNumber parameters are provided, the obtained results will include all order returns that either match the specified order id or the specified tracking number. (repeated)
   shipmentTypes: string, Obtains order returns that match any shipment type provided in this parameter. When this parameter is not provided, order returns are obtained regardless of their shipment types. (repeated)
     Allowed values
-      BY_MAIL - 
-      RETURNLESS - 
-      CONTACT_CUSTOMER_SUPPORT - 
+      BY_MAIL - Return shipments with type `byMail` only.
+      RETURNLESS - Return shipments with type `returnless` only.
+      CONTACT_CUSTOMER_SUPPORT - Return shipments with type `contactCustomerSupport` only.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#orderreturnsListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#orderreturnsListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of returns.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # Order return. Production access (all methods) requires the order manager role. Sandbox access does not.
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#orderreturnsProcessResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#orderreturnsProcessResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orders.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orders.html
index 5b5a6e6..7128da4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.orders.html
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersAcknowledgeResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersAcknowledgeResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersAdvanceTestOrderResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersAdvanceTestOrderResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersCancelResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersCancelResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersCancelLineItemResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersCancelLineItemResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersCancelTestOrderByCustomerResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersCancelTestOrderByCustomerResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersCreateTestOrderResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersCreateTestOrderResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;orderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the newly created test order.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersCreateTestReturnResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersCreateTestReturnResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;returnId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the newly created test order return.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersGetByMerchantOrderIdResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersGetByMerchantOrderIdResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;order&quot;: { # Order. Production access (all methods) requires the order manager role. Sandbox access does not. # The requested order.
     &quot;acknowledged&quot;: True or False, # Whether the order was acknowledged.
     &quot;annotations&quot;: [ # List of key-value pairs that are attached to a given order.
@@ -1096,12 +1096,12 @@
   merchantId: string, The ID of the account that should manage the order. This cannot be a multi-client account. (required)
   templateName: string, The name of the template to retrieve. (required)
     Allowed values
-      TEMPLATE1 - 
-      TEMPLATE2 - 
-      TEMPLATE1A - 
-      TEMPLATE1B - 
-      TEMPLATE3 - 
-      TEMPLATE4 - 
+      TEMPLATE1 - Get `template1`.
+      TEMPLATE2 - Get `template2`.
+      TEMPLATE1A - Get `template1A`.
+      TEMPLATE1B - Get `template1B`.
+      TEMPLATE3 - Get `template3`.
+      TEMPLATE4 - Get `template4`.
   country: string, The country of the template to retrieve. Defaults to `US`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersGetTestOrderTemplateResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersGetTestOrderTemplateResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;template&quot;: { # The requested test order template.
     &quot;deliveryDetails&quot;: { # Overrides the predefined delivery details if provided.
       &quot;address&quot;: { # The delivery address
@@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersInStoreRefundLineItemResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersInStoreRefundLineItemResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1316,17 +1316,17 @@
   placedDateStart: string, Obtains orders placed after this date (inclusively), in ISO 8601 format.
   statuses: string, Obtains orders that match any of the specified statuses. Please note that `active` is a shortcut for `pendingShipment` and `partiallyShipped`, and `completed` is a shortcut for `shipped`, `partiallyDelivered`, `delivered`, `partiallyReturned`, `returned`, and `canceled`. (repeated)
     Allowed values
-      ACTIVE - 
-      COMPLETED - 
-      CANCELED - 
-      IN_PROGRESS - 
-      PENDING_SHIPMENT - 
-      PARTIALLY_SHIPPED - 
-      SHIPPED - 
-      PARTIALLY_DELIVERED - 
-      DELIVERED - 
-      PARTIALLY_RETURNED - 
-      RETURNED - 
+      ACTIVE - Return orders with status `active`. The `active` status includes `pendingShipment` and `partiallyShipped` orders.
+      COMPLETED - Return orders with status `completed`. The `completed` status includes `shipped`, `partiallyDelivered`, `delivered`, `partiallyReturned`, `returned`, and `canceled` orders.
+      CANCELED - Return orders with status `canceled`.
+      IN_PROGRESS - Return orders with status `inProgress`.
+      PENDING_SHIPMENT - Return orders with status `pendingShipment`.
+      PARTIALLY_SHIPPED - Return orders with status `partiallyShipped`.
+      SHIPPED - Return orders with status `shipped`.
+      PARTIALLY_DELIVERED - Return orders with status `partiallyDelivered`.
+      DELIVERED - Return orders with status `delivered`.
+      PARTIALLY_RETURNED - Return orders with status `partiallyReturned`.
+      RETURNED - Return orders with status `returned`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of orders.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # Order. Production access (all methods) requires the order manager role. Sandbox access does not.
@@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersRefundItemResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersRefundItemResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersRefundOrderResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersRefundOrderResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersRejectReturnLineItemResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersRejectReturnLineItemResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersReturnRefundLineItemResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersReturnRefundLineItemResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersSetLineItemMetadataResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersSetLineItemMetadataResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersShipLineItemsResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersShipLineItemsResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersUpdateLineItemShippingDetailsResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersUpdateLineItemShippingDetailsResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1942,7 +1942,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersUpdateMerchantOrderIdResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersUpdateMerchantOrderIdResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@
 
     {
   &quot;executionStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The status of the execution. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`duplicate`&quot; - &quot;`executed`&quot;
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#ordersUpdateShipmentResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#ordersUpdateShipmentResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.pos.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.pos.html
index 99a90af..3aa7734 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.pos.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.pos.html
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#posCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#posCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
   &quot;contentLanguage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The two-letter ISO 639-1 language code for the item.
   &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Global Trade Item Number.
   &quot;itemId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for the item.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#posInventoryResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#posInventoryResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;price&quot;: { # Required. The current price of the item.
     &quot;currency&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The currency of the price.
     &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The price represented as a number.
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#posListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#posListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # Store resource.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#posStore`&quot;
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@
   &quot;contentLanguage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The two-letter ISO 639-1 language code for the item.
   &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Global Trade Item Number.
   &quot;itemId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for the item.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#posSaleResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#posSaleResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;price&quot;: { # Required. The price of the item.
     &quot;currency&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The currency of the price.
     &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The price represented as a number.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
index 6c5660b..ea13daf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
   &quot;entries&quot;: [ # The request entries to be processed in the batch.
     { # A batch entry encoding a single non-batch products request.
       &quot;batchId&quot;: 42, # An entry ID, unique within the batch request.
-      &quot;feedId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Content API feed id.
+      &quot;feedId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Content API Supplemental Feed ID. If present then product insertion or deletion applies to a supplemental feed instead of primary Content API feed.
       &quot;merchantId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the managing account.
       &quot;method&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The method of the batch entry. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delete`&quot; - &quot;`get`&quot; - &quot;`insert`&quot; - &quot;`update`&quot;
       &quot;product&quot;: { #  Required product attributes are primarily defined by the products data specification. See the Products Data Specification Help Center article for information. Product data. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product, it may take several minutes before changes take effect. # The product to insert. Only required if the method is `insert`.
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#productsCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#productsCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@
 Args:
   merchantId: string, The ID of the account that contains the product. This account cannot be a multi-client account. (required)
   productId: string, The REST ID of the product. (required)
-  feedId: string, The Content API Supplemental Feed ID.
+  feedId: string, The Content API Supplemental Feed ID. If present then product deletion applies to the data in a supplemental feed. If absent, entire product will be deleted.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -961,7 +961,7 @@
   },
 }
 
-  feedId: string, The Content API Supplemental Feed ID.
+  feedId: string, The Content API Supplemental Feed ID. If present then product insertion applies to the data in a supplemental feed.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#productsListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#productsListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of products.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { #  Required product attributes are primarily defined by the products data specification. See the Products Data Specification Help Center article for information. Product data. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product, it may take several minutes before changes take effect.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.productstatuses.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.productstatuses.html
index dfef49b..da03374 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.productstatuses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.productstatuses.html
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#productstatusesCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#productstatusesCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#productstatusesListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#productstatusesListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of products statuses.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # The status of a product, i.e., information about a product computed asynchronously.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.regionalinventory.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.regionalinventory.html
index 231e436..4b184b7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.regionalinventory.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.regionalinventory.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the attribute.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#regionalInventory&quot;.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#regionalInventory`&quot;.
         &quot;price&quot;: { # The price of the product.
           &quot;currency&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The currency of the price.
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The price represented as a number.
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
         ],
         &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The message of the first error in `errors`.
       },
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#regionalinventoryCustomBatchResponseEntry&quot;.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#regionalinventoryCustomBatchResponseEntry`&quot;.
       &quot;regionalInventory&quot;: { # Regional inventory resource. contains the regional name and all attributes which are overridden for the specified region. # Price and availability of the product.
         &quot;availability&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The availability of the product.
         &quot;customAttributes&quot;: [ # A list of custom (merchant-provided) attributes. It can also be used for submitting any attribute of the feed specification in its generic form.
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the attribute.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#regionalInventory&quot;.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#regionalInventory`&quot;.
         &quot;price&quot;: { # The price of the product.
           &quot;currency&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The currency of the price.
           &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The price represented as a number.
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#regionalinventoryCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#regionalinventoryCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the attribute.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#regionalInventory&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#regionalInventory`&quot;.
   &quot;price&quot;: { # The price of the product.
     &quot;currency&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The currency of the price.
     &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The price represented as a number.
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
       &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the attribute.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#regionalInventory&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#regionalInventory`&quot;.
   &quot;price&quot;: { # The price of the product.
     &quot;currency&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The currency of the price.
     &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The price represented as a number.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.returnaddress.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.returnaddress.html
index 8f4c567..0310424 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.returnaddress.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.returnaddress.html
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#returnaddressCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#returnaddressCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#returnaddressListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#returnaddressListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of addresses.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # Return address resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.returnpolicy.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.returnpolicy.html
index 1c238cd..b1c512c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.returnpolicy.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.returnpolicy.html
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#returnpolicyCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#returnpolicyCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#returnpolicyListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#returnpolicyListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # Return policy resource.
       &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The country of sale where the return policy is applicable.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementreports.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementreports.html
index 35968df..26eb1c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementreports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementreports.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#settlementreportsListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#settlementreportsListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of returns.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { #  Settlement reports detail order-level and item-level credits and debits between you and Google.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementtransactions.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementtransactions.html
index 205fb4e..941d625 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementtransactions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.settlementtransactions.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#settlementtransactionsListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#settlementtransactionsListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of returns.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # Settlement transactions give a detailed breakdown of the settlement report.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html
index 475909a..5623448 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#shippingsettingsCustomBatchResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#shippingsettingsCustomBatchResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#shippingsettingsGetSupportedCarriersResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#shippingsettingsGetSupportedCarriersResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The holiday type. Always present. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`Christmas`&quot; - &quot;`Easter`&quot; - &quot;`Father&#x27;s Day`&quot; - &quot;`Halloween`&quot; - &quot;`Independence Day (USA)`&quot; - &quot;`Mother&#x27;s Day`&quot; - &quot;`Thanksgiving`&quot; - &quot;`Valentine&#x27;s Day`&quot;
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#shippingsettingsGetSupportedHolidaysResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#shippingsettingsGetSupportedHolidaysResponse`&quot;.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#shippingsettingsGetSupportedPickupServicesResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#shippingsettingsGetSupportedPickupServicesResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;pickupServices&quot;: [ # A list of supported pickup services. May be empty.
     {
       &quot;carrierName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the carrier (e.g., `&quot;UPS&quot;`). Always present.
@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     {
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;content#shippingsettingsListResponse&quot;.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string &quot;`content#shippingsettingsListResponse`&quot;.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The token for the retrieval of the next page of shipping settings.
   &quot;resources&quot;: [
     { # The merchant account&#x27;s shipping settings. All methods except getsupportedcarriers and getsupportedholidays require the admin role.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html
index ac40227..0dc1de4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.tags.html
@@ -118,6 +118,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the enum value.
       },
       &quot;order&quot;: 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don&#x27;t have to be sequential.
+      &quot;richtextValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a rich text type. The maximum length is 10 MiB as this value holds HTML descriptions including encoded images. The maximum length of the text without images is 100 KiB.
       &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
       &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
     },
@@ -146,6 +147,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the enum value.
       },
       &quot;order&quot;: 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don&#x27;t have to be sequential.
+      &quot;richtextValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a rich text type. The maximum length is 10 MiB as this value holds HTML descriptions including encoded images. The maximum length of the text without images is 100 KiB.
       &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
       &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
     },
@@ -204,6 +206,7 @@
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the enum value.
           },
           &quot;order&quot;: 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don&#x27;t have to be sequential.
+          &quot;richtextValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a rich text type. The maximum length is 10 MiB as this value holds HTML descriptions including encoded images. The maximum length of the text without images is 100 KiB.
           &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
           &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
         },
@@ -250,6 +253,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the enum value.
       },
       &quot;order&quot;: 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don&#x27;t have to be sequential.
+      &quot;richtextValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a rich text type. The maximum length is 10 MiB as this value holds HTML descriptions including encoded images. The maximum length of the text without images is 100 KiB.
       &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
       &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
     },
@@ -279,6 +283,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the enum value.
       },
       &quot;order&quot;: 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don&#x27;t have to be sequential.
+      &quot;richtextValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a rich text type. The maximum length is 10 MiB as this value holds HTML descriptions including encoded images. The maximum length of the text without images is 100 KiB.
       &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
       &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html
index eb3a710..e302a4b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.tags.html
@@ -118,6 +118,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the enum value.
       },
       &quot;order&quot;: 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don&#x27;t have to be sequential.
+      &quot;richtextValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a rich text type. The maximum length is 10 MiB as this value holds HTML descriptions including encoded images. The maximum length of the text without images is 100 KiB.
       &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
       &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
     },
@@ -146,6 +147,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the enum value.
       },
       &quot;order&quot;: 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don&#x27;t have to be sequential.
+      &quot;richtextValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a rich text type. The maximum length is 10 MiB as this value holds HTML descriptions including encoded images. The maximum length of the text without images is 100 KiB.
       &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
       &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
     },
@@ -204,6 +206,7 @@
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the enum value.
           },
           &quot;order&quot;: 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don&#x27;t have to be sequential.
+          &quot;richtextValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a rich text type. The maximum length is 10 MiB as this value holds HTML descriptions including encoded images. The maximum length of the text without images is 100 KiB.
           &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
           &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
         },
@@ -250,6 +253,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the enum value.
       },
       &quot;order&quot;: 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don&#x27;t have to be sequential.
+      &quot;richtextValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a rich text type. The maximum length is 10 MiB as this value holds HTML descriptions including encoded images. The maximum length of the text without images is 100 KiB.
       &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
       &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
     },
@@ -279,6 +283,7 @@
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the enum value.
       },
       &quot;order&quot;: 42, # Output only. The order of this field with respect to other fields in this tag. Can be set by Tag. For example, a higher value can indicate a more important field. The value can be negative. Multiple fields can have the same order, and field orders within a tag don&#x27;t have to be sequential.
+      &quot;richtextValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a rich text type. The maximum length is 10 MiB as this value holds HTML descriptions including encoded images. The maximum length of the text without images is 100 KiB.
       &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a string type. The maximum length is 2000 UTF-8 characters.
       &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of a tag field with a timestamp type.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
index 96acf9c..4f71a3f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
@@ -248,40 +248,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;update&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -299,40 +266,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;upsert&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key&#x27;s final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -350,40 +284,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
     },
@@ -602,40 +503,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -659,40 +527,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -790,7 +625,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -829,7 +681,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -890,7 +759,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -977,40 +863,7 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-              &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-              &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-              &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-              &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-              &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-              },
-              &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-              &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-                &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                  &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                  &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-                },
-                &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-              &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-              &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-              &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-            },
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
           },
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -1049,7 +902,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
index 5bd9b36..6813001 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
@@ -232,7 +232,40 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;update&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -250,7 +283,40 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;upsert&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key&#x27;s final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -268,7 +334,40 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
     },
@@ -381,7 +480,40 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -405,7 +537,40 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+            },
+            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+          },
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -503,24 +668,7 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -559,24 +707,7 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -637,24 +768,7 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -741,7 +855,40 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-            &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
+              &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
+              &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
+              &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+              &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
+              &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
+                &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
+                &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
+              },
+              &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
+              &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
+                &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                  &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                  &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+                },
+                &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
+              &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
+              &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
+              &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
+            },
           },
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -780,24 +927,7 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-            },
-          },
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.projects.html
index 542d9c7..58282dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.projects.html
@@ -75,11 +75,6 @@
 <h1><a href="dns_v1.html">Cloud DNS API</a> . <a href="dns_v1.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="dns_v1.projects.managedZones.html">managedZones()</a></code>
-</p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns the managedZones Resource.</p>
-
-<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.resourceRecordSets.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.resourceRecordSets.html
index db28354..0616e62 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.resourceRecordSets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.resourceRecordSets.html
@@ -78,11 +78,23 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(project, managedZone, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new ResourceRecordSet.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(project, managedZone, name, type, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a previously created ResourceRecordSet.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(project, managedZone, name, type, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Fetches the representation of an existing ResourceRecordSet.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(project, managedZone, maxResults=None, name=None, pageToken=None, type=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Enumerates ResourceRecordSets that you have created but not yet deleted.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(project, managedZone, name, type, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Applies a partial update to an existing ResourceRecordSet.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -90,6 +102,106 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(project, managedZone, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a new ResourceRecordSet.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required)
+  managedZone: string, Identifies the managed zone addressed by this request. Can be the managed zone name or ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#resourceRecordSet&quot;,
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
+  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
+}
+
+  clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#resourceRecordSet&quot;,
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
+  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(project, managedZone, name, type, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes a previously created ResourceRecordSet.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required)
+  managedZone: string, Identifies the managed zone addressed by this request. Can be the managed zone name or ID. (required)
+  name: string, Fully qualified domain name. (required)
+  type: string, RRSet type. (required)
+  clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(project, managedZone, name, type, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Fetches the representation of an existing ResourceRecordSet.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required)
+  managedZone: string, Identifies the managed zone addressed by this request. Can be the managed zone name or ID. (required)
+  name: string, Fully qualified domain name. (required)
+  type: string, RRSet type. (required)
+  clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#resourceRecordSet&quot;,
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
+  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(project, managedZone, maxResults=None, name=None, pageToken=None, type=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Enumerates ResourceRecordSets that you have created but not yet deleted.
 
@@ -145,4 +257,52 @@
     </pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(project, managedZone, name, type, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Applies a partial update to an existing ResourceRecordSet.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required)
+  managedZone: string, Identifies the managed zone addressed by this request. Can be the managed zone name or ID. (required)
+  name: string, Fully qualified domain name. (required)
+  type: string, RRSet type. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#resourceRecordSet&quot;,
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
+  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
+}
+
+  clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#resourceRecordSet&quot;,
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
+  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.projects.html
index 712e446..3e5ff10 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.projects.html
@@ -75,11 +75,6 @@
 <h1><a href="dns_v1beta2.html">Cloud DNS API</a> . <a href="dns_v1beta2.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="dns_v1beta2.projects.managedZones.html">managedZones()</a></code>
-</p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns the managedZones Resource.</p>
-
-<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html
index d019ae2..3467c6a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html
@@ -78,11 +78,23 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(project, managedZone, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new ResourceRecordSet.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(project, managedZone, name, type, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a previously created ResourceRecordSet.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(project, managedZone, name, type, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Fetches the representation of an existing ResourceRecordSet.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(project, managedZone, maxResults=None, name=None, pageToken=None, type=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Enumerates ResourceRecordSets that you have created but not yet deleted.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(project, managedZone, name, type, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Applies a partial update to an existing ResourceRecordSet.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -90,6 +102,101 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(project, managedZone, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a new ResourceRecordSet.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required)
+  managedZone: string, Identifies the managed zone addressed by this request. Can be the managed zone name or ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#resourceRecordSet&quot;,
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
+  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
+}
+
+  clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#resourceRecordSet&quot;,
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
+  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(project, managedZone, name, type, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes a previously created ResourceRecordSet.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required)
+  managedZone: string, Identifies the managed zone addressed by this request. Can be the managed zone name or ID. (required)
+  name: string, Fully qualified domain name. (required)
+  type: string, RRSet type. (required)
+  clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(project, managedZone, name, type, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Fetches the representation of an existing ResourceRecordSet.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required)
+  managedZone: string, Identifies the managed zone addressed by this request. Can be the managed zone name or ID. (required)
+  name: string, Fully qualified domain name. (required)
+  type: string, RRSet type. (required)
+  clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#resourceRecordSet&quot;,
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
+  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(project, managedZone, maxResults=None, name=None, pageToken=None, type=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Enumerates ResourceRecordSets that you have created but not yet deleted.
 
@@ -145,4 +252,52 @@
     </pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(project, managedZone, name, type, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Applies a partial update to an existing ResourceRecordSet.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required)
+  managedZone: string, Identifies the managed zone addressed by this request. Can be the managed zone name or ID. (required)
+  name: string, Fully qualified domain name. (required)
+  type: string, RRSet type. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#resourceRecordSet&quot;,
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
+  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
+}
+
+  clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#resourceRecordSet&quot;,
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
+  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..397b1a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.html">Firebase Cloud Messaging Data API</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the projects Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</code>
+  <pre>Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+        Args:
+          callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+            form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+            request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+            third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+            error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+            occurred.
+
+        Returns:
+          A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+        </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.deliveryData.html b/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.deliveryData.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24feca3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.deliveryData.html
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.html">Firebase Cloud Messaging Data API</a> . <a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.html">androidApps</a> . <a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.deliveryData.html">deliveryData</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">List aggregate delivery data for the given Android application.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>List aggregate delivery data for the given Android application.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The application for which to list delivery data. Format: `projects/{project_id}/androidApps/{app_id}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of entries to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 1,000 entries will be returned. The maximum value is 10,000; values above 10,000 will be capped to 10,000. This default may change over time.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAndroidDeliveryDataRequest` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAndroidDeliveryDataRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListAndroidDeliveryData.
+  &quot;androidDeliveryData&quot;: [ # The delivery data for the provided app. There will be one entry per combination of app, date, and analytics label.
+    { # Message delivery data for a given date, app, and analytics label combination.
+      &quot;analyticsLabel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The analytics label associated with the messages sent. All messages sent without an analytics label will be grouped together in a single entry.
+      &quot;appId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The app ID to which the messages were sent.
+      &quot;data&quot;: { # Data detailing messaging delivery # The data for the specified appId, date, and analyticsLabel.
+        &quot;countMessagesAccepted&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of messages accepted by FCM intended to Android devices. The targeted device must have opted in to the collection of usage and diagnostic information.
+        &quot;deliveryPerformancePercents&quot;: { # Overview of delivery performance for messages that were successfully delivered. All percentages are calculated with countMessagesAccepted as the denominator. These categories are not mutually exclusive; a message can be delayed for multiple reasons. # Additional information about delivery performance for messages that were successfully delivered.
+          &quot;delayedDeviceDoze&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of accepted messages that were delayed because the device was in doze mode. Only [normal priority messages](https://firebase.google.com/docs/cloud-messaging/concept-options#setting-the-priority-of-a-message) should be delayed due to doze mode.
+          &quot;delayedDeviceOffline&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of accepted messages that were delayed because the target device was not connected at the time of sending. These messages were eventually delivered when the device reconnected.
+          &quot;delayedMessageThrottled&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of accepted messages that were delayed due to message throttling, such as [collapsible message throttling](https://firebase.google.com/docs/cloud-messaging/concept-options#collapsible_throttling) or [maximum message rate throttling](https://firebase.google.com/docs/cloud-messaging/concept-options#device_throttling).
+          &quot;delayedUserStopped&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of accepted messages that were delayed because the intended device user-profile was [stopped](https://firebase.google.com/docs/cloud-messaging/android/receive#handling_messages) on the target device at the time of the send. The messages were eventually delivered when the user-profile was started again.
+          &quot;deliveredNoDelay&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of accepted messages that were delivered to the device without delay from the FCM system.
+        },
+        &quot;messageInsightPercents&quot;: { # Additional information about message delivery. All percentages are calculated with countMessagesAccepted as the denominator. # Additional general insights about message delivery.
+          &quot;priorityLowered&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of accepted messages that had their priority lowered from high to normal due to [app standby buckets](https://firebase.google.com/docs/cloud-messaging/concept-options#setting-the-priority-of-a-message).
+        },
+        &quot;messageOutcomePercents&quot;: { # Percentage breakdown of message delivery outcomes. These categories are mutually exclusive. All percentages are calculated with countMessagesAccepted as the denominator. These categories may not account for all message outcomes. # Mutually exclusive breakdown of message delivery outcomes.
+          &quot;delivered&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of all accepted messages that were successfully delivered to the device.
+          &quot;droppedAppForceStopped&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of accepted messages that were dropped because the application was force stopped on the device at the time of delivery and retries were unsuccessful.
+          &quot;droppedDeviceInactive&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of accepted messages that were dropped because the target device is inactive. FCM will drop messages if the target device is deemed inactive by our servers. If a device does reconnect, we call [OnDeletedMessages()](https://firebase.google.com/docs/cloud-messaging/android/receive#override-ondeletedmessages) in our SDK instead of delivering the messages.
+          &quot;droppedTooManyPendingMessages&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of accepted messages that were dropped due to [too many undelivered non-collapsible messages](https://firebase.google.com/docs/cloud-messaging/concept-options#collapsible_and_non-collapsible_messages). Specifically, each app instance can only have 100 pending messages stored on our servers for a device which is disconnected. When that device reconnects, those messages are delivered. When there are more than the maximum pending messages, we call [OnDeletedMessages()](https://firebase.google.com/docs/cloud-messaging/android/receive#override-ondeletedmessages) in our SDK instead of delivering the messages.
+          &quot;pending&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of messages accepted on this day that were not dropped and not delivered, due to the device being disconnected (as of the end of the America/Los_Angeles day when the message was sent to FCM). A portion of these messages will be delivered the next day when the device connects but others may be destined to devices that ultimately never reconnect.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;date&quot;: { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The date represented by this entry.
+        &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn&#x27;t significant.
+        &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+        &quot;year&quot;: 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.html b/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad8a934
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.html">Firebase Cloud Messaging Data API</a> . <a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.html">androidApps</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.deliveryData.html">deliveryData()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the deliveryData Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d51a77e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.html">Firebase Cloud Messaging Data API</a> . <a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="fcmdata_v1beta1.projects.androidApps.html">androidApps()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the androidApps Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 61e77b2..5d40ef3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
   &quot;fileShares&quot;: [ # File system shares on the instance. For this version, only a single file share is supported.
     { # File share configuration for the instance.
       &quot;capacityGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # File share capacity in gigabytes (GB). Cloud Filestore defines 1 GB as 1024^3 bytes.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 16 characters or less).
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for High Scale SSD tier, 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
       &quot;nfsExportOptions&quot;: [ # Nfs Export Options. There is a limit of 10 export options per file share.
         { # NFS export options specifications.
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
@@ -141,6 +141,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.
   &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
     { # Network configuration for the instance.
+      &quot;connectMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING.
       &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -243,7 +244,7 @@
   &quot;fileShares&quot;: [ # File system shares on the instance. For this version, only a single file share is supported.
     { # File share configuration for the instance.
       &quot;capacityGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # File share capacity in gigabytes (GB). Cloud Filestore defines 1 GB as 1024^3 bytes.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 16 characters or less).
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for High Scale SSD tier, 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
       &quot;nfsExportOptions&quot;: [ # Nfs Export Options. There is a limit of 10 export options per file share.
         { # NFS export options specifications.
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
@@ -264,6 +265,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.
   &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
     { # Network configuration for the instance.
+      &quot;connectMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING.
       &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -308,7 +310,7 @@
       &quot;fileShares&quot;: [ # File system shares on the instance. For this version, only a single file share is supported.
         { # File share configuration for the instance.
           &quot;capacityGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # File share capacity in gigabytes (GB). Cloud Filestore defines 1 GB as 1024^3 bytes.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 16 characters or less).
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for High Scale SSD tier, 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
           &quot;nfsExportOptions&quot;: [ # Nfs Export Options. There is a limit of 10 export options per file share.
             { # NFS export options specifications.
               &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
@@ -329,6 +331,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.
       &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
         { # Network configuration for the instance.
+          &quot;connectMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING.
           &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
@@ -382,7 +385,7 @@
   &quot;fileShares&quot;: [ # File system shares on the instance. For this version, only a single file share is supported.
     { # File share configuration for the instance.
       &quot;capacityGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # File share capacity in gigabytes (GB). Cloud Filestore defines 1 GB as 1024^3 bytes.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 16 characters or less).
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for High Scale SSD tier, 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
       &quot;nfsExportOptions&quot;: [ # Nfs Export Options. There is a limit of 10 export options per file share.
         { # NFS export options specifications.
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
@@ -403,6 +406,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}.
   &quot;networks&quot;: [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported.
     { # Network configuration for the instance.
+      &quot;connectMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING.
       &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format {octet 1}.{octet 2}.{octet 3}.{octet 4} or IPv6 addresses in the format {block 1}:{block 2}:{block 3}:{block 4}:{block 5}:{block 6}:{block 7}:{block 8}.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.appAttestConfig.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.appAttestConfig.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..605d454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.appAttestConfig.html
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.html">Firebase App Check API</a> . <a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html">apps</a> . <a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.appAttestConfig.html">appAttestConfig</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#batchGet">batchGet(parent, names=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the AppAttestConfigs for the specified list of apps atomically.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the AppAttestConfig for the specified app.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the AppAttestConfig for the specified app. While this configuration is incomplete or invalid, the app will be unable to exchange AppAttest tokens for App Check tokens.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="batchGet">batchGet(parent, names=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the AppAttestConfigs for the specified list of apps atomically.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent project name shared by all AppAttestConfigs being retrieved, in the format ``` projects/{project_number} ``` The parent collection in the `name` field of any resource being retrieved must match this field, or the entire batch fails. (required)
+  names: string, Required. The relative resource names of the AppAttestConfigs to retrieve, in the format ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/appAttestConfig ``` A maximum of 100 objects can be retrieved in a batch. (repeated)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for the BatchGetAppAttestConfigs method.
+  &quot;configs&quot;: [ # AppAttestConfigs retrieved.
+    { # An app&#x27;s App Attest configuration object. This configuration controls certain properties of the App Check token returned by ExchangeAppAttestAttestation and ExchangeAppAttestAttestation, such as its ttl. Note that the Team ID registered with your app is used as part of the validation process. Please register it via the Firebase Console or programmatically via the [Firebase Management Service](https://firebase.google.com/docs/projects/api/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.iosApps/patch).
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the App Attest configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/appAttestConfig ```
+      &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from App Attest artifacts will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the AppAttestConfig for the specified app.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the AppAttestConfig, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/appAttestConfig ``` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An app&#x27;s App Attest configuration object. This configuration controls certain properties of the App Check token returned by ExchangeAppAttestAttestation and ExchangeAppAttestAttestation, such as its ttl. Note that the Team ID registered with your app is used as part of the validation process. Please register it via the Firebase Console or programmatically via the [Firebase Management Service](https://firebase.google.com/docs/projects/api/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.iosApps/patch).
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the App Attest configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/appAttestConfig ```
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from App Attest artifacts will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the AppAttestConfig for the specified app. While this configuration is incomplete or invalid, the app will be unable to exchange AppAttest tokens for App Check tokens.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the App Attest configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/appAttestConfig ``` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An app&#x27;s App Attest configuration object. This configuration controls certain properties of the App Check token returned by ExchangeAppAttestAttestation and ExchangeAppAttestAttestation, such as its ttl. Note that the Team ID registered with your app is used as part of the validation process. Please register it via the Firebase Console or programmatically via the [Firebase Management Service](https://firebase.google.com/docs/projects/api/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.iosApps/patch).
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the App Attest configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/appAttestConfig ```
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from App Attest artifacts will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the AppAttestConfig Gets to update. Example: `token_ttl`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An app&#x27;s App Attest configuration object. This configuration controls certain properties of the App Check token returned by ExchangeAppAttestAttestation and ExchangeAppAttestAttestation, such as its ttl. Note that the Team ID registered with your app is used as part of the validation process. Please register it via the Firebase Console or programmatically via the [Firebase Management Service](https://firebase.google.com/docs/projects/api/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.iosApps/patch).
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the App Attest configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/appAttestConfig ```
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from App Attest artifacts will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.deviceCheckConfig.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.deviceCheckConfig.html
index 667c6e9..99e9b93 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.deviceCheckConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.deviceCheckConfig.html
@@ -109,6 +109,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the DeviceCheck configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/deviceCheckConfig ```
       &quot;privateKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The contents of the private key (`.p8`) file associated with the key specified by `key_id`. For security reasons, this field will never be populated in any response.
       &quot;privateKeySet&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the `private_key` field was previously set. Since we will never return the `private_key` field, this field is the only way to find out whether it was previously set.
+      &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from DeviceCheck tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -138,6 +139,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the DeviceCheck configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/deviceCheckConfig ```
   &quot;privateKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The contents of the private key (`.p8`) file associated with the key specified by `key_id`. For security reasons, this field will never be populated in any response.
   &quot;privateKeySet&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the `private_key` field was previously set. Since we will never return the `private_key` field, this field is the only way to find out whether it was previously set.
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from DeviceCheck tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -155,6 +157,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the DeviceCheck configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/deviceCheckConfig ```
   &quot;privateKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The contents of the private key (`.p8`) file associated with the key specified by `key_id`. For security reasons, this field will never be populated in any response.
   &quot;privateKeySet&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the `private_key` field was previously set. Since we will never return the `private_key` field, this field is the only way to find out whether it was previously set.
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from DeviceCheck tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
 }
 
   updateMask: string, Required. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the DeviceCheckConfig Gets to update. Example: `key_id,private_key`.
@@ -171,6 +174,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the DeviceCheck configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/deviceCheckConfig ```
   &quot;privateKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The contents of the private key (`.p8`) file associated with the key specified by `key_id`. For security reasons, this field will never be populated in any response.
   &quot;privateKeySet&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the `private_key` field was previously set. Since we will never return the `private_key` field, this field is the only way to find out whether it was previously set.
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from DeviceCheck tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
index 1ebfac4..a3f27b3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html
@@ -75,6 +75,11 @@
 <h1><a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.html">Firebase App Check API</a> . <a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html">apps</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.appAttestConfig.html">appAttestConfig()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the appAttestConfig Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.debugTokens.html">debugTokens()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the debugTokens Resource.</p>
@@ -90,6 +95,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the recaptchaConfig Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.safetyNetConfig.html">safetyNetConfig()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the safetyNetConfig Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.recaptchaConfig.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.recaptchaConfig.html
index b7f1a05..e2be31a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.recaptchaConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.recaptchaConfig.html
@@ -108,6 +108,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the reCAPTCHA v3 configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/recaptchaConfig ```
       &quot;siteSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The site secret used to identify your service for reCAPTCHA v3 verification. For security reasons, this field will never be populated in any response.
       &quot;siteSecretSet&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the `site_secret` field was previously set. Since we will never return the `site_secret` field, this field is the only way to find out whether it was previously set.
+      &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from reCAPTCHA tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 day is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -136,6 +137,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the reCAPTCHA v3 configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/recaptchaConfig ```
   &quot;siteSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The site secret used to identify your service for reCAPTCHA v3 verification. For security reasons, this field will never be populated in any response.
   &quot;siteSecretSet&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the `site_secret` field was previously set. Since we will never return the `site_secret` field, this field is the only way to find out whether it was previously set.
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from reCAPTCHA tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 day is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -152,6 +154,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the reCAPTCHA v3 configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/recaptchaConfig ```
   &quot;siteSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The site secret used to identify your service for reCAPTCHA v3 verification. For security reasons, this field will never be populated in any response.
   &quot;siteSecretSet&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the `site_secret` field was previously set. Since we will never return the `site_secret` field, this field is the only way to find out whether it was previously set.
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from reCAPTCHA tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 day is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
 }
 
   updateMask: string, Required. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the RecaptchaConfig to update. Example: `site_secret`.
@@ -167,6 +170,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the reCAPTCHA v3 configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/recaptchaConfig ```
   &quot;siteSecret&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Input only. The site secret used to identify your service for reCAPTCHA v3 verification. For security reasons, this field will never be populated in any response.
   &quot;siteSecretSet&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the `site_secret` field was previously set. Since we will never return the `site_secret` field, this field is the only way to find out whether it was previously set.
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from reCAPTCHA tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 day is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.safetyNetConfig.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.safetyNetConfig.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5993db8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.safetyNetConfig.html
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.html">Firebase App Check API</a> . <a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.html">apps</a> . <a href="firebaseappcheck_v1beta.projects.apps.safetyNetConfig.html">safetyNetConfig</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#batchGet">batchGet(parent, names=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the SafetyNetConfigs for the specified list of apps atomically.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the SafetyNetConfig for the specified app.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the SafetyNetConfig for the specified app. While this configuration is incomplete or invalid, the app will be unable to exchange SafetyNet tokens for App Check tokens.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="batchGet">batchGet(parent, names=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the SafetyNetConfigs for the specified list of apps atomically.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent project name shared by all SafetyNetConfigs being retrieved, in the format ``` projects/{project_number} ``` The parent collection in the `name` field of any resource being retrieved must match this field, or the entire batch fails. (required)
+  names: string, Required. The relative resource names of the SafetyNetConfigs to retrieve, in the format ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/safetyNetConfig ``` A maximum of 100 objects can be retrieved in a batch. (repeated)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for the BatchGetSafetyNetConfigs method.
+  &quot;configs&quot;: [ # SafetyNetConfigs retrieved.
+    { # An app&#x27;s SafetyNet configuration object. This configuration controls certain properties of the App Check token returned by ExchangeSafetyNetToken, such as its ttl. Note that your registered SHA-256 certificate fingerprints are used to validate tokens issued by SafetyNet; please register them via the Firebase Console or programmatically via the [Firebase Management Service](https://firebase.google.com/docs/projects/api/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.androidApps.sha/create).
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the SafetyNet configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/safetyNetConfig ```
+      &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from SafetyNet tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the SafetyNetConfig for the specified app.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the SafetyNetConfig, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/safetyNetConfig ``` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An app&#x27;s SafetyNet configuration object. This configuration controls certain properties of the App Check token returned by ExchangeSafetyNetToken, such as its ttl. Note that your registered SHA-256 certificate fingerprints are used to validate tokens issued by SafetyNet; please register them via the Firebase Console or programmatically via the [Firebase Management Service](https://firebase.google.com/docs/projects/api/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.androidApps.sha/create).
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the SafetyNet configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/safetyNetConfig ```
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from SafetyNet tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the SafetyNetConfig for the specified app. While this configuration is incomplete or invalid, the app will be unable to exchange SafetyNet tokens for App Check tokens.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The relative resource name of the SafetyNet configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/safetyNetConfig ``` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An app&#x27;s SafetyNet configuration object. This configuration controls certain properties of the App Check token returned by ExchangeSafetyNetToken, such as its ttl. Note that your registered SHA-256 certificate fingerprints are used to validate tokens issued by SafetyNet; please register them via the Firebase Console or programmatically via the [Firebase Management Service](https://firebase.google.com/docs/projects/api/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.androidApps.sha/create).
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the SafetyNet configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/safetyNetConfig ```
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from SafetyNet tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. A comma-separated list of names of fields in the SafetyNetConfig Gets to update. Example: `token_ttl`.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An app&#x27;s SafetyNet configuration object. This configuration controls certain properties of the App Check token returned by ExchangeSafetyNetToken, such as its ttl. Note that your registered SHA-256 certificate fingerprints are used to validate tokens issued by SafetyNet; please register them via the Firebase Console or programmatically via the [Firebase Management Service](https://firebase.google.com/docs/projects/api/reference/rest/v1beta1/projects.androidApps.sha/create).
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The relative resource name of the SafetyNet configuration object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/safetyNetConfig ```
+  &quot;tokenTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the duration for which App Check tokens exchanged from SafetyNet tokens will be valid. If unset, a default value of 1 hour is assumed. Must be between 30 minutes and 7 days, inclusive.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasestorage_v1beta.projects.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/firebasestorage_v1beta.projects.buckets.html
index f56592d..dad5bf4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebasestorage_v1beta.projects.buckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebasestorage_v1beta.projects.buckets.html
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
   <pre>Links a Google Cloud Storage bucket to a Firebase project.
 
 Args:
-  bucket: string, Required. Resource name of the bucket, mirrors the ID of the underlying Google Cloud Storage bucket. Because bucket resource names are unique across projects, you may omit the project number, `projects/-/buckets/{bucket_id}`. (required)
+  bucket: string, Required. Resource name of the bucket, mirrors the ID of the underlying Google Cloud Storage bucket, `projects/{project_number}/buckets/{bucket_id}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -114,6 +114,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A storage bucket and its relation to a parent Firebase project.
+  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Location of the storage bucket.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the bucket.
   &quot;reconciling&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Represents whether a bucket is being moved to a new location, in which case reconciling is set to true.
 }</pre>
@@ -129,7 +130,7 @@
   <pre>Gets a single linked storage bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name of the bucket, mirrors the ID of the underlying Google Cloud Storage bucket. Because bucket resource names are unique across projects, you may omit the project number, `projects/-/buckets/{bucket_id}`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the bucket, mirrors the ID of the underlying Google Cloud Storage bucket, `projects/{project_number}/buckets/{bucket_id}`. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -139,6 +140,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A storage bucket and its relation to a parent Firebase project.
+  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Location of the storage bucket.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the bucket.
   &quot;reconciling&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Represents whether a bucket is being moved to a new location, in which case reconciling is set to true.
 }</pre>
@@ -163,6 +165,7 @@
     { # The response returned by `ListBuckets`.
   &quot;buckets&quot;: [ # The list of linked buckets.
     { # A storage bucket and its relation to a parent Firebase project.
+      &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Location of the storage bucket.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the bucket.
       &quot;reconciling&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Represents whether a bucket is being moved to a new location, in which case reconciling is set to true.
     },
@@ -190,7 +193,7 @@
   <pre>Unlinks a linked Google Cloud Storage bucket from a Firebase project.
 
 Args:
-  bucket: string, Required. Resource name of the bucket, mirrors the ID of the underlying Google Cloud Storage bucket. Because bucket resource names are unique across projects, you may omit the project number, `projects/-/buckets/{bucket_id}`. (required)
+  bucket: string, Required. Resource name of the bucket, mirrors the ID of the underlying Google Cloud Storage bucket, `projects/{project_number}/buckets/{bucket_id}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.realms.gameServerClusters.html b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.realms.gameServerClusters.html
index 3dbd3dd..f397d4e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.realms.gameServerClusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.realms.gameServerClusters.html
@@ -84,10 +84,10 @@
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes a single game server cluster.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets details of a single game server cluster.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists game server clusters in a given project and location.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Patches a single game server cluster.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#previewCreate">previewCreate(parent, body=None, gameServerClusterId=None, previewTime=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#previewCreate">previewCreate(parent, body=None, gameServerClusterId=None, previewTime=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Previews creation of a new game server cluster in a given project and location.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#previewDelete">previewDelete(name, previewTime=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
@@ -120,6 +120,14 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A game server cluster resource.
+  &quot;clusterState&quot;: { # The state of the Kubernetes cluster. # Output only. The state of the Kubernetes cluster, this will be available if &#x27;view&#x27; is set to `FULL` in the relevant List/Get/Preview request.
+    &quot;agonesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones currently installed in the registered Kubernetes cluster.
+    &quot;agonesVersionTargeted&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones that is targeted to be installed in the cluster.
+    &quot;installationState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+    &quot;kubernetesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Kubernetes that is currently used in the registered Kubernetes cluster (as detected by the Cloud Game Servers service).
+    &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The cloud provider type reported by the first node&#x27;s providerID in the list of nodes on the Kubernetes endpoint. On Kubernetes platforms that support zero-node clusters (like GKE-on-GCP), the provider type will be empty.
+    &quot;versionInstalledErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The detailed error message for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+  },
   &quot;connectionInfo&quot;: { # The game server cluster connection information. # The game server cluster connection information. This information is used to manage game server clusters.
     &quot;gkeClusterReference&quot;: { # A reference to a GKE cluster. # Reference to the GKE cluster where the game servers are installed.
       &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full or partial name of a GKE cluster, using one of the following forms: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `{cluster}` If project and location are not specified, the project and location of the GameServerCluster resource are used to generate the full name of the GKE cluster.
@@ -202,11 +210,16 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Gets details of a single game server cluster.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the game server cluster to retrieve, in the following form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/realms/{realm-id}/gameServerClusters/{cluster}`. (required)
+  view: string, Optional. View for the returned GameServerCluster objects. When `FULL` is specified, the `cluster_state` field is also returned in the GameServerCluster object, which includes the state of the referenced Kubernetes cluster such as versions and provider info. The default/unset value is GAME_SERVER_CLUSTER_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED, same as BASIC, which does not return the `cluster_state` field.
+    Allowed values
+      GAME_SERVER_CLUSTER_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
+      BASIC - Include basic information of a GameServerCluster resource and omit `cluster_state`. This is the default value (for ListGameServerClusters, GetGameServerCluster and PreviewCreateGameServerCluster).
+      FULL - Include everything.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -216,6 +229,14 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A game server cluster resource.
+  &quot;clusterState&quot;: { # The state of the Kubernetes cluster. # Output only. The state of the Kubernetes cluster, this will be available if &#x27;view&#x27; is set to `FULL` in the relevant List/Get/Preview request.
+    &quot;agonesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones currently installed in the registered Kubernetes cluster.
+    &quot;agonesVersionTargeted&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones that is targeted to be installed in the cluster.
+    &quot;installationState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+    &quot;kubernetesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Kubernetes that is currently used in the registered Kubernetes cluster (as detected by the Cloud Game Servers service).
+    &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The cloud provider type reported by the first node&#x27;s providerID in the list of nodes on the Kubernetes endpoint. On Kubernetes platforms that support zero-node clusters (like GKE-on-GCP), the provider type will be empty.
+    &quot;versionInstalledErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The detailed error message for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+  },
   &quot;connectionInfo&quot;: { # The game server cluster connection information. # The game server cluster connection information. This information is used to manage game server clusters.
     &quot;gkeClusterReference&quot;: { # A reference to a GKE cluster. # Reference to the GKE cluster where the game servers are installed.
       &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full or partial name of a GKE cluster, using one of the following forms: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `{cluster}` If project and location are not specified, the project and location of the GameServerCluster resource are used to generate the full name of the GKE cluster.
@@ -234,7 +255,7 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Lists game server clusters in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
@@ -243,6 +264,11 @@
   orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results following syntax at https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default. The server may return fewer items than requested. A caller should only rely on response&#x27;s next_page_token to determine if there are more GameServerClusters left to be queried.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.
+  view: string, Optional. View for the returned GameServerCluster objects. When `FULL` is specified, the `cluster_state` field is also returned in the GameServerCluster object, which includes the state of the referenced Kubernetes cluster such as versions and provider info. The default/unset value is GAME_SERVER_CLUSTER_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED, same as BASIC, which does not return the `cluster_state` field.
+    Allowed values
+      GAME_SERVER_CLUSTER_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
+      BASIC - Include basic information of a GameServerCluster resource and omit `cluster_state`. This is the default value (for ListGameServerClusters, GetGameServerCluster and PreviewCreateGameServerCluster).
+      FULL - Include everything.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -254,6 +280,14 @@
     { # Response message for GameServerClustersService.ListGameServerClusters.
   &quot;gameServerClusters&quot;: [ # The list of game server clusters.
     { # A game server cluster resource.
+      &quot;clusterState&quot;: { # The state of the Kubernetes cluster. # Output only. The state of the Kubernetes cluster, this will be available if &#x27;view&#x27; is set to `FULL` in the relevant List/Get/Preview request.
+        &quot;agonesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones currently installed in the registered Kubernetes cluster.
+        &quot;agonesVersionTargeted&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones that is targeted to be installed in the cluster.
+        &quot;installationState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+        &quot;kubernetesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Kubernetes that is currently used in the registered Kubernetes cluster (as detected by the Cloud Game Servers service).
+        &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The cloud provider type reported by the first node&#x27;s providerID in the list of nodes on the Kubernetes endpoint. On Kubernetes platforms that support zero-node clusters (like GKE-on-GCP), the provider type will be empty.
+        &quot;versionInstalledErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The detailed error message for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+      },
       &quot;connectionInfo&quot;: { # The game server cluster connection information. # The game server cluster connection information. This information is used to manage game server clusters.
         &quot;gkeClusterReference&quot;: { # A reference to a GKE cluster. # Reference to the GKE cluster where the game servers are installed.
           &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full or partial name of a GKE cluster, using one of the following forms: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `{cluster}` If project and location are not specified, the project and location of the GameServerCluster resource are used to generate the full name of the GKE cluster.
@@ -301,6 +335,14 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A game server cluster resource.
+  &quot;clusterState&quot;: { # The state of the Kubernetes cluster. # Output only. The state of the Kubernetes cluster, this will be available if &#x27;view&#x27; is set to `FULL` in the relevant List/Get/Preview request.
+    &quot;agonesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones currently installed in the registered Kubernetes cluster.
+    &quot;agonesVersionTargeted&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones that is targeted to be installed in the cluster.
+    &quot;installationState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+    &quot;kubernetesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Kubernetes that is currently used in the registered Kubernetes cluster (as detected by the Cloud Game Servers service).
+    &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The cloud provider type reported by the first node&#x27;s providerID in the list of nodes on the Kubernetes endpoint. On Kubernetes platforms that support zero-node clusters (like GKE-on-GCP), the provider type will be empty.
+    &quot;versionInstalledErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The detailed error message for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+  },
   &quot;connectionInfo&quot;: { # The game server cluster connection information. # The game server cluster connection information. This information is used to manage game server clusters.
     &quot;gkeClusterReference&quot;: { # A reference to a GKE cluster. # Reference to the GKE cluster where the game servers are installed.
       &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full or partial name of a GKE cluster, using one of the following forms: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `{cluster}` If project and location are not specified, the project and location of the GameServerCluster resource are used to generate the full name of the GKE cluster.
@@ -348,7 +390,7 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="previewCreate">previewCreate(parent, body=None, gameServerClusterId=None, previewTime=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="previewCreate">previewCreate(parent, body=None, gameServerClusterId=None, previewTime=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Previews creation of a new game server cluster in a given project and location.
 
 Args:
@@ -357,6 +399,14 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A game server cluster resource.
+  &quot;clusterState&quot;: { # The state of the Kubernetes cluster. # Output only. The state of the Kubernetes cluster, this will be available if &#x27;view&#x27; is set to `FULL` in the relevant List/Get/Preview request.
+    &quot;agonesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones currently installed in the registered Kubernetes cluster.
+    &quot;agonesVersionTargeted&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones that is targeted to be installed in the cluster.
+    &quot;installationState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+    &quot;kubernetesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Kubernetes that is currently used in the registered Kubernetes cluster (as detected by the Cloud Game Servers service).
+    &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The cloud provider type reported by the first node&#x27;s providerID in the list of nodes on the Kubernetes endpoint. On Kubernetes platforms that support zero-node clusters (like GKE-on-GCP), the provider type will be empty.
+    &quot;versionInstalledErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The detailed error message for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+  },
   &quot;connectionInfo&quot;: { # The game server cluster connection information. # The game server cluster connection information. This information is used to manage game server clusters.
     &quot;gkeClusterReference&quot;: { # A reference to a GKE cluster. # Reference to the GKE cluster where the game servers are installed.
       &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full or partial name of a GKE cluster, using one of the following forms: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `{cluster}` If project and location are not specified, the project and location of the GameServerCluster resource are used to generate the full name of the GKE cluster.
@@ -375,6 +425,11 @@
 
   gameServerClusterId: string, Required. The ID of the game server cluster resource to be created.
   previewTime: string, Optional. The target timestamp to compute the preview.
+  view: string, Optional. This field is deprecated, preview will always return KubernetesClusterState.
+    Allowed values
+      GAME_SERVER_CLUSTER_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.
+      BASIC - Include basic information of a GameServerCluster resource and omit `cluster_state`. This is the default value (for ListGameServerClusters, GetGameServerCluster and PreviewCreateGameServerCluster).
+      FULL - Include everything.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -384,6 +439,14 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Response message for GameServerClustersService.PreviewCreateGameServerCluster.
+  &quot;clusterState&quot;: { # The state of the Kubernetes cluster. # Output only. The state of the Kubernetes cluster in preview, this will be available if &#x27;view&#x27; is set to `FULL` in the relevant List/Get/Preview request.
+    &quot;agonesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones currently installed in the registered Kubernetes cluster.
+    &quot;agonesVersionTargeted&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones that is targeted to be installed in the cluster.
+    &quot;installationState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+    &quot;kubernetesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Kubernetes that is currently used in the registered Kubernetes cluster (as detected by the Cloud Game Servers service).
+    &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The cloud provider type reported by the first node&#x27;s providerID in the list of nodes on the Kubernetes endpoint. On Kubernetes platforms that support zero-node clusters (like GKE-on-GCP), the provider type will be empty.
+    &quot;versionInstalledErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The detailed error message for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+  },
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ETag of the game server cluster.
   &quot;targetState&quot;: { # Encapsulates the Target state. # The target state.
     &quot;details&quot;: [ # Details about Agones fleets.
@@ -470,6 +533,14 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A game server cluster resource.
+  &quot;clusterState&quot;: { # The state of the Kubernetes cluster. # Output only. The state of the Kubernetes cluster, this will be available if &#x27;view&#x27; is set to `FULL` in the relevant List/Get/Preview request.
+    &quot;agonesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones currently installed in the registered Kubernetes cluster.
+    &quot;agonesVersionTargeted&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Agones that is targeted to be installed in the cluster.
+    &quot;installationState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+    &quot;kubernetesVersionInstalled&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The version of Kubernetes that is currently used in the registered Kubernetes cluster (as detected by the Cloud Game Servers service).
+    &quot;provider&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The cloud provider type reported by the first node&#x27;s providerID in the list of nodes on the Kubernetes endpoint. On Kubernetes platforms that support zero-node clusters (like GKE-on-GCP), the provider type will be empty.
+    &quot;versionInstalledErrorMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The detailed error message for the installed versions of Agones/Kubernetes.
+  },
   &quot;connectionInfo&quot;: { # The game server cluster connection information. # The game server cluster connection information. This information is used to manage game server clusters.
     &quot;gkeClusterReference&quot;: { # A reference to a GKE cluster. # Reference to the GKE cluster where the game servers are installed.
       &quot;cluster&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full or partial name of a GKE cluster, using one of the following forms: * `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}` * `{cluster}` If project and location are not specified, the project and location of the GameServerCluster resource are used to generate the full name of the GKE cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
index a99e983..91193dd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
+  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
         &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
       },
     },
   },
-  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
         &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership&#x27;s membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
+  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
         &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
       },
     },
   },
-  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
         &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership&#x27;s membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
+      &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
           &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
             &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@
           },
         },
       },
-      &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+      &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
           &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
             &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership&#x27;s membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
+  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
         &quot;configSync&quot;: { # Configuration for Config Sync # Config Sync configuration for the cluster.
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@
       },
     },
   },
-  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
         &quot;clusterName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user-defined name for the cluster used by ClusterSelectors to group clusters together. This should match Membership&#x27;s membership_name, unless the user installed ACM on the cluster manually prior to enabling the ACM hub feature. Unique within a Anthos Config Management installation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html
index 2fcf896..a131239 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -134,6 +134,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*` This field is present for legacy purposes.
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+      &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
       &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
     },
     &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters. # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
@@ -284,6 +285,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*` This field is present for legacy purposes.
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+      &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
       &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
     },
     &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters. # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
@@ -390,6 +392,7 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*` This field is present for legacy purposes.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
         &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+          &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
           &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
         },
         &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters. # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
@@ -455,6 +458,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*` This field is present for legacy purposes.
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+      &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
       &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
     },
     &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters. # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
index 76e564c..ea12dc2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
+  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
         &quot;binauthz&quot;: { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
       },
     },
   },
-  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
         &quot;binauthzState&quot;: { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;multiclusteringress&quot;: { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
-      &quot;billing&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer&#x27;s billing structure
+      &quot;billing&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: This field will be ignored and should not be set. Customer&#x27;s billing structure.
       &quot;configMembership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
     },
   },
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
+  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
         &quot;binauthz&quot;: { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
       },
     },
   },
-  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
         &quot;binauthzState&quot;: { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;multiclusteringress&quot;: { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
-      &quot;billing&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer&#x27;s billing structure
+      &quot;billing&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: This field will be ignored and should not be set. Customer&#x27;s billing structure.
       &quot;configMembership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
     },
   },
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
+      &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
           &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
             &quot;binauthz&quot;: { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@
           },
         },
       },
-      &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+      &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
           &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
             &quot;binauthzState&quot;: { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;multiclusteringress&quot;: { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
-          &quot;billing&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer&#x27;s billing structure
+          &quot;billing&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: This field will be ignored and should not be set. Customer&#x27;s billing structure.
           &quot;configMembership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
         },
       },
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # GCP labels for this Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
+  &quot;membershipSpecs&quot;: { # Optional. Membership-specific configuration for this Feature. If this Feature does not support any per-Membership configuration, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the configuration is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} WILL match the Feature&#x27;s project. {p} will always be returned as the project number, but the project ID is also accepted during input. If the same Membership is specified in the map twice (using the project ID form, and the project number form), exactly ONE of the entries will be saved, with no guarantees as to which. For this reason, it is recommended the same format be used for all entries when mutating a Feature.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureSpec contains configuration information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: Configuration for a single cluster. Intended to parallel the ConfigManagement CR. # Config Management-specific spec.
         &quot;binauthz&quot;: { # Configuration for Binauthz # Binauthz conifguration for the cluster.
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@
       },
     },
   },
-  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m} Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
+  &quot;membershipStates&quot;: { # Output only. Membership-specific Feature status. If this Feature does report any per-Membership status, this field may be unused. The keys indicate which Membership the state is for, in the form: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/memberships/{m}` Where {p} is the project number, {l} is a valid location and {m} is a valid Membership in this project at that location. {p} MUST match the Feature&#x27;s project number.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # MembershipFeatureState contains Feature status information for a single Membership.
       &quot;configmanagement&quot;: { # **Anthos Config Management**: State for a single cluster. # Config Management-specific state.
         &quot;binauthzState&quot;: { # State for Binauthz # Binauthz status
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@
       ],
     },
     &quot;multiclusteringress&quot;: { # **Multi-cluster Ingress**: The configuration for the MultiClusterIngress feature. # Multicluster Ingress-specific spec.
-      &quot;billing&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer&#x27;s billing structure
+      &quot;billing&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: This field will be ignored and should not be set. Customer&#x27;s billing structure.
       &quot;configMembership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fully-qualified Membership name which hosts the MultiClusterIngress CRD. Example: `projects/foo-proj/locations/global/memberships/bar`
     },
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html
index 35b3afd..4fa934a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -134,6 +134,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*` This field is present for legacy purposes.
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+      &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
       &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
     },
     &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships that are created from Kubernetes Endpoints (currently, these are equivalent to Kubernetes clusters). # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
@@ -302,6 +303,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*` This field is present for legacy purposes.
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+      &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
       &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
     },
     &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships that are created from Kubernetes Endpoints (currently, these are equivalent to Kubernetes clusters). # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
@@ -428,6 +430,7 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*` This field is present for legacy purposes.
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
         &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+          &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
           &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
         },
         &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships that are created from Kubernetes Endpoints (currently, these are equivalent to Kubernetes clusters). # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
@@ -513,6 +516,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*` This field is present for legacy purposes.
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+      &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
       &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
     },
     &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships that are created from Kubernetes Endpoints (currently, these are equivalent to Kubernetes clusters). # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html
index d40dbed..8fd71e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html
@@ -140,6 +140,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*`
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+      &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
       &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
     },
     &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters. # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
@@ -335,6 +336,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*`
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+      &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
       &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
     },
     &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters. # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
@@ -463,6 +465,7 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*`
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
         &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+          &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
           &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
         },
         &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters. # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
@@ -550,6 +553,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of this membership, limited to 63 characters. Must match the regex: `a-zA-Z0-9*`
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: { # MembershipEndpoint contains information needed to contact a Kubernetes API, endpoint and any additional Kubernetes metadata. # Optional. Endpoint information to reach this member.
     &quot;gkeCluster&quot;: { # GkeCluster contains information specific to GKE clusters. # Optional. GKE-specific information. Only present if this Membership is a GKE cluster.
+      &quot;clusterMissing&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that the GKE cluster no longer exists in the GKE Control Plane.
       &quot;resourceLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE cluster. For example: //container.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/clusters/my-cluster Zonal clusters are also supported.
     },
     &quot;kubernetesMetadata&quot;: { # KubernetesMetadata provides informational metadata for Memberships representing Kubernetes clusters. # Output only. Useful Kubernetes-specific metadata.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index 36de3ca..43bdac6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request to export resources.
-  &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The BigQuery output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires two IAM roles on the BigQuery location: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` and `roles/bigquery.jobUser`. The output is one BigQuery table per resource type. Note that unlike in FhirStore.StreamConfig.BigQueryDestination, BigQuery views will not be created by ExportResources.
+  &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The BigQuery output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires two IAM roles on the BigQuery location: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` and `roles/bigquery.jobUser`. The output is one BigQuery table per resource type. Unlike when setting `BigQueryDestination` for `StreamConfig`, `ExportResources` does not create BigQuery views.
     &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
     &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # If this flag is `TRUE`, all tables are deleted from the dataset before the new exported tables are written. If the flag is not set and the destination dataset contains tables, the export call returns an error. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
     &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index 448f0bc..b4c8872 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
 { # Request to export resources.
   &quot;_since&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If provided, only resources updated after this time are exported. The time uses the format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz. For example, `2015-02-07T13:28:17.239+02:00` or `2017-01-01T00:00:00Z`. The time must be specified to the second and include a time zone.
   &quot;_type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified resource type(s) are exported.
-  &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The BigQuery output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires two IAM roles on the BigQuery location: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` and `roles/bigquery.jobUser`. The output is one BigQuery table per resource type. Note that unlike in FhirStore.StreamConfig.BigQueryDestination, BigQuery views will not be created by ExportResources.
+  &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The BigQuery output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires two IAM roles on the BigQuery location: `roles/bigquery.dataEditor` and `roles/bigquery.jobUser`. The output is one BigQuery table per resource type. Unlike when setting `BigQueryDestination` for `StreamConfig`, `ExportResources` does not create BigQuery views.
     &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
     &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
     &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md
index 33eba2f..6d9671f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/index.md
+++ b/docs/dyn/index.md
@@ -435,6 +435,10 @@
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/fcm_v1.html)
 
 
+## fcmdata
+* [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/fcmdata_v1beta1.html)
+
+
 ## file
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/file_v1.html)
 * [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.html)
@@ -641,6 +645,10 @@
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/mybusinesslodging_v1.html)
 
 
+## mybusinessnotifications
+* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/mybusinessnotifications_v1.html)
+
+
 ## mybusinessplaceactions
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/mybusinessplaceactions_v1.html)
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
index eca163d..fa2d57b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@
 
 { # The parameters to WriteLogEntries.
   &quot;dryRun&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If true, the request should expect normal response, but the entries won&#x27;t be persisted nor exported. Useful for checking whether the logging API endpoints are working properly before sending valuable data.
-  &quot;entries&quot;: [ # Required. The log entries to send to Logging. The order of log entries in this list does not matter. Values supplied in this method&#x27;s log_name, resource, and labels fields are copied into those log entries in this list that do not include values for their corresponding fields. For more information, see the LogEntry type.If the timestamp or insert_id fields are missing in log entries, then this method supplies the current time or a unique identifier, respectively. The supplied values are chosen so that, among the log entries that did not supply their own values, the entries earlier in the list will sort before the entries later in the list. See the entries.list method.Log entries with timestamps that are more than the logs retention period (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quota-policy) in the past or more than 24 hours in the future will not be available when calling entries.list. However, those log entries can still be exported with LogSinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).To improve throughput and to avoid exceeding the quota limit (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quota-policy) for calls to entries.write, you should try to include several log entries in this list, rather than calling this method for each individual log entry.
+  &quot;entries&quot;: [ # Required. The log entries to send to Logging. The order of log entries in this list does not matter. Values supplied in this method&#x27;s log_name, resource, and labels fields are copied into those log entries in this list that do not include values for their corresponding fields. For more information, see the LogEntry type.If the timestamp or insert_id fields are missing in log entries, then this method supplies the current time or a unique identifier, respectively. The supplied values are chosen so that, among the log entries that did not supply their own values, the entries earlier in the list will sort before the entries later in the list. See the entries.list method.Log entries with timestamps that are more than the logs retention period (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quotas) in the past or more than 24 hours in the future will not be available when calling entries.list. However, those log entries can still be exported with LogSinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).To improve throughput and to avoid exceeding the quota limit (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quotas) for calls to entries.write, you should try to include several log entries in this list, rather than calling this method for each individual log entry.
     { # An individual entry in a log.
       &quot;httpRequest&quot;: { # A common proto for logging HTTP requests. Only contains semantics defined by the HTTP specification. Product-specific logging information MUST be defined in a separate message. # Optional. Information about the HTTP request associated with this log entry, if applicable.
         &quot;cacheFillBytes&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The number of HTTP response bytes inserted into cache. Set only when a cache fill was attempted.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html
index 0515797..243645d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html
@@ -281,6 +281,7 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # All parameters related to scheduling of training jobs. # Optional. Scheduling options for a training job.
       &quot;maxRunningTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job running time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, this field defaults to `604800s` (seven days). If the training job is still running after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. The duration is measured from when the job enters the `RUNNING` state; therefore it does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_wait_time. For example, if you want to ensure your job runs for no more than 2 hours, set this field to `7200s` (2 hours * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxRunningTime: 7200s ```
       &quot;maxWaitTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job wait time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, there is no limit to the wait time. The minimum for this field is `1800s` (30 minutes). If the training job has not entered the `RUNNING` state after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. After the job begins running, it can no longer be cancelled due to the maximum wait time. Therefore the duration limited by this field does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_running_time. For example, if the job temporarily stops running and retries due to a [VM restart](/ai-platform/training/docs/overview#restarts), this cannot lead to a maximum wait time cancellation. However, independently of this constraint, AI Platform Training might stop a job if there are too many retries due to exhausted resources in a region. The following example describes how you might use this field: To cancel your job if it doesn&#x27;t start running within 1 hour, set this field to `3600s` (1 hour * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If the job is still in the `QUEUED` or `PREPARING` state after an hour of waiting, AI Platform Training cancels the job. If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxWaitTime: 3600s ```
+      &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. Job scheduling will be based on this priority, which in the range [0, 1000]. The bigger the number, the higher the priority. Default to 0 if not set. If there are multiple jobs requesting same type of accelerators, the high priority job will be scheduled prior to ones with low priority.
     },
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The email address of a service account to use when running the training appplication. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account. In addition, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account must have the `roles/iam.serviceAccountAdmin` role for the specified service account. [Learn more about configuring a service account.](/ai-platform/training/docs/custom-service-account) If not specified, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account is used by default.
     &quot;useChiefInTfConfig&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Use `chief` instead of `master` in the `TF_CONFIG` environment variable when training with a custom container. Defaults to `false`. [Learn more about this field.](/ai-platform/training/docs/distributed-training-details#chief-versus-master) This field has no effect for training jobs that don&#x27;t use a custom container.
@@ -500,6 +501,7 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # All parameters related to scheduling of training jobs. # Optional. Scheduling options for a training job.
       &quot;maxRunningTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job running time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, this field defaults to `604800s` (seven days). If the training job is still running after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. The duration is measured from when the job enters the `RUNNING` state; therefore it does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_wait_time. For example, if you want to ensure your job runs for no more than 2 hours, set this field to `7200s` (2 hours * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxRunningTime: 7200s ```
       &quot;maxWaitTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job wait time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, there is no limit to the wait time. The minimum for this field is `1800s` (30 minutes). If the training job has not entered the `RUNNING` state after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. After the job begins running, it can no longer be cancelled due to the maximum wait time. Therefore the duration limited by this field does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_running_time. For example, if the job temporarily stops running and retries due to a [VM restart](/ai-platform/training/docs/overview#restarts), this cannot lead to a maximum wait time cancellation. However, independently of this constraint, AI Platform Training might stop a job if there are too many retries due to exhausted resources in a region. The following example describes how you might use this field: To cancel your job if it doesn&#x27;t start running within 1 hour, set this field to `3600s` (1 hour * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If the job is still in the `QUEUED` or `PREPARING` state after an hour of waiting, AI Platform Training cancels the job. If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxWaitTime: 3600s ```
+      &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. Job scheduling will be based on this priority, which in the range [0, 1000]. The bigger the number, the higher the priority. Default to 0 if not set. If there are multiple jobs requesting same type of accelerators, the high priority job will be scheduled prior to ones with low priority.
     },
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The email address of a service account to use when running the training appplication. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account. In addition, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account must have the `roles/iam.serviceAccountAdmin` role for the specified service account. [Learn more about configuring a service account.](/ai-platform/training/docs/custom-service-account) If not specified, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account is used by default.
     &quot;useChiefInTfConfig&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Use `chief` instead of `master` in the `TF_CONFIG` environment variable when training with a custom container. Defaults to `false`. [Learn more about this field.](/ai-platform/training/docs/distributed-training-details#chief-versus-master) This field has no effect for training jobs that don&#x27;t use a custom container.
@@ -726,6 +728,7 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # All parameters related to scheduling of training jobs. # Optional. Scheduling options for a training job.
       &quot;maxRunningTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job running time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, this field defaults to `604800s` (seven days). If the training job is still running after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. The duration is measured from when the job enters the `RUNNING` state; therefore it does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_wait_time. For example, if you want to ensure your job runs for no more than 2 hours, set this field to `7200s` (2 hours * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxRunningTime: 7200s ```
       &quot;maxWaitTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job wait time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, there is no limit to the wait time. The minimum for this field is `1800s` (30 minutes). If the training job has not entered the `RUNNING` state after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. After the job begins running, it can no longer be cancelled due to the maximum wait time. Therefore the duration limited by this field does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_running_time. For example, if the job temporarily stops running and retries due to a [VM restart](/ai-platform/training/docs/overview#restarts), this cannot lead to a maximum wait time cancellation. However, independently of this constraint, AI Platform Training might stop a job if there are too many retries due to exhausted resources in a region. The following example describes how you might use this field: To cancel your job if it doesn&#x27;t start running within 1 hour, set this field to `3600s` (1 hour * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If the job is still in the `QUEUED` or `PREPARING` state after an hour of waiting, AI Platform Training cancels the job. If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxWaitTime: 3600s ```
+      &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. Job scheduling will be based on this priority, which in the range [0, 1000]. The bigger the number, the higher the priority. Default to 0 if not set. If there are multiple jobs requesting same type of accelerators, the high priority job will be scheduled prior to ones with low priority.
     },
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The email address of a service account to use when running the training appplication. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account. In addition, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account must have the `roles/iam.serviceAccountAdmin` role for the specified service account. [Learn more about configuring a service account.](/ai-platform/training/docs/custom-service-account) If not specified, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account is used by default.
     &quot;useChiefInTfConfig&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Use `chief` instead of `master` in the `TF_CONFIG` environment variable when training with a custom container. Defaults to `false`. [Learn more about this field.](/ai-platform/training/docs/distributed-training-details#chief-versus-master) This field has no effect for training jobs that don&#x27;t use a custom container.
@@ -1005,6 +1008,7 @@
         &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # All parameters related to scheduling of training jobs. # Optional. Scheduling options for a training job.
           &quot;maxRunningTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job running time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, this field defaults to `604800s` (seven days). If the training job is still running after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. The duration is measured from when the job enters the `RUNNING` state; therefore it does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_wait_time. For example, if you want to ensure your job runs for no more than 2 hours, set this field to `7200s` (2 hours * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxRunningTime: 7200s ```
           &quot;maxWaitTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job wait time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, there is no limit to the wait time. The minimum for this field is `1800s` (30 minutes). If the training job has not entered the `RUNNING` state after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. After the job begins running, it can no longer be cancelled due to the maximum wait time. Therefore the duration limited by this field does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_running_time. For example, if the job temporarily stops running and retries due to a [VM restart](/ai-platform/training/docs/overview#restarts), this cannot lead to a maximum wait time cancellation. However, independently of this constraint, AI Platform Training might stop a job if there are too many retries due to exhausted resources in a region. The following example describes how you might use this field: To cancel your job if it doesn&#x27;t start running within 1 hour, set this field to `3600s` (1 hour * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If the job is still in the `QUEUED` or `PREPARING` state after an hour of waiting, AI Platform Training cancels the job. If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxWaitTime: 3600s ```
+          &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. Job scheduling will be based on this priority, which in the range [0, 1000]. The bigger the number, the higher the priority. Default to 0 if not set. If there are multiple jobs requesting same type of accelerators, the high priority job will be scheduled prior to ones with low priority.
         },
         &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The email address of a service account to use when running the training appplication. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account. In addition, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account must have the `roles/iam.serviceAccountAdmin` role for the specified service account. [Learn more about configuring a service account.](/ai-platform/training/docs/custom-service-account) If not specified, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account is used by default.
         &quot;useChiefInTfConfig&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Use `chief` instead of `master` in the `TF_CONFIG` environment variable when training with a custom container. Defaults to `false`. [Learn more about this field.](/ai-platform/training/docs/distributed-training-details#chief-versus-master) This field has no effect for training jobs that don&#x27;t use a custom container.
@@ -1243,6 +1247,7 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # All parameters related to scheduling of training jobs. # Optional. Scheduling options for a training job.
       &quot;maxRunningTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job running time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, this field defaults to `604800s` (seven days). If the training job is still running after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. The duration is measured from when the job enters the `RUNNING` state; therefore it does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_wait_time. For example, if you want to ensure your job runs for no more than 2 hours, set this field to `7200s` (2 hours * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxRunningTime: 7200s ```
       &quot;maxWaitTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job wait time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, there is no limit to the wait time. The minimum for this field is `1800s` (30 minutes). If the training job has not entered the `RUNNING` state after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. After the job begins running, it can no longer be cancelled due to the maximum wait time. Therefore the duration limited by this field does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_running_time. For example, if the job temporarily stops running and retries due to a [VM restart](/ai-platform/training/docs/overview#restarts), this cannot lead to a maximum wait time cancellation. However, independently of this constraint, AI Platform Training might stop a job if there are too many retries due to exhausted resources in a region. The following example describes how you might use this field: To cancel your job if it doesn&#x27;t start running within 1 hour, set this field to `3600s` (1 hour * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If the job is still in the `QUEUED` or `PREPARING` state after an hour of waiting, AI Platform Training cancels the job. If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxWaitTime: 3600s ```
+      &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. Job scheduling will be based on this priority, which in the range [0, 1000]. The bigger the number, the higher the priority. Default to 0 if not set. If there are multiple jobs requesting same type of accelerators, the high priority job will be scheduled prior to ones with low priority.
     },
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The email address of a service account to use when running the training appplication. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account. In addition, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account must have the `roles/iam.serviceAccountAdmin` role for the specified service account. [Learn more about configuring a service account.](/ai-platform/training/docs/custom-service-account) If not specified, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account is used by default.
     &quot;useChiefInTfConfig&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Use `chief` instead of `master` in the `TF_CONFIG` environment variable when training with a custom container. Defaults to `false`. [Learn more about this field.](/ai-platform/training/docs/distributed-training-details#chief-versus-master) This field has no effect for training jobs that don&#x27;t use a custom container.
@@ -1463,6 +1468,7 @@
     &quot;scheduling&quot;: { # All parameters related to scheduling of training jobs. # Optional. Scheduling options for a training job.
       &quot;maxRunningTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job running time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, this field defaults to `604800s` (seven days). If the training job is still running after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. The duration is measured from when the job enters the `RUNNING` state; therefore it does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_wait_time. For example, if you want to ensure your job runs for no more than 2 hours, set this field to `7200s` (2 hours * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxRunningTime: 7200s ```
       &quot;maxWaitTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The maximum job wait time, expressed in seconds. The field can contain up to nine fractional digits, terminated by `s`. If not specified, there is no limit to the wait time. The minimum for this field is `1800s` (30 minutes). If the training job has not entered the `RUNNING` state after this duration, AI Platform Training cancels it. After the job begins running, it can no longer be cancelled due to the maximum wait time. Therefore the duration limited by this field does not overlap with the duration limited by Scheduling.max_running_time. For example, if the job temporarily stops running and retries due to a [VM restart](/ai-platform/training/docs/overview#restarts), this cannot lead to a maximum wait time cancellation. However, independently of this constraint, AI Platform Training might stop a job if there are too many retries due to exhausted resources in a region. The following example describes how you might use this field: To cancel your job if it doesn&#x27;t start running within 1 hour, set this field to `3600s` (1 hour * 60 minutes / hour * 60 seconds / minute). If the job is still in the `QUEUED` or `PREPARING` state after an hour of waiting, AI Platform Training cancels the job. If you submit your training job using the `gcloud` tool, you can [specify this field in a `config.yaml` file](/ai-platform/training/docs/training-jobs#formatting_your_configuration_parameters). For example: ```yaml trainingInput: scheduling: maxWaitTime: 3600s ```
+      &quot;priority&quot;: 42, # Optional. Job scheduling will be based on this priority, which in the range [0, 1000]. The bigger the number, the higher the priority. Default to 0 if not set. If there are multiple jobs requesting same type of accelerators, the high priority job will be scheduled prior to ones with low priority.
     },
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The email address of a service account to use when running the training appplication. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account. In addition, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account must have the `roles/iam.serviceAccountAdmin` role for the specified service account. [Learn more about configuring a service account.](/ai-platform/training/docs/custom-service-account) If not specified, the AI Platform Training Google-managed service account is used by default.
     &quot;useChiefInTfConfig&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Use `chief` instead of `master` in the `TF_CONFIG` environment variable when training with a custom container. Defaults to `false`. [Learn more about this field.](/ai-platform/training/docs/distributed-training-details#chief-versus-master) This field has no effect for training jobs that don&#x27;t use a custom container.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.html
index cb43c68..7b97a7b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.html
@@ -75,6 +75,11 @@
 <h1><a href="monitoring_v1.html">Cloud Monitoring API</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="monitoring_v1.operations.html">operations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the operations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="monitoring_v1.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the projects Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42f2f0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="monitoring_v1.html">Cloud Monitoring API</a> . <a href="monitoring_v1.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html
index 5456b90..14a716b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a new custom dashboard. For examples on how you can use this API to create dashboards, see Managing dashboards by API. This method requires the monitoring.dashboards.create permission on the specified project. For more information about permissions, see Cloud Identity and Access Management.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new custom dashboard. For examples on how you can use this API to create dashboards, see Managing dashboards by API (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/dashboards/api-dashboard). This method requires the monitoring.dashboards.create permission on the specified project. For more information about permissions, see Cloud Identity and Access Management (https://cloud.google.com/iam).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Deletes an existing custom dashboard.This method requires the monitoring.dashboards.delete permission on the specified dashboard. For more information, see Cloud Identity and Access Management (https://cloud.google.com/iam).</p>
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a new custom dashboard. For examples on how you can use this API to create dashboards, see Managing dashboards by API. This method requires the monitoring.dashboards.create permission on the specified project. For more information about permissions, see Cloud Identity and Access Management.
+  <pre>Creates a new custom dashboard. For examples on how you can use this API to create dashboards, see Managing dashboards by API (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/dashboards/api-dashboard). This method requires the monitoring.dashboards.create permission on the specified project. For more information about permissions, see Cloud Identity and Access Management (https://cloud.google.com/iam).
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project on which to execute the request. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER] The [PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER] must match the dashboard resource name. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.folders.timeSeries.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.folders.timeSeries.html
index 1c5284b..f83ef5c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.folders.timeSeries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.folders.timeSeries.html
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
       &quot;metricKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the metric kind of the associated metric. If the associated metric&#x27;s descriptor must be auto-created, then this field specifies the metric kind of the new descriptor and must be either GAUGE (the default) or CUMULATIVE.
       &quot;points&quot;: [ # The data points of this time series. When listing time series, points are returned in reverse time order.When creating a time series, this field must contain exactly one point and the point&#x27;s type must be the same as the value type of the associated metric. If the associated metric&#x27;s descriptor must be auto-created, then the value type of the descriptor is determined by the point&#x27;s type, which must be BOOL, INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION.
         { # A single data point in a time series.
-          &quot;interval&quot;: { # A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points.
+          &quot;interval&quot;: { # A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points.
             &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The end of the time interval.
             &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time.
           },
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
       },
       &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The unit defines the representation of the stored metric values.
       &quot;valueType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value type of the time series. When listing time series, this value type might be different from the value type of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the type of the data in the points field.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.organizations.timeSeries.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.organizations.timeSeries.html
index b44e626..b066153 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.organizations.timeSeries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.organizations.timeSeries.html
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
       &quot;metricKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the metric kind of the associated metric. If the associated metric&#x27;s descriptor must be auto-created, then this field specifies the metric kind of the new descriptor and must be either GAUGE (the default) or CUMULATIVE.
       &quot;points&quot;: [ # The data points of this time series. When listing time series, points are returned in reverse time order.When creating a time series, this field must contain exactly one point and the point&#x27;s type must be the same as the value type of the associated metric. If the associated metric&#x27;s descriptor must be auto-created, then the value type of the descriptor is determined by the point&#x27;s type, which must be BOOL, INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION.
         { # A single data point in a time series.
-          &quot;interval&quot;: { # A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points.
+          &quot;interval&quot;: { # A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points.
             &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The end of the time interval.
             &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time.
           },
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
       },
       &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The unit defines the representation of the stored metric values.
       &quot;valueType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value type of the time series. When listing time series, this value type might be different from the value type of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the type of the data in the points field.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.alertPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.alertPolicies.html
index 78696e9..f5cfdc7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.alertPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.alertPolicies.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 
 { # A description of the conditions under which some aspect of your system is considered to be &quot;unhealthy&quot; and the ways to notify people or services about this state. For an overview of alert policies, see Introduction to Alerting (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/).
   &quot;alertStrategy&quot;: { # Control over how the notification channels in notification_channels are notified when this alert fires. # Control over how this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels are notified.
-    &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.Providing this for alert policies that are not log-based is unimplemented.
+    &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.This limit is not implemented for alert policies that are not log-based.
       &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Not more than one notification per period.
     },
   },
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
           &quot;percent&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of time series that must fail the predicate for the condition to be triggered.
         },
       },
-      &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message from any project monitored by the alert policy’s workspace satisfies the given filter. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
+      &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message in the scoping project (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3#project_name) satisfies the given filter. Logs from other projects in the metrics scope are not evaluated. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
         &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A logs-based filter. See Advanced Logs Queries for how this filter should be constructed.
         &quot;labelExtractors&quot;: { # Optional. A map from a label key to an extractor expression, which is used to extract the value for this label key. Each entry in this map is a specification for how data should be extracted from log entries that match filter. Each combination of extracted values is treated as a separate rule for the purposes of triggering notifications. Label keys and corresponding values can be used in notifications generated by this condition.Please see the documentation on logs-based metric valueExtractors for syntax and examples.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
 
     { # A description of the conditions under which some aspect of your system is considered to be &quot;unhealthy&quot; and the ways to notify people or services about this state. For an overview of alert policies, see Introduction to Alerting (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/).
   &quot;alertStrategy&quot;: { # Control over how the notification channels in notification_channels are notified when this alert fires. # Control over how this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels are notified.
-    &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.Providing this for alert policies that are not log-based is unimplemented.
+    &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.This limit is not implemented for alert policies that are not log-based.
       &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Not more than one notification per period.
     },
   },
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
           &quot;percent&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of time series that must fail the predicate for the condition to be triggered.
         },
       },
-      &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message from any project monitored by the alert policy’s workspace satisfies the given filter. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
+      &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message in the scoping project (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3#project_name) satisfies the given filter. Logs from other projects in the metrics scope are not evaluated. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
         &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A logs-based filter. See Advanced Logs Queries for how this filter should be constructed.
         &quot;labelExtractors&quot;: { # Optional. A map from a label key to an extractor expression, which is used to extract the value for this label key. Each entry in this map is a specification for how data should be extracted from log entries that match filter. Each combination of extracted values is treated as a separate rule for the purposes of triggering notifications. Label keys and corresponding values can be used in notifications generated by this condition.Please see the documentation on logs-based metric valueExtractors for syntax and examples.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
 
     { # A description of the conditions under which some aspect of your system is considered to be &quot;unhealthy&quot; and the ways to notify people or services about this state. For an overview of alert policies, see Introduction to Alerting (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/).
   &quot;alertStrategy&quot;: { # Control over how the notification channels in notification_channels are notified when this alert fires. # Control over how this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels are notified.
-    &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.Providing this for alert policies that are not log-based is unimplemented.
+    &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.This limit is not implemented for alert policies that are not log-based.
       &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Not more than one notification per period.
     },
   },
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@
           &quot;percent&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of time series that must fail the predicate for the condition to be triggered.
         },
       },
-      &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message from any project monitored by the alert policy’s workspace satisfies the given filter. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
+      &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message in the scoping project (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3#project_name) satisfies the given filter. Logs from other projects in the metrics scope are not evaluated. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
         &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A logs-based filter. See Advanced Logs Queries for how this filter should be constructed.
         &quot;labelExtractors&quot;: { # Optional. A map from a label key to an extractor expression, which is used to extract the value for this label key. Each entry in this map is a specification for how data should be extracted from log entries that match filter. Each combination of extracted values is treated as a separate rule for the purposes of triggering notifications. Label keys and corresponding values can be used in notifications generated by this condition.Please see the documentation on logs-based metric valueExtractors for syntax and examples.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
   &quot;alertPolicies&quot;: [ # The returned alert policies.
     { # A description of the conditions under which some aspect of your system is considered to be &quot;unhealthy&quot; and the ways to notify people or services about this state. For an overview of alert policies, see Introduction to Alerting (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/).
       &quot;alertStrategy&quot;: { # Control over how the notification channels in notification_channels are notified when this alert fires. # Control over how this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels are notified.
-        &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.Providing this for alert policies that are not log-based is unimplemented.
+        &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.This limit is not implemented for alert policies that are not log-based.
           &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Not more than one notification per period.
         },
       },
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@
               &quot;percent&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of time series that must fail the predicate for the condition to be triggered.
             },
           },
-          &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message from any project monitored by the alert policy’s workspace satisfies the given filter. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
+          &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message in the scoping project (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3#project_name) satisfies the given filter. Logs from other projects in the metrics scope are not evaluated. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
             &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A logs-based filter. See Advanced Logs Queries for how this filter should be constructed.
             &quot;labelExtractors&quot;: { # Optional. A map from a label key to an extractor expression, which is used to extract the value for this label key. Each entry in this map is a specification for how data should be extracted from log entries that match filter. Each combination of extracted values is treated as a separate rule for the purposes of triggering notifications. Label keys and corresponding values can be used in notifications generated by this condition.Please see the documentation on logs-based metric valueExtractors for syntax and examples.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@
 
 { # A description of the conditions under which some aspect of your system is considered to be &quot;unhealthy&quot; and the ways to notify people or services about this state. For an overview of alert policies, see Introduction to Alerting (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/).
   &quot;alertStrategy&quot;: { # Control over how the notification channels in notification_channels are notified when this alert fires. # Control over how this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels are notified.
-    &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.Providing this for alert policies that are not log-based is unimplemented.
+    &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.This limit is not implemented for alert policies that are not log-based.
       &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Not more than one notification per period.
     },
   },
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@
           &quot;percent&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of time series that must fail the predicate for the condition to be triggered.
         },
       },
-      &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message from any project monitored by the alert policy’s workspace satisfies the given filter. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
+      &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message in the scoping project (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3#project_name) satisfies the given filter. Logs from other projects in the metrics scope are not evaluated. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
         &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A logs-based filter. See Advanced Logs Queries for how this filter should be constructed.
         &quot;labelExtractors&quot;: { # Optional. A map from a label key to an extractor expression, which is used to extract the value for this label key. Each entry in this map is a specification for how data should be extracted from log entries that match filter. Each combination of extracted values is treated as a separate rule for the purposes of triggering notifications. Label keys and corresponding values can be used in notifications generated by this condition.Please see the documentation on logs-based metric valueExtractors for syntax and examples.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@
 
     { # A description of the conditions under which some aspect of your system is considered to be &quot;unhealthy&quot; and the ways to notify people or services about this state. For an overview of alert policies, see Introduction to Alerting (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/).
   &quot;alertStrategy&quot;: { # Control over how the notification channels in notification_channels are notified when this alert fires. # Control over how this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels are notified.
-    &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.Providing this for alert policies that are not log-based is unimplemented.
+    &quot;notificationRateLimit&quot;: { # Control over the rate of notifications sent to this alert policy&#x27;s notification channels. # Required for alert policies with a LogMatch condition.This limit is not implemented for alert policies that are not log-based.
       &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Not more than one notification per period.
     },
   },
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@
           &quot;percent&quot;: 3.14, # The percentage of time series that must fail the predicate for the condition to be triggered.
         },
       },
-      &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message from any project monitored by the alert policy’s workspace satisfies the given filter. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
+      &quot;conditionMatchedLog&quot;: { # A condition type that checks whether a log message in the scoping project (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3#project_name) satisfies the given filter. Logs from other projects in the metrics scope are not evaluated. # A condition that checks for log messages matching given constraints. If set, no other conditions can be present.
         &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A logs-based filter. See Advanced Logs Queries for how this filter should be constructed.
         &quot;labelExtractors&quot;: { # Optional. A map from a label key to an extractor expression, which is used to extract the value for this label key. Each entry in this map is a specification for how data should be extracted from log entries that match filter. Each combination of extracted values is treated as a separate rule for the purposes of triggering notifications. Label keys and corresponding values can be used in notifications generated by this condition.Please see the documentation on logs-based metric valueExtractors for syntax and examples.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.collectdTimeSeries.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.collectdTimeSeries.html
index 7de7454..74003a7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.collectdTimeSeries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.collectdTimeSeries.html
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
   },
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.groups.members.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.groups.members.html
index e105311..541c66f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.groups.members.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.groups.members.html
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
     },
   ],
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set to a non-empty value. To see the additional results, use that value as page_token in the next call to this method.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.timeSeries.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.timeSeries.html
index 9e5212f..813b5ac 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.timeSeries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.timeSeries.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
       &quot;metricKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the metric kind of the associated metric. If the associated metric&#x27;s descriptor must be auto-created, then this field specifies the metric kind of the new descriptor and must be either GAUGE (the default) or CUMULATIVE.
       &quot;points&quot;: [ # The data points of this time series. When listing time series, points are returned in reverse time order.When creating a time series, this field must contain exactly one point and the point&#x27;s type must be the same as the value type of the associated metric. If the associated metric&#x27;s descriptor must be auto-created, then the value type of the descriptor is determined by the point&#x27;s type, which must be BOOL, INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION.
         { # A single data point in a time series.
-          &quot;interval&quot;: { # A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points.
+          &quot;interval&quot;: { # A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points.
             &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The end of the time interval.
             &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time.
           },
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
       },
       &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The unit defines the representation of the stored metric values.
       &quot;valueType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value type of the time series. When listing time series, this value type might be different from the value type of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the type of the data in the points field.
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
       &quot;metricKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the metric kind of the associated metric. If the associated metric&#x27;s descriptor must be auto-created, then this field specifies the metric kind of the new descriptor and must be either GAUGE (the default) or CUMULATIVE.
       &quot;points&quot;: [ # The data points of this time series. When listing time series, points are returned in reverse time order.When creating a time series, this field must contain exactly one point and the point&#x27;s type must be the same as the value type of the associated metric. If the associated metric&#x27;s descriptor must be auto-created, then the value type of the descriptor is determined by the point&#x27;s type, which must be BOOL, INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION.
         { # A single data point in a time series.
-          &quot;interval&quot;: { # A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points.
+          &quot;interval&quot;: { # A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points.
             &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The end of the time interval.
             &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time.
           },
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
       },
       &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The unit defines the representation of the stored metric values.
       &quot;valueType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value type of the time series. When listing time series, this value type might be different from the value type of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the type of the data in the points field.
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;pointData&quot;: [ # The points in the time series.
         { # A point&#x27;s value columns and time interval. Each point has one or more point values corresponding to the entries in point_descriptors field in the TimeSeriesDescriptor associated with this object.
-          &quot;timeInterval&quot;: { # A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval associated with the point.
+          &quot;timeInterval&quot;: { # A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval associated with the point.
             &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The end of the time interval.
             &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time.
           },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html
index 75898e2..5d26be8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique resource name for this Uptime check configuration. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID] [PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER] is the Workspace host project associated with the Uptime check.This field should be omitted when creating the Uptime check configuration; on create, the resource name is assigned by the server and included in the response.
   &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How often, in seconds, the Uptime check is performed. Currently, the only supported values are 60s (1 minute), 300s (5 minutes), 600s (10 minutes), and 900s (15 minutes). Optional, defaults to 60s.
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique resource name for this Uptime check configuration. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID] [PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER] is the Workspace host project associated with the Uptime check.This field should be omitted when creating the Uptime check configuration; on create, the resource name is assigned by the server and included in the response.
   &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How often, in seconds, the Uptime check is performed. Currently, the only supported values are 60s (1 minute), 300s (5 minutes), 600s (10 minutes), and 900s (15 minutes). Optional, defaults to 60s.
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique resource name for this Uptime check configuration. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID] [PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER] is the Workspace host project associated with the Uptime check.This field should be omitted when creating the Uptime check configuration; on create, the resource name is assigned by the server and included in the response.
   &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How often, in seconds, the Uptime check is performed. Currently, the only supported values are 60s (1 minute), 300s (5 minutes), 600s (10 minutes), and 900s (15 minutes). Optional, defaults to 60s.
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
-        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique resource name for this Uptime check configuration. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID] [PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER] is the Workspace host project associated with the Uptime check.This field should be omitted when creating the Uptime check configuration; on create, the resource name is assigned by the server and included in the response.
       &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How often, in seconds, the Uptime check is performed. Currently, the only supported values are 60s (1 minute), 300s (5 minutes), 600s (10 minutes), and 900s (15 minutes). Optional, defaults to 60s.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique resource name for this Uptime check configuration. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID] [PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER] is the Workspace host project associated with the Uptime check.This field should be omitted when creating the Uptime check configuration; on create, the resource name is assigned by the server and included in the response.
   &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How often, in seconds, the Uptime check is performed. Currently, the only supported values are 60s (1 minute), 300s (5 minutes), 600s (10 minutes), and 900s (15 minutes). Optional, defaults to 60s.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
-    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types and Logging resource types.
+    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique resource name for this Uptime check configuration. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID] [PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER] is the Workspace host project associated with the Uptime check.This field should be omitted when creating the Uptime check configuration; on create, the resource name is assigned by the server and included in the response.
   &quot;period&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How often, in seconds, the Uptime check is performed. Currently, the only supported values are 60s (1 minute), 300s (5 minutes), 600s (10 minutes), and 900s (15 minutes). Optional, defaults to 60s.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessnotifications_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessnotifications_v1.accounts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a27641b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessnotifications_v1.accounts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="mybusinessnotifications_v1.html">My Business Notifications API</a> . <a href="mybusinessnotifications_v1.accounts.html">accounts</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getNotificationSetting">getNotificationSetting(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the pubsub notification settings for the account.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#updateNotificationSetting">updateNotificationSetting(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the pubsub notification setting for the account informing Google which topic to send pubsub notifications for. Use the notification_types field within notification_setting to manipulate the events an account wants to subscribe to. An account will only have one notification setting resource, and only one pubsub topic can be set. To delete the setting, update with an empty notification_types</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getNotificationSetting">getNotificationSetting(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns the pubsub notification settings for the account.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the notification setting we are trying to fetch. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Google Pub/Sub topic where notifications can be published when a location is updated or has a new review. There will be only one notification setting resource per-account.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The resource name this setting is for. This is of the form `accounts/{account_id}/notifications/setting`.
+  &quot;notificationTypes&quot;: [ # The types of notifications that will be sent to the Pub/Sub topic. To stop receiving notifications entirely, use NotificationSettings.UpdateNotificationSetting with an empty notification_types or set the pubsub_topic to an empty string.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Pub/Sub topic that will receive notifications when locations managed by this account are updated. If unset, no notifications will be posted. The account mybusiness-api-pubsub@system.gserviceaccount.com must have at least Publish permissions on the Pub/Sub topic.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="updateNotificationSetting">updateNotificationSetting(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Sets the pubsub notification setting for the account informing Google which topic to send pubsub notifications for. Use the notification_types field within notification_setting to manipulate the events an account wants to subscribe to. An account will only have one notification setting resource, and only one pubsub topic can be set. To delete the setting, update with an empty notification_types
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name this setting is for. This is of the form `accounts/{account_id}/notifications/setting`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Google Pub/Sub topic where notifications can be published when a location is updated or has a new review. There will be only one notification setting resource per-account.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The resource name this setting is for. This is of the form `accounts/{account_id}/notifications/setting`.
+  &quot;notificationTypes&quot;: [ # The types of notifications that will be sent to the Pub/Sub topic. To stop receiving notifications entirely, use NotificationSettings.UpdateNotificationSetting with an empty notification_types or set the pubsub_topic to an empty string.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Pub/Sub topic that will receive notifications when locations managed by this account are updated. If unset, no notifications will be posted. The account mybusiness-api-pubsub@system.gserviceaccount.com must have at least Publish permissions on the Pub/Sub topic.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The specific fields that should be updated. The only editable field is notification_setting.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Google Pub/Sub topic where notifications can be published when a location is updated or has a new review. There will be only one notification setting resource per-account.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The resource name this setting is for. This is of the form `accounts/{account_id}/notifications/setting`.
+  &quot;notificationTypes&quot;: [ # The types of notifications that will be sent to the Pub/Sub topic. To stop receiving notifications entirely, use NotificationSettings.UpdateNotificationSetting with an empty notification_types or set the pubsub_topic to an empty string.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;pubsubTopic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The Google Pub/Sub topic that will receive notifications when locations managed by this account are updated. If unset, no notifications will be posted. The account mybusiness-api-pubsub@system.gserviceaccount.com must have at least Publish permissions on the Pub/Sub topic.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessnotifications_v1.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessnotifications_v1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c2c452
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessnotifications_v1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="mybusinessnotifications_v1.html">My Business Notifications API</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="mybusinessnotifications_v1.accounts.html">accounts()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the accounts Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</code>
+  <pre>Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+        Args:
+          callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+            form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+            request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+            third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+            error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+            occurred.
+
+        Returns:
+          A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+        </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html
index 147be16..c48474d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html
@@ -120,14 +120,14 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # ServerTlsPolicy is a resource that specifies how a server should authenticate incoming requests. This resource itself does not affect configuration unless it is attached to a target https proxy or endpoint config selector resource.
-  &quot;allowOpen&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if allow_open and mtls_policy are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility.
+  &quot;allowOpen&quot;: True or False, #  Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-text description of the resource.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of label tags associated with the resource.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;mtlsPolicy&quot;: { # Specification of the MTLSPolicy. # Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If allow_open and mtls_policy are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
-    &quot;clientValidationCa&quot;: [ # Required. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
+  &quot;mtlsPolicy&quot;: { # Specification of the MTLSPolicy. #  Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
+    &quot;clientValidationCa&quot;: [ #  Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
       { # Specification of ValidationCA. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the peer certificate.
         &quot;certificateProviderInstance&quot;: { # Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration. # The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
           &quot;pluginInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to &quot;google_cloud_private_spiffe&quot; to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
     ],
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`
-  &quot;serverCertificate&quot;: { # Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication. # Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with allow_open as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
+  &quot;serverCertificate&quot;: { # Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication. #  Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with `allow_open` as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
     &quot;certificateProviderInstance&quot;: { # Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration. # The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
       &quot;pluginInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to &quot;google_cloud_private_spiffe&quot; to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
     },
@@ -230,14 +230,14 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # ServerTlsPolicy is a resource that specifies how a server should authenticate incoming requests. This resource itself does not affect configuration unless it is attached to a target https proxy or endpoint config selector resource.
-  &quot;allowOpen&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if allow_open and mtls_policy are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility.
+  &quot;allowOpen&quot;: True or False, #  Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-text description of the resource.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of label tags associated with the resource.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;mtlsPolicy&quot;: { # Specification of the MTLSPolicy. # Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If allow_open and mtls_policy are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
-    &quot;clientValidationCa&quot;: [ # Required. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
+  &quot;mtlsPolicy&quot;: { # Specification of the MTLSPolicy. #  Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
+    &quot;clientValidationCa&quot;: [ #  Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
       { # Specification of ValidationCA. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the peer certificate.
         &quot;certificateProviderInstance&quot;: { # Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration. # The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
           &quot;pluginInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to &quot;google_cloud_private_spiffe&quot; to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
     ],
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`
-  &quot;serverCertificate&quot;: { # Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication. # Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with allow_open as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
+  &quot;serverCertificate&quot;: { # Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication. #  Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with `allow_open` as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
     &quot;certificateProviderInstance&quot;: { # Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration. # The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
       &quot;pluginInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to &quot;google_cloud_private_spiffe&quot; to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
     },
@@ -329,14 +329,14 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then `next_page_token` is included. To get the next set of results, call this method again using the value of `next_page_token` as `page_token`.
   &quot;serverTlsPolicies&quot;: [ # List of ServerTlsPolicy resources.
     { # ServerTlsPolicy is a resource that specifies how a server should authenticate incoming requests. This resource itself does not affect configuration unless it is attached to a target https proxy or endpoint config selector resource.
-      &quot;allowOpen&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if allow_open and mtls_policy are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility.
+      &quot;allowOpen&quot;: True or False, #  Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
-      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-text description of the resource.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of label tags associated with the resource.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;mtlsPolicy&quot;: { # Specification of the MTLSPolicy. # Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If allow_open and mtls_policy are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
-        &quot;clientValidationCa&quot;: [ # Required. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
+      &quot;mtlsPolicy&quot;: { # Specification of the MTLSPolicy. #  Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
+        &quot;clientValidationCa&quot;: [ #  Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
           { # Specification of ValidationCA. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the peer certificate.
             &quot;certificateProviderInstance&quot;: { # Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration. # The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
               &quot;pluginInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to &quot;google_cloud_private_spiffe&quot; to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
         ],
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`
-      &quot;serverCertificate&quot;: { # Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication. # Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with allow_open as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
+      &quot;serverCertificate&quot;: { # Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication. #  Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with `allow_open` as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
         &quot;certificateProviderInstance&quot;: { # Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration. # The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
           &quot;pluginInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to &quot;google_cloud_private_spiffe&quot; to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
         },
@@ -386,14 +386,14 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # ServerTlsPolicy is a resource that specifies how a server should authenticate incoming requests. This resource itself does not affect configuration unless it is attached to a target https proxy or endpoint config selector resource.
-  &quot;allowOpen&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if allow_open and mtls_policy are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility.
+  &quot;allowOpen&quot;: True or False, #  Determines if server allows plaintext connections. If set to true, server allows plain text connections. By default, it is set to false. This setting is not exclusive of other encryption modes. For example, if `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections. See documentation of other encryption modes to confirm compatibility.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Free-text description of the resource.
-  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-text description of the resource.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of label tags associated with the resource.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;mtlsPolicy&quot;: { # Specification of the MTLSPolicy. # Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If allow_open and mtls_policy are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
-    &quot;clientValidationCa&quot;: [ # Required. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
+  &quot;mtlsPolicy&quot;: { # Specification of the MTLSPolicy. #  Defines a mechanism to provision peer validation certificates for peer to peer authentication (Mutual TLS - mTLS). If not specified, client certificate will not be requested. The connection is treated as TLS and not mTLS. If `allow_open` and `mtls_policy` are set, server allows both plain text and mTLS connections.
+    &quot;clientValidationCa&quot;: [ #  Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the client certificate.
       { # Specification of ValidationCA. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the peer certificate.
         &quot;certificateProviderInstance&quot;: { # Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration. # The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
           &quot;pluginInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to &quot;google_cloud_private_spiffe&quot; to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
     ],
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`
-  &quot;serverCertificate&quot;: { # Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication. # Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with allow_open as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
+  &quot;serverCertificate&quot;: { # Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication. #  Defines a mechanism to provision server identity (public and private keys). Cannot be combined with `allow_open` as a permissive mode that allows both plain text and TLS is not supported.
     &quot;certificateProviderInstance&quot;: { # Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration. # The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information.
       &quot;pluginInstance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to &quot;google_cloud_private_spiffe&quot; to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html
index fda0a4f..a64bf79 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.executions.html
@@ -125,9 +125,10 @@
     &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
     &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
     &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
-    &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution.
+    &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
   },
+  &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
   &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
@@ -231,9 +232,10 @@
     &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
     &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
     &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
-    &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution.
+    &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
   },
+  &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
   &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
@@ -279,9 +281,10 @@
         &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
         &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
         &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
-        &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution.
+        &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
         &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
       },
+      &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
       &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 207ad34..9f85325 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -219,6 +219,13 @@
   &quot;noRemoveDataDisk&quot;: True or False, # Input only. If true, the data disk will not be auto deleted when deleting the instance.
   &quot;postStartupScript&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (gs://path-to-file/file-name).
   &quot;proxyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The proxy endpoint that is used to access the Jupyter notebook.
+  &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. The optional reservation affinity. Setting this field will apply the specified [Zonal Compute Reservation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/reserving-zonal-resources) to this notebook instance.
+    &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Type of reservation to consume
+    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of reservation resource.
+    &quot;values&quot;: [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of reservation resource.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account on this instance, giving access to other Google Cloud services. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
   &quot;serviceAccountScopes&quot;: [ # Optional. The URIs of service account scopes to be included in Compute Engine instances. If not specified, the following [scopes](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#accesscopesiam) are defined: - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email If not using default scopes, you need at least: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -392,6 +399,13 @@
   &quot;noRemoveDataDisk&quot;: True or False, # Input only. If true, the data disk will not be auto deleted when deleting the instance.
   &quot;postStartupScript&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (gs://path-to-file/file-name).
   &quot;proxyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The proxy endpoint that is used to access the Jupyter notebook.
+  &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. The optional reservation affinity. Setting this field will apply the specified [Zonal Compute Reservation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/reserving-zonal-resources) to this notebook instance.
+    &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Type of reservation to consume
+    &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of reservation resource.
+    &quot;values&quot;: [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of reservation resource.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account on this instance, giving access to other Google Cloud services. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
   &quot;serviceAccountScopes&quot;: [ # Optional. The URIs of service account scopes to be included in Compute Engine instances. If not specified, the following [scopes](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#accesscopesiam) are defined: - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email If not using default scopes, you need at least: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute
     &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -584,6 +598,13 @@
       &quot;noRemoveDataDisk&quot;: True or False, # Input only. If true, the data disk will not be auto deleted when deleting the instance.
       &quot;postStartupScript&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (gs://path-to-file/file-name).
       &quot;proxyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The proxy endpoint that is used to access the Jupyter notebook.
+      &quot;reservationAffinity&quot;: { # Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. The optional reservation affinity. Setting this field will apply the specified [Zonal Compute Reservation](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/reserving-zonal-resources) to this notebook instance.
+        &quot;consumeReservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Type of reservation to consume
+        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of reservation resource.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of reservation resource.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account on this instance, giving access to other Google Cloud services. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.
       &quot;serviceAccountScopes&quot;: [ # Optional. The URIs of service account scopes to be included in Compute Engine instances. If not specified, the following [scopes](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#accesscopesiam) are defined: - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform - https://www.googleapis.com/auth/userinfo.email If not using default scopes, you need at least: https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute
         &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
index 2b5d6cd..76c317a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.runtimes.html
@@ -93,6 +93,9 @@
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#reportEvent">reportEvent(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Report and process a runtime event.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#reset">reset(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Resets a Managed Notebook Runtime.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -136,8 +139,8 @@
   &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the runtime. / The properties to set on runtime. Properties keys are specified in `key:value` format, for example: * idle_shutdown: idle_shutdown=true * idle_shutdown_timeout: idle_shutdown_timeout=180 * report-system-health: report-system-health=true # The config settings for software inside the runtime.
     &quot;customGpuDriverPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify a custom Cloud Storage path where the GPU driver is stored. If not specified, we&#x27;ll automatically choose from official GPU drivers.
     &quot;enableHealthMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Verifies core internal services are running. Default: True
-    &quot;idleShutdown&quot;: True or False, # Runtime will automatically shutdown after idle_shutdown_time. Default: False
-    &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shuting down runtime. Default: 90 minutes
+    &quot;idleShutdown&quot;: True or False, # Runtime will automatically shutdown after idle_shutdown_time. Default: True
+    &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shuting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes
     &quot;installGpuDriver&quot;: True or False, # Install Nvidia Driver automatically.
     &quot;notebookUpgradeSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron expression in UTC timezone, used to schedule instance auto upgrade. Please follow the [cron format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron).
     &quot;postStartupScript&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (gs://path-to-file/file-name).
@@ -312,8 +315,8 @@
   &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the runtime. / The properties to set on runtime. Properties keys are specified in `key:value` format, for example: * idle_shutdown: idle_shutdown=true * idle_shutdown_timeout: idle_shutdown_timeout=180 * report-system-health: report-system-health=true # The config settings for software inside the runtime.
     &quot;customGpuDriverPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify a custom Cloud Storage path where the GPU driver is stored. If not specified, we&#x27;ll automatically choose from official GPU drivers.
     &quot;enableHealthMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Verifies core internal services are running. Default: True
-    &quot;idleShutdown&quot;: True or False, # Runtime will automatically shutdown after idle_shutdown_time. Default: False
-    &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shuting down runtime. Default: 90 minutes
+    &quot;idleShutdown&quot;: True or False, # Runtime will automatically shutdown after idle_shutdown_time. Default: True
+    &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shuting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes
     &quot;installGpuDriver&quot;: True or False, # Install Nvidia Driver automatically.
     &quot;notebookUpgradeSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron expression in UTC timezone, used to schedule instance auto upgrade. Please follow the [cron format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron).
     &quot;postStartupScript&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (gs://path-to-file/file-name).
@@ -429,8 +432,8 @@
       &quot;softwareConfig&quot;: { # Specifies the selection and config of software inside the runtime. / The properties to set on runtime. Properties keys are specified in `key:value` format, for example: * idle_shutdown: idle_shutdown=true * idle_shutdown_timeout: idle_shutdown_timeout=180 * report-system-health: report-system-health=true # The config settings for software inside the runtime.
         &quot;customGpuDriverPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specify a custom Cloud Storage path where the GPU driver is stored. If not specified, we&#x27;ll automatically choose from official GPU drivers.
         &quot;enableHealthMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Verifies core internal services are running. Default: True
-        &quot;idleShutdown&quot;: True or False, # Runtime will automatically shutdown after idle_shutdown_time. Default: False
-        &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shuting down runtime. Default: 90 minutes
+        &quot;idleShutdown&quot;: True or False, # Runtime will automatically shutdown after idle_shutdown_time. Default: True
+        &quot;idleShutdownTimeout&quot;: 42, # Time in minutes to wait before shuting down runtime. Default: 180 minutes
         &quot;installGpuDriver&quot;: True or False, # Install Nvidia Driver automatically.
         &quot;notebookUpgradeSchedule&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cron expression in UTC timezone, used to schedule instance auto upgrade. Please follow the [cron format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron).
         &quot;postStartupScript&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to a Bash script that automatically runs after a notebook instance fully boots up. The path must be a URL or Cloud Storage path (gs://path-to-file/file-name).
@@ -530,6 +533,52 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="reportEvent">reportEvent(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Report and process a runtime event.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/runtimes/{runtime_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for reporting a Managed Notebook Event.
+  &quot;event&quot;: { # The definition of an Event for a managed / semi-managed notebook instance. # Required. The Event to be reported.
+    &quot;reportTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Event report time.
+    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Event type.
+  },
+  &quot;vmId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The VM hardware token for authenticating the VM. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/verifying-instance-identity
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="reset">reset(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Resets a Managed Notebook Runtime.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
index 7c602e0..7d468d4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/notebooks_v1.projects.locations.schedules.html
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
     &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
     &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
     &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
-    &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution.
+    &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of this schedule. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/schedules/{schedule_id}`
@@ -152,9 +152,10 @@
         &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
         &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
         &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
-        &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution.
+        &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
         &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
       },
+      &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
       &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
@@ -264,7 +265,7 @@
     &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
     &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
     &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
-    &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution.
+    &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
     &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of this schedule. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/schedules/{schedule_id}`
@@ -287,9 +288,10 @@
         &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
         &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
         &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
-        &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution.
+        &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
         &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
       },
+      &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
       &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
@@ -342,7 +344,7 @@
         &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
         &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
         &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
-        &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution.
+        &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
         &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of this schedule. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/schedules/{schedule_id}`
@@ -365,9 +367,10 @@
             &quot;outputNotebookFolder&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the notebook folder to write to. Must be in a Google Cloud Storage bucket path. Format: gs://{project_id}/{folder} Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks
             &quot;parameters&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters used within the &#x27;input_notebook_file&#x27; notebook.
             &quot;paramsYamlFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Parameters to be overridden in the notebook during execution. Ref https://papermill.readthedocs.io/en/latest/usage-parameterize.html on how to specifying parameters in the input notebook and pass them here in an YAML file. Ex: gs://notebook_user/scheduled_notebooks/sentiment_notebook_params.yaml
-            &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution.
+            &quot;scaleTier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Scale tier of the hardware used for notebook execution. DEPRECATED Will be discontinued. As right now only CUSTOM is supported.
             &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of a service account to use when running the execution. You must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission for the specified service account.
           },
+          &quot;jobUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI of the external job used to execute the notebook.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the execute. Format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/execution/{execution_id}
           &quot;outputNotebookFile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output notebook file generated by this execution
           &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the underlying AI Platform job.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
index b765b1b..9b427f0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
@@ -81,8 +81,8 @@
   <code><a href="#copyOtherContactToMyContactsGroup">copyOtherContactToMyContactsGroup(resourceName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Copies an "Other contact" to a new contact in the user's "myContacts" group</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, requestSyncToken=None, syncToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">List all "Other contacts", that is contacts that are not in a contact group. "Other contacts" are typically auto created contacts from interactions.</p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, requestSyncToken=None, sources=None, syncToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">List all "Other contacts", that is contacts that are not in a contact group. "Other contacts" are typically auto created contacts from interactions. Sync tokens expire 7 days after the full sync. A request with an expired sync token will result in a 410 error. In the case of such an error clients should make a full sync request without a `sync_token`. The first page of a full sync request has an additional quota. If the quota is exceeded, a 429 error will be returned. This quota is fixed and can not be increased. When the `sync_token` is specified, resources deleted since the last sync will be returned as a person with `PersonMetadata.deleted` set to true. When the `page_token` or `sync_token` is specified, all other request parameters must match the first call. See example usage at [List the user's other contacts that have changed](/people/v1/other-contacts#list_the_users_other_contacts_that_have_changed).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s email address.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -551,12 +551,12 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
     &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
     },
   ],
-  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -965,15 +965,21 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, requestSyncToken=None, syncToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>List all &quot;Other contacts&quot;, that is contacts that are not in a contact group. &quot;Other contacts&quot; are typically auto created contacts from interactions.
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, requestSyncToken=None, sources=None, syncToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>List all &quot;Other contacts&quot;, that is contacts that are not in a contact group. &quot;Other contacts&quot; are typically auto created contacts from interactions. Sync tokens expire 7 days after the full sync. A request with an expired sync token will result in a 410 error. In the case of such an error clients should make a full sync request without a `sync_token`. The first page of a full sync request has an additional quota. If the quota is exceeded, a 429 error will be returned. This quota is fixed and can not be increased. When the `sync_token` is specified, resources deleted since the last sync will be returned as a person with `PersonMetadata.deleted` set to true. When the `page_token` or `sync_token` is specified, all other request parameters must match the first call. See example usage at [List the user&#x27;s other contacts that have changed](/people/v1/other-contacts#list_the_users_other_contacts_that_have_changed).
 
 Args:
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of &quot;Other contacts&quot; to include in the response. Valid values are between 1 and 1000, inclusive. Defaults to 100 if not set or set to 0.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListOtherContacts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListOtherContacts` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous response `next_page_token`. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `otherContacts.list` must match the first call that provided the page token.
   readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * emailAddresses * metadata * names * phoneNumbers * photos
-  requestSyncToken: boolean, Optional. Whether the response should include `next_sync_token`, which can be used to get all changes since the last request. For subsequent sync requests use the `sync_token` param instead. Initial sync requests that specify `request_sync_token` have an additional rate limit.
-  syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous `ListOtherContacts` call. Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. Sync requests that specify `sync_token` have an additional rate limit. When the `syncToken` is specified, resources deleted since the last sync will be returned as a person with [`PersonMetadata.deleted`](/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person.PersonMetadata.FIELDS.deleted) set to true. When the `syncToken` is specified, all other parameters provided to `ListOtherContacts` must match the call that provided the sync token.
+  requestSyncToken: boolean, Optional. Whether the response should return `next_sync_token` on the last page of results. It can be used to get incremental changes since the last request by setting it on the request `sync_token`. More details about sync behavior at `otherContacts.list`.
+  sources: string, Optional. A mask of what source types to return. Defaults to READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT if not set. (repeated)
+    Allowed values
+      READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified.
+      READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.
+      READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT.
+      READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.
+  syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous response `next_sync_token` Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. When syncing, all other parameters provided to `otherContacts.list` must match the first call that provided the sync token. More details about sync behavior at `otherContacts.list`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1176,7 +1182,7 @@
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+      &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
         { # A person&#x27;s email address.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -1417,12 +1423,12 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-        &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+        &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
         &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-        &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+        &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -1581,7 +1587,7 @@
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
         },
       ],
-      &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+      &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
         { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
           &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -2056,7 +2062,7 @@
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s email address.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -2297,12 +2303,12 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
           &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -2461,7 +2467,7 @@
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
           },
         ],
-        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html
index d0a2bc1..5bb979e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.connections.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(resourceName, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, personFields=None, requestMask_includeField=None, requestSyncToken=None, sortOrder=None, sources=None, syncToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Provides a list of the authenticated user's contacts. The request returns a 400 error if `personFields` is not specified. The request returns a 410 error if `sync_token` is specified and is expired. Sync tokens expire after 7 days to prevent data drift between clients and the server. To handle a sync token expired error, a request should be sent without `sync_token` to get all contacts.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Provides a list of the authenticated user's contacts. Sync tokens expire 7 days after the full sync. A request with an expired sync token will result in a 410 error. In the case of such an error clients should make a full sync request without a `sync_token`. The first page of a full sync request has an additional quota. If the quota is exceeded, a 429 error will be returned. This quota is fixed and can not be increased. When the `sync_token` is specified, resources deleted since the last sync will be returned as a person with `PersonMetadata.deleted` set to true. When the `page_token` or `sync_token` is specified, all other request parameters must match the first call. See example usage at [List the user's contacts that have changed](/people/v1/contacts#list_the_users_contacts_that_have_changed).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -91,15 +91,15 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(resourceName, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, personFields=None, requestMask_includeField=None, requestSyncToken=None, sortOrder=None, sources=None, syncToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Provides a list of the authenticated user&#x27;s contacts. The request returns a 400 error if `personFields` is not specified. The request returns a 410 error if `sync_token` is specified and is expired. Sync tokens expire after 7 days to prevent data drift between clients and the server. To handle a sync token expired error, a request should be sent without `sync_token` to get all contacts.
+  <pre>Provides a list of the authenticated user&#x27;s contacts. Sync tokens expire 7 days after the full sync. A request with an expired sync token will result in a 410 error. In the case of such an error clients should make a full sync request without a `sync_token`. The first page of a full sync request has an additional quota. If the quota is exceeded, a 429 error will be returned. This quota is fixed and can not be increased. When the `sync_token` is specified, resources deleted since the last sync will be returned as a person with `PersonMetadata.deleted` set to true. When the `page_token` or `sync_token` is specified, all other request parameters must match the first call. See example usage at [List the user&#x27;s contacts that have changed](/people/v1/contacts#list_the_users_contacts_that_have_changed).
 
 Args:
   resourceName: string, Required. The resource name to return connections for. Only `people/me` is valid. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of connections to include in the response. Valid values are between 1 and 1000, inclusive. Defaults to 100 if not set or set to 0.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListConnections` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListConnections` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous response `next_page_token`. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `people.connections.list` must match the first call that provided the page token.
   personFields: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * addresses * ageRanges * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * coverPhotos * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * metadata * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * photos * relations * sipAddresses * skills * urls * userDefined
   requestMask_includeField: string, Required. Comma-separated list of person fields to be included in the response. Each path should start with `person.`: for example, `person.names` or `person.photos`.
-  requestSyncToken: boolean, Optional. Whether the response should include `next_sync_token` on the last page, which can be used to get all changes since the last request. For subsequent sync requests use the `sync_token` param instead. Initial full sync requests that specify `request_sync_token` and do not specify `sync_token` have an additional rate limit per user. Each client should generally only be doing a full sync once every few days per user and so should not hit this limit.
+  requestSyncToken: boolean, Optional. Whether the response should return `next_sync_token` on the last page of results. It can be used to get incremental changes since the last request by setting it on the request `sync_token`. More details about sync behavior at `people.connections.list`.
   sortOrder: string, Optional. The order in which the connections should be sorted. Defaults to `LAST_MODIFIED_ASCENDING`.
     Allowed values
       LAST_MODIFIED_ASCENDING - Sort people by when they were changed; older entries first.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
       READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.
       READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.CONTACT.
       READ_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Returns SourceType.DOMAIN_CONTACT.
-  syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous `ListConnections` call. Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. When the `syncToken` is specified, resources deleted since the last sync will be returned as a person with [`PersonMetadata.deleted`](/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person.PersonMetadata.FIELDS.deleted) set to true. When the `syncToken` is specified, all other parameters provided to `ListConnections` except `page_size` and `page_token` must match the initial call that provided the sync token. Sync tokens expire after seven days, after which a full sync request without a `sync_token` should be made.
+  syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous response `next_sync_token` Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. When syncing, all other parameters provided to `people.connections.list` must match the first call that provided the sync token. More details about sync behavior at `people.connections.list`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+      &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
         { # A person&#x27;s email address.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -554,12 +554,12 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-        &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+        &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
         &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-        &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+        &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
         },
       ],
-      &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+      &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
         { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
           &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
index 31ec742..bde6b99 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.people.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Provides information about a list of specific people by specifying a list of requested resource names. Use `people/me` to indicate the authenticated user. The request returns a 400 error if 'personFields' is not specified.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#listDirectoryPeople">listDirectoryPeople(mergeSources=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, requestSyncToken=None, sources=None, syncToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Provides a list of domain profiles and domain contacts in the authenticated user's domain directory.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Provides a list of domain profiles and domain contacts in the authenticated user's domain directory. When the `sync_token` is specified, resources deleted since the last sync will be returned as a person with `PersonMetadata.deleted` set to true. When the `page_token` or `sync_token` is specified, all other request parameters must match the first call. See example usage at [List the directory people that have changed](/people/v1/directory#list_the_directory_people_that_have_changed).</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#listDirectoryPeople_next">listDirectoryPeople_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s email address.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -570,12 +570,12 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
           &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
           },
         ],
-        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s email address.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -1432,12 +1432,12 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
           &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
           },
         ],
-        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+      &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
         { # A person&#x27;s email address.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -2325,12 +2325,12 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-        &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+        &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
         &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-        &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+        &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
         },
       ],
-      &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+      &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
         { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
           &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -2946,7 +2946,7 @@
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s email address.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -3187,12 +3187,12 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
           &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -3351,7 +3351,7 @@
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
           },
         ],
-        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -3816,7 +3816,7 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s email address.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -4057,12 +4057,12 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
     &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
     },
   ],
-  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -4674,7 +4674,7 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s email address.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -4915,12 +4915,12 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
     &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -5079,7 +5079,7 @@
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
     },
   ],
-  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -5558,7 +5558,7 @@
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+    &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
       { # A person&#x27;s email address.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -5799,12 +5799,12 @@
       },
     ],
     &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-      &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+      &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
       &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-      &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+      &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -5963,7 +5963,7 @@
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
       },
     ],
-    &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+    &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
       { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
         &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -6218,7 +6218,7 @@
   <pre>Provides information about a person by specifying a resource name. Use `people/me` to indicate the authenticated user. The request returns a 400 error if &#x27;personFields&#x27; is not specified.
 
 Args:
-  resourceName: string, Required. The resource name of the person to provide information about. - To get information about the authenticated user, specify `people/me`. - To get information about a google account, specify `people/{account_id}`. - To get information about a contact, specify the resource name that identifies the contact as returned by [`people.connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list). (required)
+  resourceName: string, Required. The resource name of the person to provide information about. - To get information about the authenticated user, specify `people/me`. - To get information about a google account, specify `people/{account_id}`. - To get information about a contact, specify the resource name that identifies the contact as returned by `people.connections.list`. (required)
   personFields: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on the person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * addresses * ageRanges * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * coverPhotos * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * metadata * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * photos * relations * sipAddresses * skills * urls * userDefined
   requestMask_includeField: string, Required. Comma-separated list of person fields to be included in the response. Each path should start with `person.`: for example, `person.names` or `person.photos`.
   sources: string, Optional. A mask of what source types to return. Defaults to READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE and READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT if not set. (repeated)
@@ -6425,7 +6425,7 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s email address.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -6666,12 +6666,12 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
     &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -6830,7 +6830,7 @@
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
     },
   ],
-  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -7086,7 +7086,7 @@
 Args:
   personFields: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * addresses * ageRanges * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * coverPhotos * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * metadata * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * photos * relations * sipAddresses * skills * urls * userDefined
   requestMask_includeField: string, Required. Comma-separated list of person fields to be included in the response. Each path should start with `person.`: for example, `person.names` or `person.photos`.
-  resourceNames: string, Required. The resource names of the people to provide information about. It&#x27;s repeatable. The URL query parameter should be resourceNames=&lt;name1&gt;&amp;resourceNames=&lt;name2&gt;&amp;... - To get information about the authenticated user, specify `people/me`. - To get information about a google account, specify `people/{account_id}`. - To get information about a contact, specify the resource name that identifies the contact as returned by [`people.connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list). There is a maximum of 200 resource names. (repeated)
+  resourceNames: string, Required. The resource names of the people to provide information about. It&#x27;s repeatable. The URL query parameter should be resourceNames=&lt;name1&gt;&amp;resourceNames=&lt;name2&gt;&amp;... - To get information about the authenticated user, specify `people/me`. - To get information about a google account, specify `people/{account_id}`. - To get information about a contact, specify the resource name that identifies the contact as returned by `people.connections.list`. There is a maximum of 200 resource names. (repeated)
   sources: string, Optional. A mask of what source types to return. Defaults to READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT and READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE if not set. (repeated)
     Allowed values
       READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified.
@@ -7295,7 +7295,7 @@
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s email address.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -7536,12 +7536,12 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
           &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -7700,7 +7700,7 @@
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
           },
         ],
-        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -7964,7 +7964,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="listDirectoryPeople">listDirectoryPeople(mergeSources=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, requestSyncToken=None, sources=None, syncToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Provides a list of domain profiles and domain contacts in the authenticated user&#x27;s domain directory.
+  <pre>Provides a list of domain profiles and domain contacts in the authenticated user&#x27;s domain directory. When the `sync_token` is specified, resources deleted since the last sync will be returned as a person with `PersonMetadata.deleted` set to true. When the `page_token` or `sync_token` is specified, all other request parameters must match the first call. See example usage at [List the directory people that have changed](/people/v1/directory#list_the_directory_people_that_have_changed).
 
 Args:
   mergeSources: string, Optional. Additional data to merge into the directory sources if they are connected through verified join keys such as email addresses or phone numbers. (repeated)
@@ -7972,15 +7972,15 @@
       DIRECTORY_MERGE_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified.
       DIRECTORY_MERGE_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - User owned contact.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of people to include in the response. Valid values are between 1 and 1000, inclusive. Defaults to 100 if not set or set to 0.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListDirectoryPeople` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListDirectoryPeople` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous response `next_page_token`. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `people.listDirectoryPeople` must match the first call that provided the page token.
   readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * addresses * ageRanges * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * coverPhotos * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * metadata * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * photos * relations * sipAddresses * skills * urls * userDefined
-  requestSyncToken: boolean, Optional. Whether the response should include `next_sync_token`, which can be used to get all changes since the last request. For subsequent sync requests use the `sync_token` param instead.
+  requestSyncToken: boolean, Optional. Whether the response should return `next_sync_token`. It can be used to get incremental changes since the last request by setting it on the request `sync_token`. More details about sync behavior at `people.listDirectoryPeople`.
   sources: string, Required. Directory sources to return. (repeated)
     Allowed values
       DIRECTORY_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified.
       DIRECTORY_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_CONTACT - Google Workspace domain shared contact.
       DIRECTORY_SOURCE_TYPE_DOMAIN_PROFILE - Google Workspace domain profile.
-  syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous `ListDirectoryPeople` call. Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. When syncing, all other parameters provided to `ListDirectoryPeople` must match the call that provided the sync token.
+  syncToken: string, Optional. A sync token, received from a previous response `next_sync_token` Provide this to retrieve only the resources changed since the last request. When syncing, all other parameters provided to `people.listDirectoryPeople` must match the first call that provided the sync token. More details about sync behavior at `people.listDirectoryPeople`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -8183,7 +8183,7 @@
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+      &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
         { # A person&#x27;s email address.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -8424,12 +8424,12 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-        &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+        &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
         &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-        &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+        &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -8588,7 +8588,7 @@
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
         },
       ],
-      &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+      &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
         { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
           &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -9068,7 +9068,7 @@
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s email address.
             &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -9309,12 +9309,12 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+          &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
           &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+          &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -9473,7 +9473,7 @@
             &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
           },
         ],
-        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+        &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
           { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
             &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
             &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -9735,7 +9735,7 @@
       DIRECTORY_MERGE_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified.
       DIRECTORY_MERGE_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT - User owned contact.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of people to include in the response. Valid values are between 1 and 500, inclusive. Defaults to 100 if not set or set to 0.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `SearchDirectoryPeople` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `SearchDirectoryPeople` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous response `next_page_token`. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `SearchDirectoryPeople` must match the first call that provided the page token.
   query: string, Required. Prefix query that matches fields in the person. Does NOT use the read_mask for determining what fields to match.
   readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * addresses * ageRanges * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * coverPhotos * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * metadata * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * photos * relations * sipAddresses * skills * urls * userDefined
   sources: string, Required. Directory sources to return. (repeated)
@@ -9944,7 +9944,7 @@
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+      &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
         { # A person&#x27;s email address.
           &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -10185,12 +10185,12 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-        &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+        &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
         &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-        &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+        &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -10349,7 +10349,7 @@
           &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
         },
       ],
-      &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+      &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
         { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
           &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
           &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -10814,7 +10814,7 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s email address.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -11055,12 +11055,12 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
     &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -11219,7 +11219,7 @@
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
     },
   ],
-  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -11673,7 +11673,7 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s email address.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -11914,12 +11914,12 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+    &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
     &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+    &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -12078,7 +12078,7 @@
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
     },
   ],
-  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+  &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
     { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
       &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
       &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -12543,7 +12543,7 @@
         &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of the cover photo.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+    &quot;emailAddresses&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s email addresses. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of email addresses is limited to 100. If a Person has more email addresses the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
       { # A person&#x27;s email address.
         &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display name of the email.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the email address translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
@@ -12784,12 +12784,12 @@
       },
     ],
     &quot;metadata&quot;: { # The metadata about a person. # Output only. Metadata about the person.
-      &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) and [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list) requests that include a sync token.
+      &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the person resource has been deleted. Populated only for `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` sync requests.
       &quot;linkedPeopleResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Resource names of people linked to this resource.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;objectType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. **DEPRECATED** (Please use `person.metadata.sources.profileMetadata.objectType` instead) The type of the person object.
-      &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list) requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
+      &quot;previousResourceNames&quot;: [ # Output only. Any former resource names this person has had. Populated only for `people.connections.list` requests that include a sync token. The resource name may change when adding or removing fields that link a contact and profile such as a verified email, verified phone number, or profile URL.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;sources&quot;: [ # The sources of data for the person.
@@ -12948,7 +12948,7 @@
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the organization. The type can be custom or one of these predefined values: * `work` * `school`
       },
     ],
-    &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For [`connections.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/people.connections/list), [`otherContacts.list`](/people/api/rest/v1/otherContacts/list), and [`people.listDirectoryPeople`](/people/api/rest/v1/people/listDirectoryPeople) the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling [&#x27;people.get&#x27;](/people/api/rest/v1/people/get).
+    &quot;phoneNumbers&quot;: [ # The person&#x27;s phone numbers. For `people.connections.list` and `otherContacts.list` the number of phone numbers is limited to 100. If a Person has more phone numbers the entire set can be obtained by calling GetPeople.
       { # A person&#x27;s phone number.
         &quot;canonicalForm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The canonicalized [ITU-T E.164](https://law.resource.org/pub/us/cfr/ibr/004/itu-t.E.164.1.2008.pdf) form of the phone number.
         &quot;formattedType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the phone number translated and formatted in the viewer&#x27;s account locale or the `Accept-Language` HTTP header locale.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index bc46625..131e9c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -166,6 +166,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -269,6 +272,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -392,6 +398,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -499,6 +508,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -606,6 +618,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 6107088..ce4f8cd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -166,6 +166,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -269,6 +272,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -392,6 +398,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -499,6 +508,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -606,6 +618,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index e198f0e..b4888b2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -166,6 +166,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -269,6 +272,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -392,6 +398,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -499,6 +508,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -606,6 +618,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 3c25e53..56355c5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -166,6 +166,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -269,6 +272,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -392,6 +398,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -499,6 +508,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -606,6 +618,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
index 8332e8d..96885eb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
   <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a secret. Returns empty policy if the secret exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists Secrets.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -380,11 +380,12 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Lists Secrets.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the project associated with the Secrets, in the format `projects/*`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter string, adhering to the rules in [List-operation filtering](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/docs/filtering). List only secrets matching the filter. If filter is empty, all secrets are listed.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. If set to 0, the server decides the number of results to return. If the number is greater than 25000, it is capped at 25000.
   pageToken: string, Optional. Pagination token, returned earlier via ListSecretsResponse.next_page_token.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.versions.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.versions.html
index 5e1fa34..3be2459 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.versions.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets metadata for a SecretVersion. `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/latest` is an alias to the most recently created SecretVersion.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists SecretVersions. This call does not return secret data.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -308,11 +308,12 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Lists SecretVersions. This call does not return secret data.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Secret associated with the SecretVersions to list, in the format `projects/*/secrets/*`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter string, adhering to the rules in [List-operation filtering](https://cloud.google.com/secret-manager/docs/filtering). List only secret versions matching the filter. If filter is empty, all secret versions are listed.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. If set to 0, the server decides the number of results to return. If the number is greater than 25000, it is capped at 25000.
   pageToken: string, Optional. Pagination token, returned earlier via ListSecretVersionsResponse.next_page_token][].
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
index 1dd1675..5c54e43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
     &quot;overview&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
     &quot;pages&quot;: [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
       { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
-        &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file.
+        &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
         &quot;subpages&quot;: [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
           # Object with schema name: Page
@@ -256,12 +256,12 @@
     &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
       { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
         &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected API(s).
-        &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+        &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
       },
     ],
     &quot;serviceRootUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
-    &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short summary of what the service does. Can only be provided by plain text.
+    &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
   },
   &quot;endpoints&quot;: [ # Configuration for network endpoints. If this is empty, then an endpoint with the same name as the service is automatically generated to service all defined APIs.
     { # `Endpoint` describes a network address of a service that serves a set of APIs. It is commonly known as a service endpoint. A service may expose any number of service endpoints, and all service endpoints share the same service definition, such as quota limits and monitoring metrics. Example: type: google.api.Service name: library-example.googleapis.com endpoints: # Declares network address `https://library-example.googleapis.com` # for service `library-example.googleapis.com`. The `https` scheme # is implicit for all service endpoints. Other schemes may be # supported in the future. - name: library-example.googleapis.com allow_cors: false - name: content-staging-library-example.googleapis.com # Allows HTTP OPTIONS calls to be passed to the API frontend, for it # to decide whether the subsequent cross-origin request is allowed # to proceed. allow_cors: true
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
       &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will handle requests to this [API Endpoint](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/glossary). It should be either a valid IPv4 address or a fully-qualified domain name. For example, &quot;8.8.8.8&quot; or &quot;myservice.appspot.com&quot;.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;enums&quot;: [ # A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by name. Example: enums: - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
+  &quot;enums&quot;: [ # A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by name by the configuration author. Example: enums: - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
     { # Enum type definition.
       &quot;enumvalue&quot;: [ # Enum value definitions.
         { # Enum value definition.
@@ -507,8 +507,8 @@
       &quot;syntax&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source syntax.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The product title for this service.
-  &quot;types&quot;: [ # A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
+  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The product title for this service, it is the name displayed in Google Cloud Console.
+  &quot;types&quot;: [ # A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name by the configuration author. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
     { # A protocol buffer message type.
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields.
         { # A single field of a message type.
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@
     &quot;overview&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
     &quot;pages&quot;: [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
       { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
-        &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file.
+        &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
         &quot;subpages&quot;: [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
           # Object with schema name: Page
@@ -721,12 +721,12 @@
     &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
       { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
         &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected API(s).
-        &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+        &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
       },
     ],
     &quot;serviceRootUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
-    &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short summary of what the service does. Can only be provided by plain text.
+    &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
   },
   &quot;endpoints&quot;: [ # Configuration for network endpoints. If this is empty, then an endpoint with the same name as the service is automatically generated to service all defined APIs.
     { # `Endpoint` describes a network address of a service that serves a set of APIs. It is commonly known as a service endpoint. A service may expose any number of service endpoints, and all service endpoints share the same service definition, such as quota limits and monitoring metrics. Example: type: google.api.Service name: library-example.googleapis.com endpoints: # Declares network address `https://library-example.googleapis.com` # for service `library-example.googleapis.com`. The `https` scheme # is implicit for all service endpoints. Other schemes may be # supported in the future. - name: library-example.googleapis.com allow_cors: false - name: content-staging-library-example.googleapis.com # Allows HTTP OPTIONS calls to be passed to the API frontend, for it # to decide whether the subsequent cross-origin request is allowed # to proceed. allow_cors: true
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@
       &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will handle requests to this [API Endpoint](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/glossary). It should be either a valid IPv4 address or a fully-qualified domain name. For example, &quot;8.8.8.8&quot; or &quot;myservice.appspot.com&quot;.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;enums&quot;: [ # A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by name. Example: enums: - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
+  &quot;enums&quot;: [ # A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by name by the configuration author. Example: enums: - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
     { # Enum type definition.
       &quot;enumvalue&quot;: [ # Enum value definitions.
         { # Enum value definition.
@@ -972,8 +972,8 @@
       &quot;syntax&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source syntax.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The product title for this service.
-  &quot;types&quot;: [ # A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
+  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The product title for this service, it is the name displayed in Google Cloud Console.
+  &quot;types&quot;: [ # A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name by the configuration author. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
     { # A protocol buffer message type.
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields.
         { # A single field of a message type.
@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@
     &quot;overview&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
     &quot;pages&quot;: [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
       { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
-        &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file.
+        &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
         &quot;subpages&quot;: [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
           # Object with schema name: Page
@@ -1198,12 +1198,12 @@
     &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
       { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
         &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected API(s).
-        &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+        &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
       },
     ],
     &quot;serviceRootUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
-    &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short summary of what the service does. Can only be provided by plain text.
+    &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
   },
   &quot;endpoints&quot;: [ # Configuration for network endpoints. If this is empty, then an endpoint with the same name as the service is automatically generated to service all defined APIs.
     { # `Endpoint` describes a network address of a service that serves a set of APIs. It is commonly known as a service endpoint. A service may expose any number of service endpoints, and all service endpoints share the same service definition, such as quota limits and monitoring metrics. Example: type: google.api.Service name: library-example.googleapis.com endpoints: # Declares network address `https://library-example.googleapis.com` # for service `library-example.googleapis.com`. The `https` scheme # is implicit for all service endpoints. Other schemes may be # supported in the future. - name: library-example.googleapis.com allow_cors: false - name: content-staging-library-example.googleapis.com # Allows HTTP OPTIONS calls to be passed to the API frontend, for it # to decide whether the subsequent cross-origin request is allowed # to proceed. allow_cors: true
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@
       &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will handle requests to this [API Endpoint](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/glossary). It should be either a valid IPv4 address or a fully-qualified domain name. For example, &quot;8.8.8.8&quot; or &quot;myservice.appspot.com&quot;.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;enums&quot;: [ # A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by name. Example: enums: - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
+  &quot;enums&quot;: [ # A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by name by the configuration author. Example: enums: - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
     { # Enum type definition.
       &quot;enumvalue&quot;: [ # Enum value definitions.
         { # Enum value definition.
@@ -1449,8 +1449,8 @@
       &quot;syntax&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source syntax.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The product title for this service.
-  &quot;types&quot;: [ # A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
+  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The product title for this service, it is the name displayed in Google Cloud Console.
+  &quot;types&quot;: [ # A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name by the configuration author. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
     { # A protocol buffer message type.
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields.
         { # A single field of a message type.
@@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@
         &quot;overview&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
         &quot;pages&quot;: [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
           { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
-            &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file.
+            &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
             &quot;subpages&quot;: [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
               # Object with schema name: Page
@@ -1675,12 +1675,12 @@
         &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
           { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
             &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected API(s).
-            &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+            &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceRootUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
-        &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short summary of what the service does. Can only be provided by plain text.
+        &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
       },
       &quot;endpoints&quot;: [ # Configuration for network endpoints. If this is empty, then an endpoint with the same name as the service is automatically generated to service all defined APIs.
         { # `Endpoint` describes a network address of a service that serves a set of APIs. It is commonly known as a service endpoint. A service may expose any number of service endpoints, and all service endpoints share the same service definition, such as quota limits and monitoring metrics. Example: type: google.api.Service name: library-example.googleapis.com endpoints: # Declares network address `https://library-example.googleapis.com` # for service `library-example.googleapis.com`. The `https` scheme # is implicit for all service endpoints. Other schemes may be # supported in the future. - name: library-example.googleapis.com allow_cors: false - name: content-staging-library-example.googleapis.com # Allows HTTP OPTIONS calls to be passed to the API frontend, for it # to decide whether the subsequent cross-origin request is allowed # to proceed. allow_cors: true
@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@
           &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will handle requests to this [API Endpoint](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/glossary). It should be either a valid IPv4 address or a fully-qualified domain name. For example, &quot;8.8.8.8&quot; or &quot;myservice.appspot.com&quot;.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;enums&quot;: [ # A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by name. Example: enums: - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
+      &quot;enums&quot;: [ # A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by name by the configuration author. Example: enums: - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
         { # Enum type definition.
           &quot;enumvalue&quot;: [ # Enum value definitions.
             { # Enum value definition.
@@ -1926,8 +1926,8 @@
           &quot;syntax&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source syntax.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The product title for this service.
-      &quot;types&quot;: [ # A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
+      &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The product title for this service, it is the name displayed in Google Cloud Console.
+      &quot;types&quot;: [ # A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name by the configuration author. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
         { # A protocol buffer message type.
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields.
             { # A single field of a message type.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
index 3d407ca..2558f40 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@
     &quot;overview&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Declares a single overview page. For example: documentation: summary: ... overview: (== include overview.md ==) This is a shortcut for the following declaration (using pages style): documentation: summary: ... pages: - name: Overview content: (== include overview.md ==) Note: you cannot specify both `overview` field and `pages` field.
     &quot;pages&quot;: [ # The top level pages for the documentation set.
       { # Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent nested documentation set structure.
-        &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file.
+        &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==) to include content from a Markdown file. The content can be used to produce the documentation page such as HTML format page.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation, etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page concatenated with `.`) can be used as reference to the page in your documentation. For example: pages: - name: Tutorial content: (== include tutorial.md ==) subpages: - name: Java content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==) You can reference `Java` page using Markdown reference link syntax: `Java`.
         &quot;subpages&quot;: [ # Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be honored in the generated docset.
           # Object with schema name: Page
@@ -451,12 +451,12 @@
     &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
       { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
         &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected API(s).
-        &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+        &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
       },
     ],
     &quot;serviceRootUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies the service root url if the default one (the service name from the yaml file) is not suitable. This can be seen in any fully specified service urls as well as sections that show a base that other urls are relative to.
-    &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short summary of what the service does. Can only be provided by plain text.
+    &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short description of what the service does. The summary must be plain text. It becomes the overview of the service displayed in Google Cloud Console. NOTE: This field is equivalent to the standard field `description`.
   },
   &quot;endpoints&quot;: [ # Configuration for network endpoints. If this is empty, then an endpoint with the same name as the service is automatically generated to service all defined APIs.
     { # `Endpoint` describes a network address of a service that serves a set of APIs. It is commonly known as a service endpoint. A service may expose any number of service endpoints, and all service endpoints share the same service definition, such as quota limits and monitoring metrics. Example: type: google.api.Service name: library-example.googleapis.com endpoints: # Declares network address `https://library-example.googleapis.com` # for service `library-example.googleapis.com`. The `https` scheme # is implicit for all service endpoints. Other schemes may be # supported in the future. - name: library-example.googleapis.com allow_cors: false - name: content-staging-library-example.googleapis.com # Allows HTTP OPTIONS calls to be passed to the API frontend, for it # to decide whether the subsequent cross-origin request is allowed # to proceed. allow_cors: true
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
       &quot;target&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will handle requests to this [API Endpoint](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/glossary). It should be either a valid IPv4 address or a fully-qualified domain name. For example, &quot;8.8.8.8&quot; or &quot;myservice.appspot.com&quot;.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;enums&quot;: [ # A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by name. Example: enums: - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
+  &quot;enums&quot;: [ # A list of all enum types included in this API service. Enums referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Enums which are not referenced but shall be included should be listed here by name by the configuration author. Example: enums: - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
     { # Enum type definition.
       &quot;enumvalue&quot;: [ # Enum value definitions.
         { # Enum value definition.
@@ -702,8 +702,8 @@
       &quot;syntax&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source syntax.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The product title for this service.
-  &quot;types&quot;: [ # A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
+  &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The product title for this service, it is the name displayed in Google Cloud Console.
+  &quot;types&quot;: [ # A list of all proto message types included in this API service. Types referenced directly or indirectly by the `apis` are automatically included. Messages which are not referenced but shall be included, such as types used by the `google.protobuf.Any` type, should be listed here by name by the configuration author. Example: types: - name: google.protobuf.Int32
     { # A protocol buffer message type.
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields.
         { # A single field of a message type.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html
index 79c486b..8575e8b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html
@@ -108,6 +108,9 @@
 
     { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs.
+  &quot;leaderOptions&quot;: [ # Allowed values of the “default_leader” schema option for databases in instances that use this instance configuration.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`
   &quot;replicas&quot;: [ # The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties.
     {
@@ -139,6 +142,9 @@
   &quot;instanceConfigs&quot;: [ # The list of requested instance configurations.
     { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs.
+      &quot;leaderOptions&quot;: [ # Allowed values of the “default_leader” schema option for databases in instances that use this instance configuration.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifier for the instance configuration. Values are of the form `projects//instanceConfigs/a-z*`
       &quot;replicas&quot;: [ # The geographic placement of nodes in this instance configuration and their replication properties.
         {
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html
index a3a1780..f7ac838 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html
@@ -211,6 +211,7 @@
 
     { # A Cloud Spanner database.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. If exists, the time at which the database creation started.
+  &quot;defaultLeader&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The read-write region which contains the database&#x27;s leader replicas. This is the same as the value of default_leader database option set using DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase or DatabaseAdmin.UpdateDatabaseDdl. If not explicitly set, this is empty.
   &quot;earliestVersionTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Earliest timestamp at which older versions of the data can be read. This value is continuously updated by Cloud Spanner and becomes stale the moment it is queried. If you are using this value to recover data, make sure to account for the time from the moment when the value is queried to the moment when you initiate the recovery.
   &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption configuration for a Cloud Spanner database. # Output only. For databases that are using customer managed encryption, this field contains the encryption configuration for the database. For databases that are using Google default or other types of encryption, this field is empty.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud KMS key to be used for encrypting and decrypting the database. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`.
@@ -534,6 +535,7 @@
   &quot;databases&quot;: [ # Databases that matched the request.
     { # A Cloud Spanner database.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. If exists, the time at which the database creation started.
+      &quot;defaultLeader&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The read-write region which contains the database&#x27;s leader replicas. This is the same as the value of default_leader database option set using DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase or DatabaseAdmin.UpdateDatabaseDdl. If not explicitly set, this is empty.
       &quot;earliestVersionTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Earliest timestamp at which older versions of the data can be read. This value is continuously updated by Cloud Spanner and becomes stale the moment it is queried. If you are using this value to recover data, make sure to account for the time from the moment when the value is queried to the moment when you initiate the recovery.
       &quot;encryptionConfig&quot;: { # Encryption configuration for a Cloud Spanner database. # Output only. For databases that are using customer managed encryption, this field contains the encryption configuration for the database. For databases that are using Google default or other types of encryption, this field is empty.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud KMS key to be used for encrypting and decrypting the database. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
index 51a3f41..963628b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@
   },
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request. Priority is ignored for this request. Setting the priority in this request_options struct will not do anything. To set the priority for a transaction, set it on the reads and writes that are part of this transaction instead.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
   },
 }
 
@@ -306,8 +306,8 @@
   ],
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
   },
   &quot;returnCommitStats&quot;: True or False, # If `true`, then statistics related to the transaction will be included in the CommitResponse. Default value is `false`.
   &quot;singleUseTransaction&quot;: { # Transactions: Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time (note that standalone reads and queries use a transaction internally and do count towards the one transaction limit). After the active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a new session for each transaction. Transaction Modes: Cloud Spanner supports three transaction modes: 1. Locking read-write. This type of transaction is the only way to write data into Cloud Spanner. These transactions rely on pessimistic locking and, if necessary, two-phase commit. Locking read-write transactions may abort, requiring the application to retry. 2. Snapshot read-only. This transaction type provides guaranteed consistency across several reads, but does not allow writes. Snapshot read-only transactions can be configured to read at timestamps in the past. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to be committed. 3. Partitioned DML. This type of transaction is used to execute a single Partitioned DML statement. Partitioned DML partitions the key space and runs the DML statement over each partition in parallel using separate, internal transactions that commit independently. Partitioned DML transactions do not need to be committed. For transactions that only read, snapshot read-only transactions provide simpler semantics and are almost always faster. In particular, read-only transactions do not take locks, so they do not conflict with read-write transactions. As a consequence of not taking locks, they also do not abort, so retry loops are not needed. Transactions may only read/write data in a single database. They may, however, read/write data in different tables within that database. Locking Read-Write Transactions: Locking transactions may be used to atomically read-modify-write data anywhere in a database. This type of transaction is externally consistent. Clients should attempt to minimize the amount of time a transaction is active. Faster transactions commit with higher probability and cause less contention. Cloud Spanner attempts to keep read locks active as long as the transaction continues to do reads, and the transaction has not been terminated by Commit or Rollback. Long periods of inactivity at the client may cause Cloud Spanner to release a transaction&#x27;s locks and abort it. Conceptually, a read-write transaction consists of zero or more reads or SQL statements followed by Commit. At any time before Commit, the client can send a Rollback request to abort the transaction. Semantics: Cloud Spanner can commit the transaction if all read locks it acquired are still valid at commit time, and it is able to acquire write locks for all writes. Cloud Spanner can abort the transaction for any reason. If a commit attempt returns `ABORTED`, Cloud Spanner guarantees that the transaction has not modified any user data in Cloud Spanner. Unless the transaction commits, Cloud Spanner makes no guarantees about how long the transaction&#x27;s locks were held for. It is an error to use Cloud Spanner locks for any sort of mutual exclusion other than between Cloud Spanner transactions themselves. Retrying Aborted Transactions: When a transaction aborts, the application can choose to retry the whole transaction again. To maximize the chances of successfully committing the retry, the client should execute the retry in the same session as the original attempt. The original session&#x27;s lock priority increases with each consecutive abort, meaning that each attempt has a slightly better chance of success than the previous. Under some circumstances (e.g., many transactions attempting to modify the same row(s)), a transaction can abort many times in a short period before successfully committing. Thus, it is not a good idea to cap the number of retries a transaction can attempt; instead, it is better to limit the total amount of wall time spent retrying. Idle Transactions: A transaction is considered idle if it has no outstanding reads or SQL queries and has not started a read or SQL query within the last 10 seconds. Idle transactions can be aborted by Cloud Spanner so that they don&#x27;t hold on to locks indefinitely. In that case, the commit will fail with error `ABORTED`. If this behavior is undesirable, periodically executing a simple SQL query in the transaction (e.g., `SELECT 1`) prevents the transaction from becoming idle. Snapshot Read-Only Transactions: Snapshot read-only transactions provides a simpler method than locking read-write transactions for doing several consistent reads. However, this type of transaction does not support writes. Snapshot transactions do not take locks. Instead, they work by choosing a Cloud Spanner timestamp, then executing all reads at that timestamp. Since they do not acquire locks, they do not block concurrent read-write transactions. Unlike locking read-write transactions, snapshot read-only transactions never abort. They can fail if the chosen read timestamp is garbage collected; however, the default garbage collection policy is generous enough that most applications do not need to worry about this in practice. Snapshot read-only transactions do not need to call Commit or Rollback (and in fact are not permitted to do so). To execute a snapshot transaction, the client specifies a timestamp bound, which tells Cloud Spanner how to choose a read timestamp. The types of timestamp bound are: - Strong (the default). - Bounded staleness. - Exact staleness. If the Cloud Spanner database to be read is geographically distributed, stale read-only transactions can execute more quickly than strong or read-write transaction, because they are able to execute far from the leader replica. Each type of timestamp bound is discussed in detail below. Strong: Strong reads are guaranteed to see the effects of all transactions that have committed before the start of the read. Furthermore, all rows yielded by a single read are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Strong reads are not repeatable: two consecutive strong read-only transactions might return inconsistent results if there are concurrent writes. If consistency across reads is required, the reads should be executed within a transaction or at an exact read timestamp. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.strong. Exact Staleness: These timestamp bounds execute reads at a user-specified timestamp. Reads at a timestamp are guaranteed to see a consistent prefix of the global transaction history: they observe modifications done by all transactions with a commit timestamp &lt;= the read timestamp, and observe none of the modifications done by transactions with a larger commit timestamp. They will block until all conflicting transactions that may be assigned commit timestamps &lt;= the read timestamp have finished. The timestamp can either be expressed as an absolute Cloud Spanner commit timestamp or a staleness relative to the current time. These modes do not require a &quot;negotiation phase&quot; to pick a timestamp. As a result, they execute slightly faster than the equivalent boundedly stale concurrency modes. On the other hand, boundedly stale reads usually return fresher results. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.read_timestamp and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.exact_staleness. Bounded Staleness: Bounded staleness modes allow Cloud Spanner to pick the read timestamp, subject to a user-provided staleness bound. Cloud Spanner chooses the newest timestamp within the staleness bound that allows execution of the reads at the closest available replica without blocking. All rows yielded are consistent with each other -- if any part of the read observes a transaction, all parts of the read see the transaction. Boundedly stale reads are not repeatable: two stale reads, even if they use the same staleness bound, can execute at different timestamps and thus return inconsistent results. Boundedly stale reads execute in two phases: the first phase negotiates a timestamp among all replicas needed to serve the read. In the second phase, reads are executed at the negotiated timestamp. As a result of the two phase execution, bounded staleness reads are usually a little slower than comparable exact staleness reads. However, they are typically able to return fresher results, and are more likely to execute at the closest replica. Because the timestamp negotiation requires up-front knowledge of which rows will be read, it can only be used with single-use read-only transactions. See TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.max_staleness and TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.min_read_timestamp. Old Read Timestamps and Garbage Collection: Cloud Spanner continuously garbage collects deleted and overwritten data in the background to reclaim storage space. This process is known as &quot;version GC&quot;. By default, version GC reclaims versions after they are one hour old. Because of this, Cloud Spanner cannot perform reads at read timestamps more than one hour in the past. This restriction also applies to in-progress reads and/or SQL queries whose timestamp become too old while executing. Reads and SQL queries with too-old read timestamps fail with the error `FAILED_PRECONDITION`. Partitioned DML Transactions: Partitioned DML transactions are used to execute DML statements with a different execution strategy that provides different, and often better, scalability properties for large, table-wide operations than DML in a ReadWrite transaction. Smaller scoped statements, such as an OLTP workload, should prefer using ReadWrite transactions. Partitioned DML partitions the keyspace and runs the DML statement on each partition in separate, internal transactions. These transactions commit automatically when complete, and run independently from one another. To reduce lock contention, this execution strategy only acquires read locks on rows that match the WHERE clause of the statement. Additionally, the smaller per-partition transactions hold locks for less time. That said, Partitioned DML is not a drop-in replacement for standard DML used in ReadWrite transactions. - The DML statement must be fully-partitionable. Specifically, the statement must be expressible as the union of many statements which each access only a single row of the table. - The statement is not applied atomically to all rows of the table. Rather, the statement is applied atomically to partitions of the table, in independent transactions. Secondary index rows are updated atomically with the base table rows. - Partitioned DML does not guarantee exactly-once execution semantics against a partition. The statement will be applied at least once to each partition. It is strongly recommended that the DML statement should be idempotent to avoid unexpected results. For instance, it is potentially dangerous to run a statement such as `UPDATE table SET column = column + 1` as it could be run multiple times against some rows. - The partitions are committed automatically - there is no support for Commit or Rollback. If the call returns an error, or if the client issuing the ExecuteSql call dies, it is possible that some rows had the statement executed on them successfully. It is also possible that statement was never executed against other rows. - Partitioned DML transactions may only contain the execution of a single DML statement via ExecuteSql or ExecuteStreamingSql. - If any error is encountered during the execution of the partitioned DML operation (for instance, a UNIQUE INDEX violation, division by zero, or a value that cannot be stored due to schema constraints), then the operation is stopped at that point and an error is returned. It is possible that at this point, some partitions have been committed (or even committed multiple times), and other partitions have not been run at all. Given the above, Partitioned DML is good fit for large, database-wide, operations that are idempotent, such as deleting old rows from a very large table. # Execute mutations in a temporary transaction. Note that unlike commit of a previously-started transaction, commit with a temporary transaction is non-idempotent. That is, if the `CommitRequest` is sent to Cloud Spanner more than once (for instance, due to retries in the application, or in the transport library), it is possible that the mutations are executed more than once. If this is undesirable, use BeginTransaction and Commit instead.
@@ -411,8 +411,8 @@
 { # The request for ExecuteBatchDml.
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
   },
   &quot;seqno&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A per-transaction sequence number used to identify this request. This field makes each request idempotent such that if the request is received multiple times, at most one will succeed. The sequence number must be monotonically increasing within the transaction. If a request arrives for the first time with an out-of-order sequence number, the transaction may be aborted. Replays of previously handled requests will yield the same response as the first execution.
   &quot;statements&quot;: [ # Required. The list of statements to execute in this batch. Statements are executed serially, such that the effects of statement `i` are visible to statement `i+1`. Each statement must be a DML statement. Execution stops at the first failed statement; the remaining statements are not executed. Callers must provide at least one statement.
@@ -421,14 +421,7 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
           &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
           &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-          &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-            &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-              { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-                &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-              },
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
         },
       },
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the DML string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -486,7 +479,11 @@
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
             { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-              &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+              &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+                &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+                &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+                &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+              },
             },
           ],
         },
@@ -563,14 +560,7 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -584,8 +574,8 @@
   },
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
   },
   &quot;resumeToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If this request is resuming a previously interrupted SQL statement execution, `resume_token` should be copied from the last PartialResultSet yielded before the interruption. Doing this enables the new SQL statement execution to resume where the last one left off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request that yielded this token.
   &quot;seqno&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-transaction sequence number used to identify this request. This field makes each request idempotent such that if the request is received multiple times, at most one will succeed. The sequence number must be monotonically increasing within the transaction. If a request arrives for the first time with an out-of-order sequence number, the transaction may be aborted. Replays of previously handled requests will yield the same response as the first execution. Required for DML statements. Ignored for queries.
@@ -637,7 +627,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -703,14 +697,7 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -724,8 +711,8 @@
   },
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
   },
   &quot;resumeToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If this request is resuming a previously interrupted SQL statement execution, `resume_token` should be copied from the last PartialResultSet yielded before the interruption. Doing this enables the new SQL statement execution to resume where the last one left off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request that yielded this token.
   &quot;seqno&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-transaction sequence number used to identify this request. This field makes each request idempotent such that if the request is received multiple times, at most one will succeed. The sequence number must be monotonically increasing within the transaction. If a request arrives for the first time with an out-of-order sequence number, the transaction may be aborted. Replays of previously handled requests will yield the same response as the first execution. Required for DML statements. Ignored for queries.
@@ -778,7 +765,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -913,14 +904,7 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -1124,8 +1108,8 @@
   &quot;partitionToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If present, results will be restricted to the specified partition previously created using PartitionRead(). There must be an exact match for the values of fields common to this message and the PartitionReadRequest message used to create this partition_token.
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
   },
   &quot;resumeToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If this request is resuming a previously interrupted read, `resume_token` should be copied from the last PartialResultSet yielded before the interruption. Doing this enables the new read to resume where the last read left off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request that yielded this token.
   &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the table in the database to be read.
@@ -1176,7 +1160,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -1295,8 +1283,8 @@
   &quot;partitionToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If present, results will be restricted to the specified partition previously created using PartitionRead(). There must be an exact match for the values of fields common to this message and the PartitionReadRequest message used to create this partition_token.
   &quot;requestOptions&quot;: { # Common request options for various APIs. # Common options for this request.
     &quot;priority&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Priority for the request.
-    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
-    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated.
+    &quot;requestTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A per-request tag which can be applied to queries or reads, used for statistics collection. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. This field is ignored for requests where it&#x27;s not applicable (e.g. CommitRequest). Legal characters for `request_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a request_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
+    &quot;transactionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A tag used for statistics collection about this transaction. Both request_tag and transaction_tag can be specified for a read or query that belongs to a transaction. The value of transaction_tag should be the same for all requests belonging to the same transaction. If this request doesn’t belong to any transaction, transaction_tag will be ignored. Legal characters for `transaction_tag` values are all printable characters (ASCII 32 - 126) and the length of a transaction_tag is limited to 50 characters. Values that exceed this limit are truncated. Any leading underscore (_) characters will be removed from the string.
   },
   &quot;resumeToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If this request is resuming a previously interrupted read, `resume_token` should be copied from the last PartialResultSet yielded before the interruption. Doing this enables the new read to resume where the last read left off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request that yielded this token.
   &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the table in the database to be read.
@@ -1348,7 +1336,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
index 732fc7e..4aa4a9b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storagetransfer_v1.transferJobs.html
@@ -115,8 +115,8 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
-  &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -213,8 +213,8 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
-  &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -319,8 +319,8 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
-  &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -429,8 +429,8 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
       &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
       &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
-      &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+      &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
         &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
         &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
           &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
         },
-        &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+        &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
           &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
@@ -547,8 +547,8 @@
     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
     &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
     &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
-    &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+    &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
       &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
       &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
         &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
       },
-      &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+      &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
         &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -647,8 +647,8 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A description provided by the user for the job. Its max length is 1024 bytes when Unicode-encoded.
   &quot;lastModificationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time that the transfer job was last modified.
   &quot;latestOperationName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the most recently started TransferOperation of this JobConfig. Present if a TransferOperation has been created for this JobConfig.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. This name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix. Example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
-  &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique name (within the transfer project) assigned when the job is created. If this field is empty in a CreateTransferJobRequest, Storage Transfer Service assigns a unique name. Otherwise, the specified name is used as the unique name for this job. If the specified name is in use by a job, the creation request fails with an ALREADY_EXISTS error. This name must start with `&quot;transferJobs/&quot;` prefix and end with a letter or a number, and should be no more than 128 characters. For transfers involving PosixFilesystem, this name must start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; specifically. For all other transfer types, this name must not start with &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27;. &#x27;transferJobs/OPI&#x27; is a reserved prefix for PosixFilesystem transfers. Non-PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/^(?!OPI)[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` PosixFilesystem example: `&quot;transferJobs/OPI^[A-Za-z0-9-._~]*[A-Za-z0-9]$&quot;` Applications must not rely on the enforcement of naming requirements involving OPI. Invalid job names fail with an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  &quot;notificationConfig&quot;: { # Specification to configure notifications published to Pub/Sub. Notifications are published to the customer-provided topic using the following `PubsubMessage.attributes`: * `&quot;eventType&quot;`: one of the EventType values * `&quot;payloadFormat&quot;`: one of the PayloadFormat values * `&quot;projectId&quot;`: the project_id of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferJobName&quot;`: the transfer_job_name of the `TransferOperation` * `&quot;transferOperationName&quot;`: the name of the `TransferOperation` The `PubsubMessage.data` contains a TransferOperation resource formatted according to the specified `PayloadFormat`. # Notification configuration. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem.
     &quot;eventTypes&quot;: [ # Event types for which a notification is desired. If empty, send notifications for all event types.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@
     &quot;httpDataSource&quot;: { # An HttpData resource specifies a list of objects on the web to be transferred over HTTP. The information of the objects to be transferred is contained in a file referenced by a URL. The first line in the file must be `&quot;TsvHttpData-1.0&quot;`, which specifies the format of the file. Subsequent lines specify the information of the list of objects, one object per list entry. Each entry has the following tab-delimited fields: * **HTTP URL** — The location of the object. * **Length** — The size of the object in bytes. * **MD5** — The base64-encoded MD5 hash of the object. For an example of a valid TSV file, see [Transferring data from URLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage-transfer/docs/create-url-list). When transferring data based on a URL list, keep the following in mind: * When an object located at `http(s)://hostname:port/` is transferred to a data sink, the name of the object at the data sink is `/`. * If the specified size of an object does not match the actual size of the object fetched, the object is not transferred. * If the specified MD5 does not match the MD5 computed from the transferred bytes, the object transfer fails. * Ensure that each URL you specify is publicly accessible. For example, in Cloud Storage you can [share an object publicly] (/storage/docs/cloud-console#_sharingdata) and get a link to it. * Storage Transfer Service obeys `robots.txt` rules and requires the source HTTP server to support `Range` requests and to return a `Content-Length` header in each response. * ObjectConditions have no effect when filtering objects to transfer. # An HTTP URL data source.
       &quot;listUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The URL that points to the file that stores the object list entries. This file must allow public access. Currently, only URLs with HTTP and HTTPS schemes are supported.
     },
-    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
+    &quot;objectConditions&quot;: { # Conditions that determine which objects are transferred. Applies only to Cloud Data Sources such as S3, Azure, and Cloud Storage. The &quot;last modification time&quot; refers to the time of the last change to the object&#x27;s content or metadata — specifically, this is the `updated` property of Cloud Storage objects, the `LastModified` field of S3 objects, and the `Last-Modified` header of Azure blobs. This is not supported for transfers involving PosixFilesystem. # Only objects that satisfy these object conditions are included in the set of data source and data sink objects. Object conditions based on objects&#x27; &quot;last modification time&quot; do not exclude objects in a data sink.
       &quot;excludePrefixes&quot;: [ # If you specify `exclude_prefixes`, Storage Transfer Service uses the items in the `exclude_prefixes` array to determine which objects to exclude from a transfer. Objects must not start with one of the matching `exclude_prefixes` for inclusion in a transfer. The following are requirements of `exclude_prefixes`: * Each exclude-prefix can contain any sequence of Unicode characters, to a max length of 1024 bytes when UTF8-encoded, and must not contain Carriage Return or Line Feed characters. Wildcard matching and regular expression matching are not supported. * Each exclude-prefix must omit the leading slash. For example, to exclude the object `s3://my-aws-bucket/logs/y=2015/requests.gz`, specify the exclude-prefix as `logs/y=2015/requests.gz`. * None of the exclude-prefix values can be empty, if specified. * Each exclude-prefix must exclude a distinct portion of the object namespace. No exclude-prefix may be a prefix of another exclude-prefix. * If include_prefixes is specified, then each exclude-prefix must start with the value of a path explicitly included by `include_prefixes`. The max size of `exclude_prefixes` is 1000. For more information, see [Filtering objects from transfers](/storage-transfer/docs/filtering-objects-from-transfers).
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html
index 4b23f01..36ead43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html
@@ -278,6 +278,7 @@
               &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The android resource name of the target UI element. For example, in Java: R.string.foo in xml: @string/foo Only the &quot;foo&quot; part is needed. Reference doc: https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/resources/accessing-resources.html
             },
           ],
+          &quot;roboMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which Robo should run. Most clients should allow the server to populate this field automatically.
           &quot;roboScript&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # A JSON file with a sequence of actions Robo should perform as a prologue for the crawl.
             &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
           },
@@ -401,7 +402,7 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-          &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
+          &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Deprecated: Systrace uses Python 2 which has been sunset 2020-01-01. Support of Systrace may stop at any time, at which point no Systrace file will be provided in the results. Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
             &quot;durationSeconds&quot;: 42, # Systrace duration in seconds. Should be between 1 and 30 seconds. 0 disables systrace.
           },
         },
@@ -472,6 +473,7 @@
           &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The android resource name of the target UI element. For example, in Java: R.string.foo in xml: @string/foo Only the &quot;foo&quot; part is needed. Reference doc: https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/resources/accessing-resources.html
         },
       ],
+      &quot;roboMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which Robo should run. Most clients should allow the server to populate this field automatically.
       &quot;roboScript&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # A JSON file with a sequence of actions Robo should perform as a prologue for the crawl.
         &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
       },
@@ -595,7 +597,7 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-      &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
+      &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Deprecated: Systrace uses Python 2 which has been sunset 2020-01-01. Support of Systrace may stop at any time, at which point no Systrace file will be provided in the results. Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
         &quot;durationSeconds&quot;: 42, # Systrace duration in seconds. Should be between 1 and 30 seconds. 0 disables systrace.
       },
     },
@@ -770,6 +772,7 @@
               &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The android resource name of the target UI element. For example, in Java: R.string.foo in xml: @string/foo Only the &quot;foo&quot; part is needed. Reference doc: https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/resources/accessing-resources.html
             },
           ],
+          &quot;roboMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which Robo should run. Most clients should allow the server to populate this field automatically.
           &quot;roboScript&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # A JSON file with a sequence of actions Robo should perform as a prologue for the crawl.
             &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
           },
@@ -893,7 +896,7 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-          &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
+          &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Deprecated: Systrace uses Python 2 which has been sunset 2020-01-01. Support of Systrace may stop at any time, at which point no Systrace file will be provided in the results. Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
             &quot;durationSeconds&quot;: 42, # Systrace duration in seconds. Should be between 1 and 30 seconds. 0 disables systrace.
           },
         },
@@ -964,6 +967,7 @@
           &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The android resource name of the target UI element. For example, in Java: R.string.foo in xml: @string/foo Only the &quot;foo&quot; part is needed. Reference doc: https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/resources/accessing-resources.html
         },
       ],
+      &quot;roboMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which Robo should run. Most clients should allow the server to populate this field automatically.
       &quot;roboScript&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # A JSON file with a sequence of actions Robo should perform as a prologue for the crawl.
         &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
       },
@@ -1087,7 +1091,7 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-      &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
+      &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Deprecated: Systrace uses Python 2 which has been sunset 2020-01-01. Support of Systrace may stop at any time, at which point no Systrace file will be provided in the results. Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
         &quot;durationSeconds&quot;: 42, # Systrace duration in seconds. Should be between 1 and 30 seconds. 0 disables systrace.
       },
     },
@@ -1269,6 +1273,7 @@
               &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The android resource name of the target UI element. For example, in Java: R.string.foo in xml: @string/foo Only the &quot;foo&quot; part is needed. Reference doc: https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/resources/accessing-resources.html
             },
           ],
+          &quot;roboMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which Robo should run. Most clients should allow the server to populate this field automatically.
           &quot;roboScript&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # A JSON file with a sequence of actions Robo should perform as a prologue for the crawl.
             &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
           },
@@ -1392,7 +1397,7 @@
             },
           ],
           &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-          &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
+          &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Deprecated: Systrace uses Python 2 which has been sunset 2020-01-01. Support of Systrace may stop at any time, at which point no Systrace file will be provided in the results. Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
             &quot;durationSeconds&quot;: 42, # Systrace duration in seconds. Should be between 1 and 30 seconds. 0 disables systrace.
           },
         },
@@ -1463,6 +1468,7 @@
           &quot;resourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The android resource name of the target UI element. For example, in Java: R.string.foo in xml: @string/foo Only the &quot;foo&quot; part is needed. Reference doc: https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/resources/accessing-resources.html
         },
       ],
+      &quot;roboMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The mode in which Robo should run. Most clients should allow the server to populate this field automatically.
       &quot;roboScript&quot;: { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # A JSON file with a sequence of actions Robo should perform as a prologue for the crawl.
         &quot;gcsPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding)
       },
@@ -1586,7 +1592,7 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;networkProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The network traffic profile used for running the test. Available network profiles can be queried by using the NETWORK_CONFIGURATION environment type when calling TestEnvironmentDiscoveryService.GetTestEnvironmentCatalog.
-      &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
+      &quot;systrace&quot;: { # Deprecated: Systrace uses Python 2 which has been sunset 2020-01-01. Support of Systrace may stop at any time, at which point no Systrace file will be provided in the results. Systrace configuration for the run. If set a systrace will be taken, starting on test start and lasting for the configured duration. The systrace file thus obtained is put in the results bucket together with the other artifacts from the run.
         &quot;durationSeconds&quot;: 42, # Systrace duration in seconds. Should be between 1 and 30 seconds. 0 disables systrace.
       },
     },